Today's Hours: 8:00am - 8:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    [edited by] Frank W. Sellke, Pedro J. del Nido, Scott J. Swanson.
    Contents:
    V. 1
    Sect. 1: Thoracic surgery
    Pt. A: Evaluation and care
    Pt. B: Endoscopy
    Pt. C: Trauma
    Pt. D: Trachea
    Pt. E: Benign lung disease
    Pt. F: Lung cancer
    Pt. G: Other lung malignancy
    Pt. H: Chest wall
    Pt. I: Pleura
    Pt. J: Diaphragm
    Pt. K: Esophagus-Benign disease
    Pt. L: Esophagus-cancer
    Pt. M: Mediastinum
    Pt. N: The future
    Sect. 2: Adult cardiac surgery
    Pt. A: Basic science
    Pt. B: Diagnostic procedures
    Pt. C: Medical- and catheter-based treatment of cardiovascular disease
    Pt. D: Perioperative and intraoperative care of the cardiac surgical patient
    V. 2
    Pt. E: Surgical management of aortic disease
    Pt. F: Surgical management of valvular heart disease
    Pt. G: Management of cardiac arrhythmias
    Pt. H: Surgical management of coronary artery disease and its complications
    Pt. I: Surgical management of heart failure
    Sect. 3: Congenital heart surgery.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Courtney M. Townsend, Jr, R. Daniel Beauchamp, B. Mark Evers, Kenneth L. Mattox.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    Ingrid Kollak, editor.
    Contents:
    Prerequisits
    Living safely and actively in and around the home Four applied examples from avatars and ambient cubes to active walkers
    Using gaze control for communication and environment control How to find a good position and start working
    Caring TV
    for older people with multimorbidity living alone Positive feedback from users in Berlin and rural Mecklenburg-West Pomerania
    Arm rehabilitation at home for people with stroke: staying safe Encouraging results from the co-designed LifeCIT pro-gramme
    Telemonitoring in home care Creating the potential for a safer life at home
    Empowering the elderly and promoting active ageing through the Internet The benefit of e-inclusion programmes
    Use and development of new technologies in public wel-fare services A user-centred approach using step by step communication for problem solving
    Parents' experiences of caring for a ventilator-dependent child: a review of the literature
    Evaluation and outcomes of assistive technologies in an outpatient setting
    a technical-nursing science approach
    Assistive technology for people with dementia: ethical considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Won Lee.
    Summary: Filler injection is one of the most common aesthetic procedure. There are a lot of guidelines but there are no illustrated step by step instructions on safe filler injection procedures. The book will offer guidance to clinicians who wish to expand their practice to minimally invasive cosmetic procedures. Injection techniques for hyaluronic acid filler is highlighted to help practitioners perform the procedures more effectively and safely with evidence based approach. The most safe procedure including vascular anatomical illustration and ultrasound findings, rheological data is presented.

    Contents:
    1. Prevention of filler complication
    2. Property of HA filler
    3. Forehead augmentation
    4. Glabellar wrinkle correction
    5. Temple augmentation
    6. Nose augmentation
    7. Midface augementation
    8. Nasolabial fold correction
    9. Low face correction.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Martha Polovich, PhD, RN, AOCN, MiKaela M. Olsen, MS, APRN-CNS, AOCNS, FAAN.
    Digital Access R2Library 2018
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Yves Chartier, Jorge Emmanuel, Ute Pieper, Annette Prüss, Philip Rushbrook, Ruth Stringer, William Townend, Susan Wilburn and Raki Zghondi.
    Digital Access WHO 2014
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA969.45 .S236 2014
    1
  • Digital
    S. Venkatesh Babu.
    Summary: Safety is a paramount factor in orthopaedics, whether the patient is being treated conservatively or surgically. Although vast advances have been made in the instruments, implants, and techniques of orthopaedic surgery, considerable complications continue to occur. Iatrogenic injuries during surgery can cause significant morbidity and even mortality. To avoid neurovascular and other serious complications, the orthopaedic surgeon must have both a deep understanding of anatomy that can be drawn on in the operating room and exceptional technical skills. The goal of treatment of limb fractures is to restore limb length and anatomic articular surface alignment and rotation, as well as to create adequate fixation for early mobilization of the associated joint with minimal complications. Safe Orthopaedic Surgery includes facts about applied anatomy and surgical techniques aimed at preventing neurovascular complications in various approaches to the specific bones and joints, including the clavicle, shoulder, humerus, elbow, forearm, wrist and hand, spine, hip, femur, knee, leg, and ankle and foot. Both conventional and minimally invasive techniques are considered. The prevention of surgical site infections and current thinking on antibiotic therapy in orthopaedic surgery are also covered. Organized into 13 chapters with a standard format, up-to-date references, and to-the-point, bulleted presentation for easy review, Safe Orthopaedic Surgery offers vital information on performing operations safely and precisely--the safety principles that are invaluable to every orthopaedic surgeon.

    Contents:
    Preventing Surgical Site Infection and Safe Usage of Antibiotics and in Orthopaedic Surgery
    Safe Clavicle Fracture Surgery
    Safe Shoulder Surgery
    Safe Humerus
    Surgery
    Safe Elbow Surgery
    Safe Forearm Surgery
    Safe Wrist & Hand Surgery
    Safe Spine Surgery
    Safe Hip Surgery
    Safe Femur Surgery
    Safe Knee Surgery.-Safe Leg Surgery
    Safe Foot & Ankle Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Michael B. Kelly, Anne B. McBride.
    Summary: "Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence provides a road map for understanding and addressing violence of all kinds in the school environment. The editors emphasize that mass casualty events are but one species of violence, and that in fact school violence comes in many different forms, from bullying on campus to trauma off campus, from community gangs to violent crimes. Case vignettes illustrate and illuminate the range of violent situations likely to be encountered, as well as the advantages and disadvantages inherent in various interventions. The authors stress that threat assessment must take individual, school, and community variables into account. Safe Passage: A Guide to Addressing School Violence introduces readers to important concepts pertaining to school violence and serves as a practical guide for mitigating and preventing violence in our schools"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Cover; Half Title; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Contributors; Foreword; Preface; Acknowledgments; PART I Foundations; 1 An Introduction to School Violence; 2 A Recipe for Violence: Immaturity, Impulsivity, and Aggression; 3 Inconvenient Truths: Profiling and Its Limitations; 4 Danger at Home: Addressing Violence Outside School; 5 Bullying and Cyberbullying; 6 Understanding and Addressing Youth Sexual Violence; 7 Growing Up in Fear: School Shootings, Attacks, and Gang Violence; PART II Threat and Risk Assessment; 8 Hostile Intent: The Principles of Threat Assessment 9 Avoiding Danger: The Principles of Violence Risk AssessmentPART III Interventions; 10 A System of Care: Addressing Aggression and Violence in Schools; 11 Assessing and Addressing School Climate; 12 Violence and the Media; Afterword; Appendix A: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Grade School Students; Appendix B: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With Middle School Students; Appendix C: Example Threat Assessment Questions for Use With High School and College Students; Index; Back Cover
  • Digital
    Jacob O. Levitt, Joseph F. Sobanko, editors.
    Summary: In medical practice, unfamiliarity with procedures increases the likelihood of occupational exposures. Learning to perform a procedure properly early on reinforces safe habits, improves overall surgical safety, and reduces occupational exposures. Safety in Office-Based Dermatologic Surgery is relevant to any healthcare professional who participates in office-based procedures, such as injections, biopsies, excisions, and laser surgery. The authors bring over 15 years? combined experience in training residents and medical students, enabling them to identify common unsafe practices in office-based surgery. Chapters are divided into individual procedures for easy referencing by students, trainees, as well as seasoned practitioners. Figures illustrate how seemingly innocuous actions and procedures can result in dangerous exposures to healthcare workers. Hazardous scenarios are subsequently followed with one or a series of safer solutions, with the accident and solution concisely explained and clearly illustrated.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology
    What to do if exposed
    Personal safety equipment
    General Principles
    Setting up a tray
    Injection
    Working with an assistant
    Excision
    Hemostasis
    Suturing
    Venipuncture
    Curettage
    Cryotherapy
    Acne surgery
    Nail clipping
    Lasers and PDT.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Brian A. Baldo.
    Contents:
    1: Approved Biologics Used For Therapy and their Adverse Effects
    2: Monoclonal Antibodies: Introduction
    3: Monoclonal Antibodies Approved for Cancer Therapy
    4: Other Approved Therapeutic Monoclonal Antibodies
    5: Cytokines
    6: Fusion Proteins
    7: Peptide Hormones
    8: Glycoprotein Hormones
    9: Enzymes Approved for Therapy
    10: Blood Coagulation
    11: Vaccines
    12: Botulinum Neurotoxins
    13: Biosimilars.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Abha Agrawal, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. First Do No Harm: An overview of HIT and Patient Safety
    Chapter 2. An overview of HIT-related errors
    Section I. Errors Related to Various Types of Health Information Technologies
    Chapter 3. Errors related to CPOE
    Chapter 4. Errors related to alert fatigue
    Chapter 5. Unintended consequences of bar-code assisted medication administration
    Chapter 6. Errors related to outpatient e-prescribing
    Chapter 7. Errors related to alarms and monitors
    Chapter 8. Errors related to personal mobile technology
    Section II. Health Information Technology Implementation Issues
    Chapter 9. Improving clinical documentation integrity
    Chapter 10. EHR and physician-patient communication
    Chapter 11. Patient identification errors and HIT: Friend or foe?
    Chapter 12. Errors related to health information exchange
    Section III. Specialty Considerations
    Chapter 13. Safety considerations in radiation therapy
    Chapter 14. Safety considerations in pediatric informatics
    Chapter 15.Safety considerations in ambulatory care informatics
    Section IV. Organizational Considerations
    Chapter 16. Health information technology and medical liability risks
    Chapter 17. Improving safety through enterprise risk management
    Chapter 18. Managing HIT contract process for patient safety
    Chapter 19. Improving safety of medical device use through training.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    edited by Norman K. Denzin (University of Illinois), Yvonna S. Lincoln (Texas A & M University).
    Summary: "The substantially updated and revised Fifth Edition of this landmark handbook presents the state-of-the-art theory and practice of qualitative inquiry. Representing top scholars from around the world, the editors and contributors continue the tradition of synthesizing existing literature, defining the present, and shaping the future of qualitative research. The Fifth Edition contains 19 new chapters, with 16 revised making it virtually a new volume while retaining six classic chapters from previous editions. New contributors to this edition include Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings; Margaret Kovach; Paula Saukko; Bryant Keith Alexander; Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates; Johnny Saldaña; Uwe Flick; Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer; Maria Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine; Jack Bratich; Svend Brinkmann; Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad; Annette N. Markham; Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei; Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies; Janice Morse; Peter Dahler-Larsen; Mark Spooner; and David A. Westbrook"--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The discipline and practice of qualitative research / Norman K. Denzin and Yvonna S. Lincoln
    Part 1. Locating the Field. A history of qualitative inquiry in social and educational research / Frederick Erickson
    Ethics and politics in qualitative research / Clifford G. Christians
    Ethics, research regulations, and critical social science / Gaile S. Cannella and Yvonna S. Lincoln
    Part 2. Paradigms and Perspectives in Contention. Paradigmatic controversies, contradictions, and emerging confluences, revisited / Yvonna S. Lincoln, Susan A. Lynham, and Egon G. Guba
    Feminist qualitative research in the millenium's first decade : developments, challenges, prospects / Virginia Olesen
    Feminist qualitative research : emerging lines of inquiry / Marjorie L. DeVault
    Critical race theory and the postracial imaginary / Jamel K. Donnor and Gloria Ladson-Billings
    Doing Indigenous methodologies : a letter to a research class / Margaret Kovach
    Critical pedagogy and qualitative research: advancing the bricolage / Joe L. Kincheloe, Peter McLaren, Shirley R. Steinberg, and Lilia D. Monzó
    Methodologies for cultural and social studies in an age of new technologies / Paula Saukko
    Queer/quare theory : worldmaking and methodologies / Bryant Keith Alexander
    Part 3. Strategies of Inquiry. The marketization of research : implications for qualitative inquiry / Julianne Cheek
    Case study methodology / Thomas A. Schwandt and Emily F. Gates
    Performance ethnography / Judith Hamera
    Ethnodrama and ethnotheatre : research as performance / Johnny Saldaña
    Advancing a constructionist analytics / James A. Holstein
    Evolving grounded theory and social justice inquiry / Kathy Charmaz, Robert Thornberg, and Elaine Keane
    Triangulation / Uwe Flick
    D ... a ... t ... a ..., data++, data, and some problematics / Mirka Koro-Ljungberg, Maggie MacLure, and Jasmine Ulmer
    In the name of human rights : I say (how) you (should) speak (before I listen) / Antjie Krog
    Critical participatory action research on state violence : bearing wit(h)ness across fault lines of power, privilege, and dispossession / María Elena Torre, Brett G. Stoudt, Einat Manoff, and Michelle Fine
    Part 4. Methods of Collecting and Analyzing Empirical Materials. Observation in a surveilled world / Jack Bratich
    Narrative inquiry : toward theoretical and methodological maturity / Susan E. Chase
    Critical arts-based inquiry : performances of resistance politics / Susan Finley
    The interview / Svend Brinkmann
    Visual research / Eric Margolis and Renu Zunjarwad
    Autoethnography and the other : performative embodiment and a bid for utopia / Tami Spry
    Ethnography in the digital internet era : from fields to flows, descriptions to interventions / Annette N. Markham
    Analyzing talk and text / Anssi Peräkylä and Johanna Ruusuvuori
    Focus group research and/in figured worlds / George Kamberelis, Greg Dimitriadis, and Alyson Welker
    Thinking with theory : a new analytic for qualitative inquiry / Alecia Y. Jackson and Lisa A. Mazzei
    Creating a space in between : collaborative inquiries / Jonathan Wyatt, Ken Gale, Susanne Gannon, and Bronwyn Davies (JKSB)
    Part 5. The Art and Practices of Interpretation, Evaluation, and Representation. Evidence, criteria, policy, and politics : the debate about quality and utility in educational and social research / Harry Torrance
    Reframing rigor in qualitative inquiry / Janice Morse
    Writing : a method of inquiry / Laurel Richardson and Elizabeth Adams St. Pierre
    The elephant in the living room, or extending the conversation about the politics of evidence / Norman K. Denzin
    Braiding narrative ethnography with memoir and creative nonfiction / Barbara Tedlock
    Qualitative evaluation : methods, ethics, and politics with stakeholders / Peter Dahler-Larsen
    Part 6. The Future of Qualitative Research. Qualitative research and global audit culture : the politics of productivity, accountability and possibility / Marc Spooner
    Critical issues for qualitative research / David A. Westbrook
    Epilogue: Toward a "refunctioned ethnography" / Yvonna S. Lincoln and Norman K. Denzin.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    H62 .H2455 2018
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Liane S. Feldman, Conor P. Delaney, Olle Ljungqvist, Francesco Carli.
    Contents:
    Introduction to Enhanced Recovery Programs: A Paradigm Shift in Perioperative Care
    Section I: The Science of Enhanced Recovery: Building Blocks for your Program
    Peroperative Education
    Medical Optimization and Prehabilitation
    Preoperative Fasting and Carbohydrate Treatment
    Bowel Preparation: Always, Sometimes, Never?
    The Role of the Anesthesiologist in Reducing Surgical Stress and Improving Recovery
    Prevention of Hypothermia
    Prevention of Postoperative Nausea and Vomiting
    Thromboprophylaxis
    Surgical Site Infection Prevention
    Fluid Management
    Postoperative Ileus: Prevention and Treatment
    Choosing Analgesia to Facilitate Recovery
    Early Nutrition and Early Mobilization: Why They Are Important and How to Make it Happen
    Management of Tubes, Drains, and Catheters
    Hospital Recovery and Full Recovery
    Section II: Creation and Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Program
    Overcoming Barriers to the Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery After Surgery Program
    Introducing Enhanced Recovery Programs into Practice: Lessons Learned from The ERAS® Society Implementation Program
    Enhanced Recovery Programs: Making the Business Case
    Audit: Why and How
    Why Add an ERP to a Laparoscopic Case: The Colorectal Experience
    Section III: Examples of Enhanced Recovery Programs
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: University Hospitals Case Medical Center
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Colorectal Surgery: The Guilford: (UK) Experience
    Setting up an Enhanced Recovery Program Pathway for Bariatric Surgery: Current Evidence into Practice
    Enhanced Recovery Pathways in Hepato-pancreato-biliary Surgery
    Enhanced Recovery Programs for Upper Gastrointestinal Surgery: How I Do It
    Department-Wide Implementation of an Enhanced Recovery Pathway
    The ERAS® Society
    SAGES SMART Enhanced Recovery Program.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Yuman Fong [and 4 others].
    Summary: This book is intended as a definitive, state of the art guide to robotic surgery that summarizes the field for surgeons at all levels. More specifically, its goals are threefold: to review the basics of robotic surgery, including fundamental principles, technology, operating room setup, and workflow; to describe and illustrate the procedures most commonly performed in a robotic operating room; and to discuss key issues relating to cost, adoption, and training. Procedures from many surgical disciplines are included, which aid robotic surgeons in supervising and assisting colleagues in these disciplines and simultaneously heighten their awareness of the tricks and tools used in other disciplines that can be retasked for their own purposes. In addition, the future prospects for robotic surgery, including anticipated developments in equipment, are discussed. The SAGES Atlas of Robotic Surgery is an excellent aid for residents and fellows entering the field, as well as a welcome update on recent progress for practicing robotic surgeons and an ideal primer for senior surgeons adapting these new technologies to their current practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Matthew Kroh, Kevin M. Reavis, editors.
    Contents:
    Surgical Endoscopy
    A Historical Perspective
    Endoscopic Tools
    Instruments
    Operating Platforms for Surgical Endoscopy
    Endoscopic Energy Sources
    Training in Advanced Endoscopic Procedures
    Endoscopic Management of Bleeding
    Stricture Management- Interventional Options
    Endoscopic Stent Placement and Suturing: Management of Gastrointestinal Anastomotic Leaks
    Endoscopic Treatment of Gastrointestinal Fistulas
    Enteral Access: Percutaneous Endoscopic Gastrostomy, Gastrostomy- Jejunostomy, and Jejunostomy
    Endolumenal GERD Therapies
    Barrett's Esophagus
    Radiofrequency (RF) and Other Ablation Modalities
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Endoscopic Mucosal Resection: Colon and Rectum
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Endoscopic Submucosal Dissection: Colon and Rectum
    Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy (POEM)
    Endoscopic Interventions for the Thoracic Esophagus- Zenker's and other Diverticula
    Endoscopic Retrograde Cholangiopancreatography (ERCP)
    Advanced ERCP: Cholangioscopy and through the Scope Imaging
    Interventional Endoscopic Ultrasound
    Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Upper Gastrointestinal Tract
    Hybrid Laparoscopic and Endoscopic Techniques: Colon and Rectum
    Primary Endoscopic Treatments for Morbid Obesity
    Endoscopic Revision Procedures after Bariatric Surgery
    Natural Orifice Trans-lumenal Endoscopic Surgery (NOTESTM)
    Future Directions for Endoscopic Operations. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Steven C. Stain, Aurora D. Pryor, Phillip P. Shadduck, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David Renton, Robert Lim, Alberto S. Gallo, Prashant Sinha.
    Summary: This book provides a concise summation of current operative decision making and techniques for situations faced by the on-call general surgeon. This manual covers pertinent topics such as minimally invasive surgery in the trauma setting, surgical emergencies in the bariatric patient, and treatment of emergencies in pregnancy, cirrhotics, and anti-coagulated patients. The experts at SAGES pooled their knowledge and created this manual to describe the most up-to-date treatment options for the emergent surgical patient. The SAGES Manual of Acute Care Surgery aligns with the new SAGES UNIVERSITY MASTERS Program and supplements the Master's Program Acute Care Pathway. Its goal is to help educate surgeons to bring the optimum care to the patients that they are called to see in their emergency rooms, and to help surgeons progress from the competent to the proficient and finally to the mastery level.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Acute Care Pathway
    Appendicitis
    Cholecystectomy
    Foregut and Hindgut Perforations
    Small Bowel Obstruction
    Colon Emergencies
    Acute Gastrointestinal Bleeding
    Emergency hernia surgery: What to know when evaluating a patient with an incarcerated hernia
    Bariatrics
    Paraesophageal Hernia
    Necrotizing Pancreatitis
    Acute Complications of Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Minimally Invasive Techniques in Trauma: Above and Below the Diaphragm
    The Difficult Patient
    Incorporating ACS Into Your Practice
    The Future of Acute Care Surgery: From Divergence to Emergence, and Convergence. The Evolution in General Surgery Continues.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Kevin M. Reavis, Allison M. Barrett, Matthew D. Kroh, editors.
    Summary: "The SAGES Manual of Bariatric Surgery, Second Edition, covers each of the fundamental components of care for the bariatric patient, and we have extended the list of topics to include highly relevant but rarely published issues such as domestic and international surgical tourism, pregnancy, and innovative devices in the premarket setting, among others. This second edition also aligns with the novel SAGES Masters Program Bariatric Pathway, and, as such, the reader will appreciate an innovatively organized text reflecting this"--taken from Preface.

    Contents:
    Part I: SAGES masters program. Chapter 1: Introduction: SAGES masters program bariatric pathway ; Chapter 2: Masters program bariatric pathway: adjustable gastric band ; Chapter 3: Masters program bariatric pathway: laparoscopic sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 4: Master's program bariatric pathway: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 5: Master's program bariatric pathway: revision of adjustable gastric band
    Part II: Bariatric programs in 2018. Chapter 6: Bariatric surgery: a historical perspective ; Chapter 7: The obesity epidemic ; Chapter 8: Patient selection prior to bariatric surgery ; Chapter 9: The role of the advanced practice provider in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 10: The role of the social worker in the mangement of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 11: The role of the registered dietitian in the managment of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 12: The role of the physical therapist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 13: The role of the obesity medicine physician in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 14: The role of the psychologist in the management of the bariatric patient ; Chapter 15: Preoperative checklist for bariatric surgery ; Chapter 16: Postoperative care pathways for the bariatric patient ; Chapter 17: The MBSAQIP (Metabolic and Bariatric Surgery Accreditation and Quality Improvement Program) comprehensive bariatric program (MBSAQIP-ASMBS/ACS) ; Chapter 18: Establishing a comprehensive bariatric surgery program ; Chapter 19: Long-term follow-up of bariatric patrients
    Part III: Treatment. Chapter 20: Medically supervised weight loss programs ; Chapter 21: Index endoscopic restrictive and other devices in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 22: Index endoscopic malabsorptive procedures in obesity treatment: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 23: Neurohormonal procedures in obesity treatment ; Chaper 24: The genetic and microbial influences in obesity ; Chapter 25: The role of preoperative, intraoperative, and postoperative diagnostic endoscopy in bariatric surgery ; Chapter 26: long-term nutritional/metabolic sequelae of bariatric surgery ; Chapter 27: Robotic index bariatric surgery ; Chapter 28: Duodenal switch: technique and outcomes ; Chapter 29: Comparative surgical outcomes in bariatric surgery
    Part IV: Complications. Chapter 30: Complications of endolumenal bariatric therapies (EBTs) ; Chapter 31: Complications of adjustable gastric banding ; Chapter 32: Complications of sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 33: Complications of Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 34: Complications of biliopancreatic diversion and duodenal switch
    Part V: Revision and conversion. Chapter 35: Weight recidivism after bariatric surgery: evaluation and implications ; Chapter 36: Revision endolumenal therapies for weight recidivism ; Chapter 37: Conversion and revisional surgery: sleeve gastrectomy ; Chapter 38: Conversion and revisional surgery: Roux-en-Y gastric bypass ; Chapter 39: Conversional and revisional surgery: duodenal switch ; Chapter 40: Robotic conversion and revisional surgery
    Part VI: Special circumstances. Chapter 41: Bariatric emergencies for the general surgeon ; Chapter 42: Social media and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 43: Bariatric tourism: bidirectional and in the United States ; Chapter 44: Pregnancy and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 45: Solid organ transplantation and bariatric surgery ; Chapter 46: Adolescents and bariatric surgery: techniques and outcomes ; Chapter 47: Esophageal reflux disease before and after bariatric surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Horacio J. Asbun, Mihir M. Shah, Eugene P. Ceppa, Edward D. Auyang, editors.
    Summary: This book provides the standard for the current state of biliary surgery in the 21st century and aims to help the surgeon progress from the competent, to the proficient, and finally to the mastery level. This guidebook also gives insight into modern evaluation and management. The highlights emphasize what is both feasible and safe from a minimally invasive approach in biliary surgery. The concept of safe cholecystectomy is defined and expounded on in detail. The difficult cholecystectomy is given ample coverage to include management of intraoperative bile duct injury, indications and techniques of subtotal cholecystectomy, and special attention to intraoperative diagnostic imaging that serve as adjuncts, including cholangiograpy, ultrasound, as well as indocyanine green biliary fluorescence. Furthermore, the evolution of treatment of choledocohlithiasis has evolved the most in recent years, and thus requires an extensive discussion of the non-operative and operative management of bile duct stones. The SAGES Manual of Biliary Surgery serves as an important contribution to the medical literature sponsored by SAGES, an international leading authority in gastrointestinal surgery with a keen interest in safe and proficient biliary surgery. Leaders in the field of biliary surgery impart their insight and considerable experience in the chapters planned for this manual. The intent for this manual is to be the cited resource for high quality and applicable knowledge for the treatment of benign biliary disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Biliary Manual
    Biliary Anatomy
    Basic Principles of Safe Laparoscopic Cholecystectomy
    Preoperative Optimization for Elective Cholecystectomy
    Preoperative Imaging in Patients Undergoing Cholecystectomy
    Choosing the Best Timing for Cholecystectomy
    When to Perform a Cholecystectomy after Percutaneous Cholecystostomy Tube Placement
    Intraoperative Cholangiography (IOC): Important Aid in Biliary and Common Bile Duct Surgery
    Intraoperative Indocyanine Green during Cholecystectomy
    Laparoscopic Biliary Ultrasound
    The Difficult Cholecystectomy
    Non Operative Management of Common Bile Duct Stones: ERCP & Other Techniques (Lithotripsy)
    Common Bile Duct Exploration
    Management of Common Bile Duct Injury
    Operative Management of Bile Duct Injury in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
    Management of Common Bile Duct Tones in the Presence of Prior Roux-en-Y
    Advanced Biliary Procedures.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Patricia Sylla, Andreas M. Kaiser, Daniel Popowich, editors.
    Summary: This book provides essential didactic content for the SAGES University Masters Program Colorectal Surgery Curriculum. Surgeons seeking to complete the competency, proficiency, or mastery curriculum of the MASTERS Colorectal Pathway for a particular anchoring colorectal procedure will find relevant educational content in this SAGES Manual. Written by experts in the field, each chapter provides detailed guidance on preoperative and peri-procedural considerations for right and left elective and emergency colorectal resections, for both benign and malignant pathologies. Technical pearls and strategies to manage pitfalls and complications are also extensively reviewed along with detailed guidance for both laparoscopic and robotic procedures. The SAGES Manual of Colorectal Surgery provides a wealth of practical guidance to surgeons along their journey to progress from competency to mastery in various minimally invasive approaches to colorectal surgery.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Colorectal Pathway
    Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Benign Disease
    Masters Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Benign Disease
    Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Splenic Flexure Release (Tips and Tricks)
    Master Program Colorectal Pathway: Laparoscopic Left Colon Resection for Complex Inflammatory Bowel Disease
    Laparoscopy Versus Open Colorectal Surgery: How Strong is the Evidence?
    Debunking Enhanced Recovery Protocols in Colorectal Surgery: Minimal Requirements for Maximum Benefit
    Bowel Preparation in Colorectal Surgery: Impact on SSIs and Enhanced Recovery Protocols
    Checklist for Patients and OR Team in Preparation for Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Essentials on Troubleshooting during Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery
    Principles of Complete Mesocolic Excision for Colon Cancer
    Unexpected Findings at Appendectomy
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy for Malignant Disease
    Laparoscopic Right Colectomy: Options for Ileocolonic Reconstruction
    Robotic Right-Sided Colon Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
    Advanced Laparoscopic Right Colectomy Techniques for Crohn's and Reoperative Surgery
    Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy for Malignant Disease
    Laparoscopic Left and Sigmoid Colectomy: Options for Colonic and Colorectal Reconstruction
    Robotic Left-Sided Colon Resections: Unique Considerations and Optimal Set-Up
    Key Steps During Hartmann's Procedures to Facilitate Minimally Invasive Hartmann's Reversal
    Laparoscopic and Robotic Hartmann's Reversal: Strategies to Avoid Complications
    Principles of Rectal Cancer Management: Preoperative Staging, Neoadjuvant Treatment, Basic Principles of TME, and Adjuvant Treatment
    Laparoscopic Low Anterior Resection for Rectal Cancer: TME Planes and Surgery of the Upper and Mid Rectum
    Robotic Low Anterior Resection: Unique Considerations and Optimal Setup
    Unexpected Findings During Laparoscopic Colectomy for Cancer: Techniques and Strategies
    The Role of Laparoscopy in the Management of Bowel Obstruction
    Large Bowel Obstruction: When Should Colon Stenting Be Considered as First-Line Strategy?
    Minimally Invasive Management of Complicated Sigmoid Diverticulitis in the Emergency Setting: Patient Selection, Prerequisite Skills, and Operative Strategies
    Minimizing Colorectal Anastomotic Leaks: Best Practices to Assess the Integrity and Perfusion of Left-Sided Anastomoses
    Intraoperative Air Leak, Colonic Ischemia, or Tension: How To Salvage the Failed Anastomosis
    Minimizing Conversion in Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery: From Preoperative Risk Assessment to Intraoperative Strategies
    Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery in the Obese and Morbidly Obese Patient: Preoperative Strategies and Surgical Techniques
    The Challenge of the Transverse Colon Tumor: Laparoscopic Techniques and Strategies
    Laparoscopic Total Abdominal Colectomy for Emergent and Elective Indications: Perioperative Considerations and Techniques
    Organ-Preserving Strategies in the Management of Fulminant Clostridium Difficile Colitis
    Optimizing Stoma Function and Quality of Life: Best Practices in Planned and Unplanned Stoma Creation
    Prophylactic Approaches for Parastomal Hernia Formation during Laparoscopic Creation of Permanent End-Stomas: Rationale, Techniques, and Outcomes
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Benign Rectal Lesions: Preparation and Surgical Techniques
    Transanal Endoscopic Surgery for Rectal Cancer: Indications, Staging, and Perioperative Considerations
    Advanced Techniques for Specimen Extraction During Laparoscopic Colorectal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Peter Nau, Eric M. Pauli, Bryan J. Sandler, Thadeus L. Trus, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses all aspects of endoscopy from scope and tower basics to the more advanced interventional procedures like endoscopic retrograde cholangiopancreatography, per-oral esophageal myotomy, and percutaneous endoscopic gastrostomy. It covers a broad range of topics in order to remain relevant to the surgical subspecialist, the community general surgeon, the surgical fellow interested in endolumenal and transluminal procedures, and the surgical resident interested in the very basics of endoscopy. The table of contents is intentionally designed to mirror the Flexible Endoscopy curriculum currently being implemented for all minimally invasive, advanced GI and surgical endoscopy fellowships. The chapters are broken up into five parts. The first part introduces the SAGES Masters Program, followed by parts that cover flexible endoscopy basics, flexible endoscopy procedures, and finally bariatric flexible endoscopy. Written by experts and thought leaders in their fields, The SAGES Manual of Flexible Endoscopy serves as a valuable resource for surgeons of all training and skill levels to better grasp an overview of modern endoscopy practice.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jayleen Grams, Kyle A. Perry, Ali Tavakkoli, editors.
    Summary: This book lays the foundation in understanding the foregut through review of the anatomy and physiology, followed by subsequent chapters focusing on the diagnosis and management of specific benign diseases of the foregut, such as gastroesophageal reflux disease and diaphragmatic hernia, Barrett's esophagus, disorders of esophageal dysmotility, benign esophageal and gastric tumors, peptic ulcer disease and gastric outlet obstruction, and gastroparesis. Written by experts in the field, each of these sections addresses the evaluation and management of the disease process, technical conduct of the most common endoscopic and surgical procedures, postoperative management including complications, and revisional operations. Additionally, expert commentary will serve to highlight and clarify controversies in the field.

    Contents:
    SAGES University MASTERS PROGRAM: Foregut Pathway
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Esophagus and Lower Esophageal Sphincter
    Anatomy and Physiology of the Stomach and Pylorus
    Anatomic and Physiologic Tests of Esophageal and Gastric Function
    The history of hiatal hernia and antireflux surgery
    Evaluation of GERD: Symptoms and Disease Classification
    Preoperative Workup of GERD
    Identifying Patients with Eosinophilic Esophagitis
    Laryngo-Pharyngeal Reflux (LPR)
    Management of Esophageal Peptic Stricture
    Medical Management of GERD
    Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Nissen and Partial fundoplications
    Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Magnetic Gej Augmentation
    Laparoscopic Anti-Reflux Surgery: Laparoscopic Roux-en-Y Gastric Bypass
    Endoscopic Reflux Treatments
    Endoluminal Treatment for Gastroesphogeal Reflux Disease
    Laparoscopic Antireflux Surgery: Reoperations at the Hiatus
    Classification and Evaluation of Diaphragmatic Hernias
    Laparoscopic Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Transthoracic Hiatal Hernia Repair
    Esophageal lengthening procedures
    Management of Acute Gastric Volvulus
    Surgical Management: Other Diaphragmatic Hernias in Adults
    Expert Commentary: Mesh Reinforcement of Hiatal Closure
    Historical Perspective: Evolution of the Diagnosis and Management of Barrett's Esophagus
    Epidemiology of Barrett's Esophagus and Esophageal Cancer
    Diagnosis and Surveillance of Barrett's Esophagus
    Radiofrequency Ablation for Dysplastic Barrett's Esophagus
    Endoscopic mucosal resection for Barrett's related Neoplasia
    Role Of Photodynamic Therapy And Cryotherapy For Management Of Barrett's Esophagus
    Expert Commentary: Surveillance versus Ablation for Patients with Low Grade Dysplasia
    Historical Perspective: History of the Surgical Management of Achalasia
    Epidemiology, Evaluation, and Classification of Achalasia and Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Medical Management of Achalasia
    ENDOSCOPIC MANAGEMENT OF ACHALASIA: Botulinum Toxin And Pneumatic Dilation
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Laparoscopic Heller Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Thoracoscopic Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Per Oral Endoscopic Myotomy
    Surgical Management of Achalasia: Recurrent Dysphagia
    Expert Commentary: Laparoscopic versus Endoscopic Myotomy for Achalasia
    Diagnosis and Medical Management of Other Esophageal Motility Disorders
    Other Esophageal Motility Disorders: Role For Laparoscopic or Endoscopic Myotomy
    Evaluation of Esophageal Diverticula
    Cricopharyngeal Diverticulum: Open Repair
    Zenker's Diverticulum: Transoral Repair
    Epiphrenic and Mid-Esophageal Diverticula
    A Laparoscopic Approach to Epiphrenic Diverticula
    Evaluation of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Thoracoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Benign Esophageal and Gastric Tumors: Laparoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    Endoscopic Management of Benign Submucosal Tumors
    The Evolution of Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Evaluation of peptic ulcer disease
    Risk Factor Modification in Patients with Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Medical Management of Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Surgical Management: Truncal, Selective, and Highly Selective Vagotomy
    Surgical Management: Vagotomy and Pyloroplasty
    Surgical Management: Billroth I
    Surgical Management: Billroth II
    Surgical Management: Roux-en-Y Reconstruction
    Post-Gastrectomy Syndromes
    Evaluation and Management: Recurrent Peptic Ulcer Disease
    Peptic Ulcer Disease: Deciding What Procedure When
    Etiology and Diagnosis of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Medical and Endoscopic Management of Gastric Outlet Obstruction
    Surgical Management: Resection and Reconstruction vs. Drainage
    Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty Options
    Evaluation and Classification of Gastroparesis
    Medical Management of Gastroparesis: Diet and Medications
    Endoscopic Management: Interventions at the Pylorus
    Endoscopic Management: Decompression and Feeding
    Gastroparesis
    Surgical Management: Pyloroplasty
    Gastrectomy for Gastroparesis
    Expert Commentary: Algorithm for the Treatment of Gastroparesis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Brian P. Jacob, David C. Chen, Bruce Ramshaw, Shirin Towfigh, editors.
    Contents:
    Primary Groin Pain
    Musculoskeletal anatomy of groin pain
    Neuroanatomy of groin pain
    History: High yield questions to the patient as part of the history/intake
    Physical Examination: Highly sensitive and specific exam findings
    Inguinal Hernia, Femoral Hernia
    Non-Hernia Causes: Adductor Tendinitis, Osteitis Pubis, Epididymitis, Varicocele, Referred Pain (from hip (e.g., labral tear), back (e.g., radiculopathy, sacroiliitis, ankylosing spondylitis))
    Sports Hernia
    Chronic pelvic pain in women (endometriosis, pelvic floor dysfunction, round ligament syndrome or masses, ovarian cyst disease, occult hernias)
    Occult Hernias: Typical presentation, symptoms, exam findings, radiologic evaluation
    Secondary Groin Pain
    Causes of Pain from Anterior Repair
    Causes of Pain from Posterior Repair
    Algorithm for Pain Management
    Pharmacologic Management
    Interventional Procedures: Nerve block, epidurals, ablation, neurostimulators
    Radiologic findings of mesh and meshoma
    Dermatomal Mapping: Pre/post-operative assessment
    Quantitative Sensory Testing (QST)
    Management of Recurrence
    Open Triple Neurectomy vs selective neurectomy
    Laparoscopic Triple Neurectomy
    Meshoma Removal (Lap and open)
    Treatment of Orchialgia
    Selected Topics
    Prevention of Pain: Open Technique (include mesh-specific tips)
    Prevention of Pain: Laparoscopic Technique (include technical tips)
    Prophylactic Neurectomy versus Pragmatic Neurectomy
    Selective Neurectomy versus Triple Neurectomy
    Patient Narratives
    Emerging patient and provider care communities (social media for patients with groin pain and for providers who care for patients with groin pain)
    Value-based clinical quality improvement- learning to improve the value of treating patients with groin pain
    Team based approach for treating patients with chronic groin pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Danielle S. Walsh, Todd A. Ponsky, Nicholas E. Bruns, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John R. Romanelli, Jonathan M. Dort, Rebecca B. Kowalski, Prashant Sinha, editors.
    Summary: In this thoroughly revised second edition of the frequently downloaded manual, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety. A panel of experts update and expand their survey of the many factors that influence quality in the world of surgery, surgical outcomes, and threats to patient safety. Among the highlights include a section devoted to threats to quality and outcomes and safety, such as surgeon wellness and burnout, disruptive behavior, second victims, the surgeon with declining skills, and maintaining quality in the setting of a crisis. Another all-new section focuses on surgical controversies, such as whether or not to use robotic surgical technology and whether or not it influences surgical outcomes; whether or not routine cholangiography reduces the common bile duct injury rate; whether or not having a consistent operating room team influences surgical outcomes, and whether a conflict of interest truly influences surgical quality. Further, this manual updates chapters on surgical simulation, teamwork and team training, teleproctoring, mentoring, and error analysis. State-of-the-art and readily accessible, The SAGES Manual of Quality, Outcomes, and Patient Safety, Second Edition will offer physicians strategies to maintain surgical quality in a rapidly changing practice environment the tools they require to succeed.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    David B. Renton, Peter Nau, Denise W. Gee, editors.
    Summary: This SAGES manual will help educate and advise our new and recent surgical graduates on entering the job market. From how to find a job, to contract negotiations, to research and grant proposals, this manual offers pertinent strategies crucial to both surgical and non-surgical subspecialty fields. Chapters focusing on work-life balance and finding a mentor offer helpful insight to prevent burnout and optimize one's new career. The SAGES Manual: Transitioning to Practice will fill the gap in resident education and prove a useful text for residents, fellows and recent graduates as well as practicing surgeons in all subspecialties of surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Pierre Roussouly, João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco, Hubert Labelle, Martin Gehrchen.
    Contents:
    Historical background of spinal sagittal balance / Pierre Roussouly and Nishant Nishant
    The acquisition of human verticality / Christine Tardieu and Martin Haeusler
    From the head to the feet : anatomy of the upright position / Jean Marc Vital, Jacques Sénégas, and Jean-Etienne Castelain
    Modeling of the spine / Carl-Eric Aubin and Xiaoyu Wang
    Sagittal balance : the main parameters / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
    Spinal curves segmentation and lumbar lordosis classification / Amer Sebaaly and Pierre Roussouly
    Normative values of sagittal balance in children and adults / Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong and Fethi Laouissat
    Sagittal balance in the elderly / Martin Gehrchen
    Local stresses : segmental mechanism of low back pain and degeneration. Stresses according to spinal orientation
    contact forces theory / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
    Mechanisms of spinal degeneration according to spinopelvic morphotypes / João Luiz Pinheiro-Franco and Pierre Roussouly
    Sagittal imbalance compensatory mechanisms / Martin Gehrchen
    Isthmic lytic spondylolisthesis : the physiopathology, classification, and treatment better explained by the sagittal balance / Hubert Labelle, Jean-Marc Mac-Thiong, Stefan Parent, and Pierre Roussouly
    Degenerative spondylolisthesis : does the sagittal balance matter? / Cédric Y. Barrey, Charles Peltier, Amir El Rahal, and Pierre Roussouly
    Degenerative (aging) spine : a challenge for contemporaneous societies / J.C. Le Huec, W. Thompson, A. Leglise, M. Petit, and T. Cloché
    Scheuermann's kyphosis / Stefan Parent, Abdulmajeed Alzakri, and Hubert Labelle
    Cervical sagittal alignment and cervicarthrosis / Darryl Lau and Christopher P. Ames
    Advantages and limitations of the SRS-Schwab classification for adult spinal deformity / Hideyuki Arima, Leah Y. Carreon, and Steven D. Glassman
    Specificities in growing spine / Shahnawaz Haleem and Colin Nnadi
    Sagittal balance incidence on treatment strategy in AIS / Stephan Parent
    From pathological to normal shapes in adult scoliosis / Pierre Roussouly and Amer Sebaaly
    Sagittal balance treatment strategy in a posterior approach / Fethi Laouissat and Pierre Roussouly
    Adult scoliosis treatment with an anterior approach / Anthony M. DiGiorgio, Mohanad Alazzeh, and Praveen V. Mummaneni
    Techniques for spine osteotomies and clinical applications / Ibrahim Obeid and Derek T. Cawley
    Surgical failures mechanisms and their treatment / Pierre Roussouly, Hyoungmin Kim, Amer Sebaaly, and Daniel Chopin.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Digital
    volume editors, Antoon J.M. Ligtenberg, Enno C.I. Veerman.
    Contents:
    Anatomy, biogenesis, and regeneration of salivary glands / Holmberg, K.V.; Hoffman, M.P.
    Salivary secretion : mechanism and neural regulation / Proctor, G.B.; Carpenter, G.H.
    Salivary pellicles / Lindh, L.; Aroonsang, W.; Sotres, J.; Arnebrant, T.
    Antimicrobial defense systems in saliva / Nieuw Amerongen, A.V.; van't Hof, W.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Veerman, E.C.I.
    Saliva and wound healing / Veerman, E.C.I.; Ligtenberg, A.J.M.; Brand, H.S.
    Role of saliva in oral food perception / Neyraud, E.
    Lubrication / Yakubov, G.E.
    Saliva diagnostics : utilizing oral fluids to determine health status / Schafer, C.A.; Schafer, J.J. ; Yakob, M.; Lima, P.; Camargo, P.; Wong, D.T.W.
    The use of saliva markers in psychobiology : mechanisms and methods / Bosch, J.A.
    Xerostomia / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Kroese, F.G.M.; Bootsma, H.; Vissink, A.
    Drooling / Silvestre-Donat, F.J.; Silvestre-Rangil, J.
    Salivary gland diseases : infections, sialolithiasis, and mucoceles / Delli, K.; Spijkervet, F.K.L.; Vissink, A.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Asta Tvarijonaviciute, Silvia Martínez-Subiela, Pia López-Jornet, Elsa Lamy, editors.
    Summary: Saliva as a unique sample for health assessment is gaining attention among researchers of different fields in the last 20 years; being reflected in an impressive increase in the number of papers published studying saliva from different biological aspects in human and veterinary species. Once deemed merely a digestive juice is now considered a biological fluid capable of communicating information about physiopathological processes occurring in organisms, since saliva has been shown to contain molecular and bacterial compounds that can change in response to local and systemic pathologies. Furthermore, the interest of saliva as a diagnostic, prognostic and monitoring biofluid is forced by its non-invasive nature being of easy and inexpensive sampling, involving only minimal discomfort and allowing the collection of multiple/repeated specimens at anytime, anywhere and without need for specialized staff. In this contributed volume, the authors bring together, summarize and reflect the generated knowledge about saliva as a source of biomarkers for health and welfare evaluation in humans and animal models. This volume also highlights the importance of confounding factors, such as sampling methods, flow, total protein content, contamination, or storage. This book will serve as a manual for graduates, practitioners and researchers by providing general ideas about the possibilities and utilities of saliva in clinical practice or investigation, and indicating the main cautions each should have in mind before saliva usage.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Part I: Saliva Basics
    Chapter 1: Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Physiology
    1.1 Salivary Glands' Anatomy and Histology
    1.1.1 Types of Salivary Glands
    1.1.2 Histology
    1.1.3 The Excretory Ducts in Major Salivary Glands
    1.2 Saliva Secretion
    1.2.1 Regulation
    1.2.1.1 Salivary Gland Innervation Routes
    1.2.1.2 Neurotransmitters Released by Autonomic Nerves Innervating Salivary Glands
    1.2.2 Pathways of Saliva Secretion
    1.3 Saliva
    1.3.1 Composition
    1.3.2 Function
    1.4 Conclusions
    References 2.3.2.2 How Can Saliva Influence Food Texture Perception in Mouth?
    2.3.3 Saliva and Aroma
    2.4 Changes in Saliva Composition in Response to Ingestion: Can This Affect the Sensory Perception of Subsequently Ingested Food?
    2.5 How Saliva Changes Under Pathological States Can Affect Oral Food Perception
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Saliva as a Non-invasive Sample: Pros and Cons
    3.1 Collection Methods
    3.1.1 Methods for Obtaining Total Unstimulated Saliva
    3.1.1.1 Drainage
    3.1.1.2 Spitting
    3.1.1.3 Ejector (Saliva Aspiration)
    3.1.1.4 Syringe Collection 3.1.1.5 Cotton
    3.1.2 Methods for Obtaining Total Stimulated Saliva
    3.1.2.1 Mechanical Stimulation Techniques
    3.1.2.2 Chemical Stimulation Techniques
    3.1.2.3 Stimulation with Pharmacological Substance
    3.1.2.4 Electrostimulation
    3.1.2.5 Low-Power Laser Stimulation
    3.1.2.6 Acupuncture
    3.1.3 Methods for Collection of Partial Saliva
    3.1.4 Saliva Collection Techniques in Animals
    3.2 Advantages and Disadvantages of Using Saliva
    3.2.1 Advantages
    3.2.2 Disadvantages
    References Chapter 2: Saliva in Ingestive Behavior Research: Association with Oral Sensory Perception and Food Intake
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Oral Food Perception
    2.2.1 Mechanisms of Basic Taste, Aroma and Oral Tactile Perception
    2.2.1.1 Taste
    2.2.1.2 Food Aroma Perception
    2.2.1.3 Food Texture (Tactile) Perception
    2.2.2 How Oral Food Perception Influences Food Acceptance and Choices
    2.3 Saliva Composition and Food Sensory Perception
    2.3.1 Saliva and Basic Tastes
    2.3.2 Saliva and Tactile Sensations
    2.3.2.1 The Role of Saliva in Astringency Development Chapter 4: Methodology Assays for the Salivary Biomarkers' Identification and Measurement
    4.1 The Concept of Biomarker and the Potential of Saliva as a Diagnostic Fluid
    4.2 Methodology Assays
    4.2.1 Spectrophotometric Assays
    4.2.1.1 Ultraviolet and Visible (UV-Vis) Absorption Spectroscopy
    4.2.1.2 Atomic Spectrophotometry
    4.2.1.3 Near Infrared Spectrophotometry
    4.2.1.4 Flow Injection Spectrophotometric Analysis
    4.2.2 Immunoassays (IAs)
    4.2.2.1 Enzyme-Linked Immunoassays (EIAs)
    4.2.2.2 AlphaLisa
    4.2.2.3 Chemiluminescence Immunoassays (CLIA)
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Jacobo Limeres Posse, Pedro Diz Dios, Crispian Scully.
    Summary: "Saliva Protection and Transmissible Diseases provides a review of saliva protection, raising debate on micro-organisms potentially transmissible in saliva, and also considering the evidence on diseases that may be transmitted by kissing. Saliva is a complex body fluid essential to health, especially mastication, swallowing and speech, and hyposalivation can lead to dysfunction and even infection. More serious pathogens, such as herpes viruses and papillomaviruses can be conveyed by kissing, as can potentially lethal micro-organisms present in some saliva, such as meningococci, fungal organisms and Ebola viruses.Stipulates the defensive roles of saliva, an important topic not previously reviewed in-depth in literature. Provides awareness that saliva also transmits infectious agents that can produce serious or even lethal diseases. Gives understanding that kissing may be an at-risk practice"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Douglas A. Granger, Marcus K. Taylor, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides the first comprehensive overview of the emerging field of interdisciplinary salivary bioscience. It serves as a foundational reference guide to the collection, analysis, and interpretation of salivary data, as well as its myriad applications in medicine, surveillance and public health. The ease and non-invasive nature of saliva collection makes it highly useful in diverse fields such as pediatrics, dentistry, neuroscience, psychology, animal welfare and precision medicine. This book introduces students and scientists alike to the vast potential of salivary bioscience in both research and practice." -- Resource home page

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Editors and Section Editors
    Part I: What Is Salivary Bioscience, Why Is It Important, and How Do We Study It?
    Chapter 1: Foundations of Interdisciplinary Salivary Bioscience: An Introduction
    References
    Chapter 2: Salivary Gland Anatomy and Physiology
    2.1 Basic Anatomy of the Oral Cavity
    2.2 Salivary Gland Anatomy
    2.3 Saliva Composition
    2.4 Functions of Saliva
    2.5 Salivary Flow
    2.6 Neural Regulation of Salivary Glands
    2.7 Summary
    References 3.3.1 Cold Chain Management and Additives
    3.3.2 Prioritizing Analyte Testing
    3.4 Concluding Comments
    References
    Chapter 4: Analytical Strategies and Tactics in Salivary Bioscience
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Power Analysis with Salivary Biomeasure Data
    4.3 Early Processing of Salivary Biomeasure Data: Unique Challenges and Solutions
    4.3.1 Examining Data Parameters Related to In-Laboratory Saliva Processing Procedures
    4.3.2 Examining and Addressing Missing, Unreliable, or Invalid Values
    4.3.3 Approaches for Addressing Unreliable, Invalid, and Missing Data 4.3.4 Examining the Distribution of the Data
    4.3.5 Computing Composites and Indicators of Individual Differences
    4.3.5.1 Within-Individual Analyte Change
    4.4 Advanced Statistical Analysis of Salivary Biomeasure Data
    4.4.1 Conceptualizing Biomeasures Within a Mediation Framework
    4.4.2 Modeling Coordination Among Multiple Analytes in Cross-Sectional Studies
    4.4.3 Modeling Individual Biomeasure Response Trajectories Using Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.4 Additional Applications of Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.4.1 Modeling Multiple Biomeasure Trajectories with Multilevel Modeling 4.4.4.2 Modeling Biomeasure Trajectories from Multiple Individuals with Multilevel Modeling
    4.4.5 Isolating Trait, State, and Error Components of Salivary Biomeasure Data Using Latent Variable Modeling
    4.5 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Physiology and Development Research and Applications
    Chapter 5: Salivary Bioscience, Human Stress and the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    5.1 History of Salivary Bioscience in Stress Psychoneuroendocrinology
    5.2 Current Status of Knowledge in Psychoneuroendocrinology
    5.2.1 Stress Reactivity Studies Chapter 3: Saliva Collection, Handling, Transport, and Storage: Special Considerations and Best Practices for Interdisciplinar...
    3.1 Saliva Collection Considerations Related to Research Design
    3.1.1 Environmental Factors
    3.1.2 Biologically Relevant Factors
    3.2 Data Collection Methods
    3.2.1 Adults and Older Children
    3.2.2 Adult and Older Children
    3.2.3 Small Children and Infants
    3.2.4 Geriatric and Special Populations
    3.2.5 Nonhuman Animals
    3.2.6 Practical (Everyday) Sources of Variability
    3.3 Sample Handling, Transport, and Storage
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Lisa Licitra, Laura D. Locati, editors.
    Summary: This clinically oriented book provides a comprehensive update on the biology, diagnosis, and treatment of salivary gland cancer. Detailed information is presented on molecular characterization and radiological staging, and a series of treatment-related chapters describe the different surgical approaches to major and minor salivary gland cancer, including reconstructive surgery techniques, and the roles of radiotherapy and heavy ion therapy. Rehabilitation, follow-up, and the management of metastatic disease are also fully discussed. The aim is to equip the reader with the knowledge required to deliver appropriate tailored treatment in each patient, based on tumor characteristics and other pertinent factors. An additional feature is the inclusion of information on advocacy groups and their perspectives. All of the chapters are written by leading specialists in the field. In presenting the most recent advances and innovations in diagnosis and therapy and relating them to individualized treatment, this book will appeal to a wide audience including otorhinolaryngologists, head and neck surgeons, maxillofacial surgeons, radiation oncologists, and other clinicians.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Seunghee Cha, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive update on the latest information and knowledge which emerged from translational and basic science research endeavors, targeting the regeneration of salivary glands. The coverage includes salivary gland growth and development, stem cell therapy, bioengineering of salivary glands, and perspectives on and practical approaches to restoration of secretory function. More specifically, among the individual topics addressed are the various types of stem cell of value for cell replacement therapy, technological advances with respect to 3D printing, gene therapy, organ culture of salivary glands, and surgical aspects of the feasibility and practicality of transplantation. Readers will find helpful practical guidance on functional restorations of damaged salivary glands and stimulating insights into potential future directions in salivary gland regeneration research. The authors are all acknowledged experts from a range of academic and clinical backgrounds. Accordingly, the book will be of interest not only to clinicians, such as general dental practitioners, oral medicine specialists, and surgeons who manage dry mouth patients, but also to biomedical engineers, stem cell researchers, and transplant surgeons.

    Contents:
    Updates on Salivary Gland Development: Salivary Gland Development
    Systems Analysis of Salivary Gland Development and Disease
    The Roles of Mucins in Salivary Gland Development and Regeneration. Glandular Damage and Cell Replacement Therapy: Salivary Gland Resident Stem Cells
    Adult Stem Cells with Special Emphasis on Mesenchymal Stem Cells
    Cellular and Nuclear Reprogramming of Mesenchymal Stem Cells. Bioengineering of Salivary Glands: Current Cell Models for Bioengineering Salivary Glands
    3D Organ Culture and Matrix Biology
    Clinical Application of 3D Printing Technology in Craniofacial Plastic Surgery and Salivary Gland Regeneration
    Functional Salivary Gland Regeneration by Organ Replacement Therapy
    Therapeutic Considerations for Functional Salivary Gland Restorations: Regulation of Salivary Secretion
    Gene Therapy in Experimental and Clinical Trials
    Surgical Approaches to Functional Restoration of Saliva Secretion.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    volume editors, Patrick J. Bradley, David W. Eisele.
    Contents:
    Classification of salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
    Frequency and histopathology by site, major pathologies, symptoms and signs of
    Salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J
    Molecular pathology and biomarkers / Ha, P.K, Stenman, G
    Evaluation : imaging studies / Kontzialis, M., Aygun, N., Glastonbury, C.M
    Evaluation : fine needle aspiration cytology, ultrasound-guided core biopsy and
    Open biopsy techniques / Howlett, D., Triantafyllou, A
    Nerve monitoring / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Eisele, D.W
    Surgery for benign salivary neoplasms / Gillespie, M.B., Iro, H
    Recurrent benign salivary gland neoplasms / Witt, R.L., Nicolai, P
    Prognostic scoring for malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Vander Poorten V., Guntinas-Lichius, O
    Surgery for primary malignant parotid neoplasms / Deschler D.G., Eisele, D.W
    Metastatic cancer to the parotid / Clark, J., Wang, S
    Surgery for malignant submandibular gland neoplasms / Silver, N.L., Chinn, S.B., Bradley, P.J., Weber, R.S
    Surgery for malignant sublingual and minor salivary gland neoplasms / Bradley, P.J., Ferris, R.L
    Facial reconstruction and rehabilitation / Guntinas-Lichius, O., Genther, D.J., Byrne, P.J
    Management of regional metastases of malignant salivary gland neoplasms / Medina, J., Zbären, P., Bradley, P.J
    Indications for salivary gland radiotherapy / Thomson, D.J., Slevin, N.J., Mendenhall, W.M
    Chemotherapy and targeted therapy / Sen, M., Prestwich, R
    Management of inoperable malignant neoplasms / Kiess, A.P., Quon, H
    Management of recurrent malignant salivary neoplasms / Richmon, J.D., Quon, H
    Salivary gland neoplasms in children and adolescents / Bradley, P.J., Eisele, D.W
    Distant metastases and palliative care / Glazer, T.A., Shuman, A.G
    Quality of life after salivary gland surgery / Wax, M.K., Talmi, Y.P
    Salivary gland neoplasms: future perspectives / Eisele, D.W., Bradley, P.J.
    Digital Access Karger 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Eric C. Carlson, Robert A. Ord.
    Contents:
    Surgical Anatomy, Embryology, and Physiology of the Salivary Glands / John D Langdon
    Diagnostic Imaging of Salivary Gland Pathology / J Michael McCoy, Pradeep K Jacob
    Infections of the Salivary Glands
    Cysts and Cyst-Like Lesions of the Salivary Glands
    Sialolithiasis
    Systemic Diseases Affecting the Salivary Glands
    Salivary Gland Pathology in Children and Adolescents
    Classification, Grading, and Staging of Salivary Gland Tumors / J Michael McCoy, John Sauk
    The Molecular Biology of Benign and Malignant Salivary Gland Tumors / Randy Todd
    Tumors of the Parotid Gland
    Tumors of the Submandibular and Sublingual Glands
    Tumors of the Minor Salivary Glands
    Radiation Therapy for Salivary Gland Malignancies / Joseph R Kelley, Max Ofori
    Systemic Therapy for Salivary Gland Cancer / Janakiraman Subramanian, Lara Kujtan
    Non-salivary Tumors of the Salivary Glands
    Trauma and Injuries to the Salivary Glands
    Miscellaneous Pathologic Processes of the Salivary Glands
    Complications of Salivary Gland Surgery / Michael D Turner
    Innovations in Salivary Gland Surgery / Mark McGurk, Katherine George.
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten, Abraham Eisenstark.
    Contents:
    Luminex® multiplex bead suspension arrays for the detection and serotyping of Salmonella spp / Sherry A. Dunbar [and 4 others]
    Quantitative proteomic identification of host factors involved in the Salmonella typhimurium infection cycle / Dora Kaloyanova [and 3 others]
    Determination of antimicrobial resistance in Salmonella spp / Belgode N. Harish and Godfred A. Menezes
    Red-mediated recombineering of Salmonella enterica genomes / Frederik Czarniak and Michael Hensel
    A method to introduce an internal tag sequence into a Salmonella chromosomal gene / Weidong Zhao and Stéphane Méresse
    Generation and use of site-directed chromosomal cyaA' translational fusions in Salmonella enterica / Francisco Ramos-Morales [and 3 others]
    Detection of antimicrobial (poly)peptides with acid urea polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis followed by Western immunoblot / Edith Porter [and 3 others]
    Detecting non-typhoid Salmonella in humans by enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs) : practical and epidemiological aspects / Katrin G. Kuhn [and 3 others]
    Study of the Stn protein in Salmonella; a regulator of membrane composition and integrity / Masayuki Nakano [and 4 others]
    Development of a bacterial nanoparticle vaccine / Carlos Gamazo [and 4 others]
    Direct attachment of nanparticle cargo to Salmonella typhimurium membranes designed for combination bacteriotherapy against tumors / Robert Kazmierczak [and 3 others]
    Applications of microscopy in Salmonella research / Layla M. Malt [and 3 others]
    Live cell imaging of intracellular Salmonella enterica / Alexander Kehl and Michael Hensel
    In vitro modeling of gallbladder-associated Salmonella spp. colonization / Geoffrey Gonzalez-Escobedo and John S. Gunn
    Salmonella phages and prophages : genomics, taxonomy, and applied aspects / Andrea I. Moreno Switt [and 6 others].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Sanchia S. Goonewardene, Raj Persad, Karen Ventii, David Albala, Declan Cahill, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively covers application of salvage therapy in reuccurrent prostate cancer. Chapters focus on specific issues associated with a range of surgical and oncological management techniques and strategies including hormone therapy, lymphnode dissection, robotic prostatectomy and salvage reirradiation after locoregional failure. Learning objectives, and definitions of keywords are provided to aid the reader develop a thorough understanding of the topic and reinforce the key points covered in each chapter. Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer provides a detailed practically applicable guide on how salvage therapy can be utilised in the treatment of prostate cancer. It represents a valuable resource for trainee and practicing urologists, oncologists, and specialist nurses.

    Contents:
    Systematic Review of Open, Laparoscopic and Robotic Salvage Radical Prostatectomy
    Salvage Prostatectomy for Radio-recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Robot-Assisted Radical Prostatectomy for Recurrent Localized Prostate Cancer after Radiation Therapy- Pre-operative Assessment, the contribution of Robotics and Outcomes
    Disease Recurrence after Radical Prostatectomy
    Salvage Therapy in Prostate Cancer- Predictors of Recurrence
    The Role of MRI in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Clinical Staging/Diagnostic Imaging
    Imaging for Salvage Therapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    The Role of PET in Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Radiotherapy
    Salvage Cryotherapy in Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Treatment after Focal Therapy
    Salvage Re-Irradiation after Locoregional Failure with Primary Radiotherapy for Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Brachytherapy- Outcomes from Low and High dose Brachytherapy in Prostate Cancer
    Salvage Brachytherapy after Primary Brachytherapy in Recurrent Prostate Cancer
    Focal Salvage Therapy for Prostate Cancer Recurrence after Primary Radiotherapy
    Salvage Lymph Node Dissection
    Salvage Re-irradiation Therapy after Loco-regional Failure for Radiotherapy
    Role of Metastasectomy in Prostate Cancer Patients following Primary Treatment
    Incontinence of Urine after the Treatment of Prostate Cancer
    Erectile Dysfunction in Salvage Prostate Cancer Therapies.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Shanfa Lu, editor.
    Summary: This is the first book on the genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza, summarizing the research advances in the molecular mapping, whole genome sequencing, chloroplast and mitochondria genomes, epigenetics, transcriptomics and functional genomics of this emerging model plant with great economic and medicinal value. It also describes its distribution, taxonomy and morphology and provides useful information on its cultivation and breeding. Further, it highlights the biosynthetic pathways of tanshinones and phenolic acids - two main classes of bioactive components produced in this plant species - and reviews and discusses the technology of hairy root induction, tissue culture and genetic transformation of S. miltiorrhiza. The book is a valuable resource for students, teachers and researchers in academia and industry interested in medicinal plants and pharmacy.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface to the Series; Preface; Contents; Contributors; 1 Salvia miltiorrhiza: An Economically and Academically Important Medicinal Plant; Abstract; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Taxonomy; 1.3 Distribution; 1.4 Morphology; 1.5 Propagation; 1.6 Growth Requirements; 1.7 Chemical Constituents; 1.8 Medicinal Significance; 1.9 Academic Significance; 1.10 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References; 2 Salvia miltiorrhiza Resources, Cultivation, and Breeding; Abstract; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Danshen Resources; 2.3 Danshen Distribution and Cultivation; 2.3.1 Wild and Cultivated Distribution 2.3.2 Cultivation Procedures2.3.3 Cultivation-Related Research Findings; 2.4 Danshen Breeding; 2.4.1 System and Bulk Selection; 2.4.2 Cross-breeding; 2.4.3 Polyploidy Breeding; 2.4.4 Space Mutation; 2.5 Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 3 Molecular Maps and Mapping of Genes and QTLs of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 Molecular Linkage Map Construction; 3.2.1 Map Strategy and Mapping Populations; 3.2.2 F1 Genotyping, Data Analysis and Map Construction Method; 3.2.3 Genetic Linkage Map Construction of S. miltiorrhiza 3.2.3.1 The First Linkage Genetic Map and Another Map Based on Integration of Multiple Markers3.2.3.2 The Genomic SSR Linkage Genetic Map; 3.2.3.3 The High-Density Linkage Genetic Map; 3.3 Quantitative Trait Loci Analysis of Important Agronomic Traits in S. miltiorrhiza; 3.3.1 Quantitative Trait Loci (QTL) Mapping Method; 3.3.2 QTL Analysis for Phenolic Acid Content; 3.3.3 QTL Analysis for Root Yield; 3.4 Discussion; Acknowledgements; References; 4 The Genome of Salvia miltiorrhiza; Abstract; 4.1 Introduction; 4.2 The Sequencing and Assembly of S. miltiorrhiza Genome 4.2.1 Sequencing of the S. miltiorrhiza 99-3 Genome (Xu et al. 2016a)4.2.2 Genome Assembly of the S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.3 Genome Annotation and Repeat Element Analysis; 4.2.4 Genome Family Evolution of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.2.5 Gene Clusters Related to Tanshinone Biosynthesis; 4.3 The Chloroplast Genome of S. miltiorrhiza; 4.4 The Full-Length Transcriptome Based on S. miltiorrhiza Genome; 4.4.1 Full-Length Transcriptome Analysis; 4.4.2 Identification of Alternatively Spliced Isoforms Using Full-Length Transcriptome Data; 4.5 Conclusion; Acknowledgements; References 5 The Chloroplast and Mitochondrial Genomes of Salvia miltiorrhizaAbstract; 5.1 Introduction; 5.2 Transcriptome of S. miltiorrhiza Chloroplasts; 5.3 Methylation of S. miltiorrhiza Plastome; 5.4 Basic Information for S. miltiorrhiza Mitochondrial Genome; 5.5 RNA Editing of S. miltiorrhiza Mitogenome; 5.6 Conclusion and Perspectives; Acknowledgements; References; 6 Salvia miltiorrhiza Epigenetics; Abstract; 6.1 Introduction; 6.2 miRNAs in S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.1 miRNAs and Development of S. miltiorrhiza; 6.2.2 miRNAs Involved in Signal Transduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Ricardo Ramina, Paulo Henrique Pires Aguiar, Marcos Tatagiba, editors.
    Summary: This second edition of Samii's Essentials in Neurosurgery contains revised and updated versions of chapters from the first edition plus contributions on new topics written by leading neurosurgeons who were trained by Professor Madjid Samii in Hannover, Germany. Almost all fields of neurosurgery are covered. The authors follow the traditional principles of Samii's philosophy in the diagnosis and management of various neurosurgical pathologies, while presenting their own personal experiences. The extensively illustrated texts document clearly how cutting-edge technology in neurosurgery is being applied in new approaches and techniques. This book will greatly assist neurosurgeons, ENT surgeons, neuroradiologists, neurologists, and neurophysiotherapists in their everyday practice.

    Contents:
    The Virtual Operating Field: How Image Guidance Became Integral to Microneurosurgery
    Potential and Limitations of Chronic High-Fr Deep-Brain Stimulation in Parkinson's Disease
    Proliferation Behaviour of Meningiomas
    Neurotransplantation and the Restoration of Motor Behavior in Parkinson's Disease
    Preservation and Restitution of Auditory Function in Neurofibromatosis Type 2
    Restoration of Locomotion in Post-traumatic Paraplegics: The Neurosurgeon's Personal View
    Spinal Robotics
    Endoscope-Assisted Microsurgery
    Intraoperative Brain Mapping
    Endoscopy and Thermodiskoplasty: A Minimally Invasive Surgical Treatment for Lumbar Pain
    Considerations for Experimental Neuromodulation Following Grafting of the Spinal Cord to Skeletal Muscles for Clinical Application
    Preoperative Visualization of the Facial Nerve Using Diffusion Tensor Imaging Fibre Tracking in Patients with Large Vestibular Schwannomas
    Olfactory Groove Meningiomas: Pitfalls and Surgical Technique
    Preservation of the Olfactory Tract in Bifrontal Craniotomy
    Treatment of Meningiomas Involving the Optic Nerve Sheath
    Surgical Management of Tuberculum Sellae Meningiomas
    Sphenoid Wing Meningiomas
    Chordomas and Chondrosarcomas
    Petroclival Meningiomas Diagnosis, Treatment, and Results
    Retrosigmoid Approach to the Posterior and Middle Fossa
    The Surgical Management of Trigeminal Schwannomas
    Facial Nerve Schwannomas
    Vestibular Schwannoma: Current State of the Art
    Functional Microsurgery of Vestibular Schwannomas
    Surgery of Large and Giant Residual/Recurrent Vestibular Schwannomas
    Arachnoid Cysts of the Posterior Fossa
    Facial and Cochlear Nerve Function After Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Meningiomas
    Jugular Foramen Tumors: Diagnosis and Management Endoscopic Transnasal Surgery for Clival Chordoma
    Surgery of Cerebellopontine Angle Epidermoids
    Approaches to the Orbit: A 360-Degree View
    Pituitary Surgery Beyond the Sella
    Tumors of the Craniocervical Junction: Overview and Update
    Diagnosis and Treatment of Adult Hydrocephalus
    Primary Tethered Cord Syndrome
    Peripheral Nerve Entrapment Syndromes of the Lower Extremity
    Hypoglossal-Facial Nerve Anastomosis
    Facial Pain: Diagnosis and Therapy
    Epilepsy Surgery
    Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Anterior Circulation Aneurysms
    Bypass and Vascular Reconstruction for Posterior Circulation Aneurysms
    Full-Endoscopic Lumbar and Cervical Surgery for Disc Herniation
    Syringomyelia and Syringobulbia
    Total Lumbar Facet Replacement: Indication, Technique, and 3- and 4-Year Results
    Mini-open Transforaminal Lumbar Interbody Fusion for Degenerative Diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    editors, Martin A. Samuels, Allan H. Ropper.
    Contents:
    Coma, head trauma, and spinal cord injury / Galen V. Henderson and Matthew B. Bevers
    Epilepsy / Rani A. Sarkis and Barbara Dworetzky
    Dizziness / Gregory T. Whitman and Robert W. Baloh
    Back and neck pain / Allan H. Ropper
    Sleep disorders / Milena Pavlova
    Cancer neurology / Eudocia Quant Lee and Patrick Y. Wen
    Multiple sclerosis and related disorders / Maria K. Houtchens and James M. Stankiewicz
    Autoimmune disorders / Ivana Vodopivec and Henrikas Vaitkevicius
    Neuromuscular junction disorders and myopathies / Anthony A. Amato and Mohammed Kian Salajegheh
    Motor neuronopathies and peripheral neuropathies / Mohammed Kian Salajegheh and Anthony A. Amato
    Chronic pain / Daniel D. Vardeh
    Headache and facial pain / Paul B. Rizzoli and Elizabeth Loder
    Stroke and cerebrovascular disorders / Henrikas Vaitkevicius and Steven K. Feske
    Movement disorders / Jordan D. Paulson and Lewis R. Sudarsky
    Behavioral and cognitive neurology / Seth A. Gale and Kirk Daffner
    Management of neurologic disorders in resource-limited settings / Aaron L. Berkowitz
    Neuroophthalmology / Robert M. Mallery and Sashank Prasad
    Toxic and metabolic disorders / Shamik Bhattacharyya and Martin A. Samuels
    Infectious diseases / Jennifer Lyons and Tracey A. Cho.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
    Ovid
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC346 .M29 2017
    1
  • Digital
    W. Allen Hogge, Barbara Cohlan, Isabelle Wilkins, Lyndon Hill.
    Digital Access AccessObGyn 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2015
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RA567 .S36 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Paolo Zamboni, Erika Mendoza, Sergio Gianesini, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jane M. Orient.
    Summary: "The physical exam can either determine disease or confirm good health. When a patient presents to her physician with a set of symptoms, the physical exam and patient history can identify the cause and serve as a guide for subsequent diagnostic testing. It is a key building block in the practice of medicine, yet students and residents have difficulty determining what information is relevant and how it applies to the patient"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The interview
    The history
    The case record
    General apperance
    The vital signs
    Integument
    Lymph nodes
    The head
    The eye
    The ear
    The nose
    The oropharynx
    The neck
    The breast
    The chest
    The heart
    Arteries
    Veins
    The abdomen
    Male genitalia
    Female genitalia
    The rectum
    The extremities
    The musculoskeletal system
    The neurologic examination
    Clinical reasoning
    Some bedside laboratory tricks
    Annotated bibliography.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library (Medical Education)
    LWW Health Library (Internal Medicine)
  • Digital
    Robert M. Henshaw, editor.
    Summary: The purpose of this book is to define and demonstrate how a multidisciplinary team can be organized, integrated, and utilized in the care of sarcoma patients. Real world experiences related by multiple sarcoma specialists working as members of a multidisciplinary team along with specific case examples highlighting sarcomas of bone and soft tissue in children and adults are presented in a framework geared toward practicing oncologists and surgeons in order to foster the creation and development of care teams for sarcoma patients. It is explained how a truly multidisciplinary approach, with "one stop shopping," offers better standardization and delivery of care, streamlines patient education, facilitates discussions and decision making, and provides comprehensive support throughout the treatment process. All aspects of treatment are covered, from first-line treatments for different tumor types through to salvage therapy and the development of novel investigational agents. This book will be of benefit to all members of the medical community who have a role to play in the care of these complex patients, including therapists, nurses, mid-level practitioners, primary care doctors, and subspecialists.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter F.M. Choong, editor.
    Summary: This book aims to compile an expert text on the multidisciplinary approach to treating sarcoma at a sarcoma centre. Separate chapters and sections highlight the specialist diagnostic and therapeutic approaches employed in treating bone and soft tissue sarcoma. This comprehensive book covers sarcoma and its management across specialties. It brings together the experience of the editor at a major centre for sarcoma management in Australia along with chapter contributions from various experts on the topic. The real-life, pragmatic approach is a distillation of the evidence and intends to make much of what is written translatable. This book serves as a reference for managing this tumour type and as an indispensable guide for daily use across the spectrum of providers.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sarcomas- Biology and behavior of sarcomas
    The role and benefits of multidisciplinary-based sarcoma treatment centres
    The investigation of sarcomas
    The histopathological examination of sarcomas
    The role of chemotherapy in management of sarcomas
    The role of radiotherapy in management of sarcomas
    The role of surgery in management of sarcomas
    Plastic and reconstructive surgery in management of sarcomas
    The management of metastatic sarcoma
    The principles of management of sarcoma for adolescent and young adults
    Quality of life after surgery for extremity sarcoma.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Carola A. S. Arndt, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Epidemiology of Bone and Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Descriptive Epidemiology
    1.2.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.2.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.2.3 Rhabdomyosarcoma (RMS)
    1.2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcoma (NRSTS)
    1.3 Environmental (Non-genetic) Risk Factors
    1.3.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.3.1.1 Growth and Development
    1.3.1.2 Exogenous Exposures
    1.3.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.3.3 RMS
    1.3.4 NRSTS
    1.4 Germline Genetic Risk Factors
    1.4.1 Osteosarcoma
    1.4.2 Ewing Sarcoma
    1.4.3 RMS
    1.4.4 NRSTS
    1.5 Conclusion 2.3.1 Pathology
    2.3.2 Biology
    2.4 Non-rhabdomyosarcoma Soft Tissue Sarcomas
    2.4.1 Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma
    2.4.1.1 Pathology
    2.4.1.2 Biology
    2.4.2 Clear Cell Sarcoma of Soft Tissue
    2.4.2.1 Pathology
    2.4.2.2 Biology
    2.4.3 Desmoid Tumor
    2.4.3.1 Pathology
    2.4.3.2 Biology
    2.4.4 Desmoplastic Small Round Cell Tumor
    2.4.4.1 Pathology
    2.4.4.2 Biology
    2.4.5 Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumor
    2.4.5.1 Pathology
    2.4.5.2 Biology
    2.4.6 Synovial Sarcoma
    2.4.6.1 Pathology
    2.4.6.2 Biology
    2.4.7 Malignant Rhabdoid Tumor 2.4.7.1 Pathology
    2.4.7.2 Biology
    2.4.8 NTRK-Fusion Sarcomas
    2.4.8.1 Pathology
    2.4.8.2 Biology
    References
    3: Staging and Imaging of Sarcoma
    3.1 Staging of RMS and NRSTS
    3.2 Staging of Nonrhabdomyosarcomatous Soft Tissue Tumors (NRSTS)
    3.3 Staging of Bone Sarcomas
    3.4 Imaging and Staging Procedures
    References
    4: Multi-institutional Trials for Patients with Rhabdomyosarcoma: Lessons from North American Studies from 1967 Through 1997
    4.1 Introduction
    4.2 The First 30 Years, 1970-2000
    4.2.1 The IRS Era, 1972-1997
    References 5: Treatment of Rhabdomyosarcoma
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Initial Evaluation
    5.3 Treatment Assignment
    5.4 Treatment
    5.4.1 North American Perspective
    5.4.2 European Perspective
    5.5 Future Directions
    References
    6: Current Approaches to Therapy: Soft Tissue Sarcomas Other than Rhabdomyosarcoma in Children and Adolescents
    6.1 Introduction
    6.2 Local Therapy
    6.2.1 Surgery
    6.2.2 Radiotherapy
    6.3 Conventional Chemotherapy
    6.4 Specific Therapy for Diseases
    6.4.1 Synovial Sarcoma 6.4.2 Other "Adult-Type" Sarcomas (Fibrosarcoma, Liposarcoma, Mesenchymal Chondrosarcoma, PECOMA, Leiomyosarcoma, Epithelioid Sarcoma, Clear Cell Sarcoma, Angiosarcoma, Undifferentiated Sarcoma).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Alfonso J. Cruz-Jentoft and John E. Morley.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    edited by Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Summary: "Maintaining adequate muscle mass is crucial to healthy aging. Numerous diseases as well as deterioration of motor nerves and muscle repair mechanisms cause risks to developing sarcopenia. Sedentary lifestyles coupled with excess caloric intake among senior citizens compound the problem by creating a condition of limited muscle strength overwhelmed with body weight. This book presents biochemical, nutritional, and metabolic implications related to sarcopenia. It provides information on mechanisms regulating age-related loss of muscle mass and function as well as nutritional anti-aging strategies to fight against atrophy and support healthy aging"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Definitions of sarcopenia / Heike Bischoff-Ferrari and Bess Dawson-Hughes
    Models of accelerated sarcopenia / Andrew S. Layne, Lisa M. Roberts and Thomas W. Buford
    Sarcopenia in physical frailty / Maturin Tabue-Teguo, Emanuele Marzetti, Riccardo Calvani, Bruno Vellas, Matteo Cesari
    The role of imaging techniques in the diagnosis of sarcopenia / Thiago Gonzalez Barbosa-Silva and Carla Prado
    Nutrient sensing and mTORC1 regulation in sarcopenia / Ted G. Graber and Blake B. Rasmussen
    Different adaptation of ubiquitin-proteasome and lysosome-autophagy signaling in sarcopenic muscle / Kunihiro Sakuma, Hidetaka Wakabayashi
    Myokines in aging muscle / Katie Brown, Aaron Persinger, and Melissa Puppa
    The contribution of satellite cells to skeletal muscle aging / Christopher Fry
    Muscle stem cell microenvironment in sarcopenia / Neia Naldaiz-Gastesi and Ander Izeta
    Sarcopenia and oxidative stress : from the bench to therapeutical strategies / Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Allan F. Pagano, Thomas Brioche
    Muscle protein turnover and sarcopenia in the elderly : the effects of nutrition / Paolo Tessari
    The relationship between muscle mitochondrial turnover and sarcopenia / Heather N. Carter, Nashwa Cheema and David A. Hood
    Skeletal muscle fat infiltration with aging : an important factor of sarcopenia / Allan F. Pagano, Coralie Arc-Chagnaud, Thomas Brioche, Angèle Chopard, Guillaume Py
    Nutritional modulation of mitochondrial-associated death signaling in sarcopenia / Stephen E. Alway
    Beneficial effects and limitations of strategies (nutritional or other) to limit muscle wasting due to normal aging / Dominique Meynial-Denis
    Declines in whole muscle function with aging : the role of age-related alterations in contractile properties of single skeletal muscle fibres / Nicole Mazara and Geoffrey A. Power
    Sarcopenic dysphagia, presbyphagia and rehabilitation nutrition / Hidetaka Wakabayashi and Kunihiro Sakuma
    Wasting and cachexia in chronic kidney disease / Giacomo Garibotto, Daniela Picciotto, Daniela Verzola
    Sarcopenia and Parkinson's disease : molecular mechanisms and clinical management / Manlio Vinciguerra
    Sarcopenic obesity in the elderly / Michael Tieland, Inez Trouwborst, Amely Verreijen, Robert Memelink and Peter J.M. Weijs
    Sum up and future research / Dominique Meynial-Denis.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2019
  • Digital
    Nicola Veronese, Charlotte Beaudart, Shaun Sabico, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a concise and updated guide for all readers (physicians and non-physicians) interested in gaining a comprehensive and precise understanding of sarcopenia. Over the last several years, sarcopenia has increasingly developed from being a concept known only in research settings to one that is commonly explored in journals and scientific meetings for various disciplines, such as geriatrics, rheumatology and rehabilitation medicine. Thus, all domains of sarcopenia, from molecular aspects to clinical management, represent highly active areas of research and clinical practice for health professionals in a variety of fields, including geriatric medicine, nutrition, and epidemiology. Despite being a relatively new concept in medicine, sarcopenia is increasingly being recognized as an important determinant of other health conditions, including mortality and disability. This book, written by experts from around the globe, covers several core aspects of sarcopenia management, from molecular mechanisms to genetics, epidemiology, diagnosis and finally treatment, including the clinical impact of sarcopenia as a risk factor, the known genetic and molecular aspects that can aid in predicting sarcopenia, and selected treatment and therapy concepts, including indications for nutrition and physical exercise. Sharing data from the latest studies, it will be of considerable interest not only for geriatricians, but also for a wide range of other readers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1) Epidemiology of Sarcopenia
    Chapter 2) Definitions of Sarcopenia Across the World
    Chapter 3) Consequences of Sarcopenia in Older People: The Epidemiological Evidence
    Chapter 4) Emerging Markers for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 5) Screening for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 6) Radiological Evaluation of Muscle Mass
    Chapter 7) Physical Performance and Muscle Strength Tests: Pros and Cons
    Chapter 8) Is Sarcopenia a Condition, a Disorder, a Disease, or a True Geriatric Syndrome?
    Chapter 9) Sarcopenia in Other Settings: Primary Care, Cardiovascular Disease, Surgery
    Chapter 10) Acute Sarcopenia: Definition and Actual Issues
    Chapter 11) Sarcopenic Obesity
    Chapter 12) The Role of Physical Activity in Sarcopenia
    Chapter 13) Nutritional Approaches for Sarcopenia
    Chapter 14) The Future of Drugs in Sarcopenia
    Chapter 15) Sarcopenia and Covid-19: A New Entity?.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    by Bernd Sebastian Kamps & Christian Hoffmann (editors); contributing authors, Christian Drosten, Wolfgang Preiser.
    Summary: SARS reference is a medical textbook that provides a comprehensive and up-to-date overview of severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS).
    Digital Access Flying Publisher 2003-
  • Digital
    Leidner, Allison K. (Hrsg.) ; Buchanan, Graeme M. (Hrsg.).
    Summary: Satellite remote sensing presents an amazing opportunity to inform biodiversity conservation by inexpensively gathering repeated monitoring information for vast areas of the Earth. However, these observations first need processing and interpretation if they are to inform conservation action. Through a series of case studies, this book presents detailed examples of the application of satellite remote sensing, covering both aquatic and terrestrial ecosystems, to conservation. The authors describe how collaboration between the remote sensing and conservation communities makes satellite data functional for operational conservation, and provide concrete examples of the lessons learned in addition to the scientific details. The editors, one at NASA and the other at a conservation NGO, have brought together leading researchers in conservation remote sensing to share their experiences from project development through to application, and emphasise the human side of these projects.

    Contents:
    A brief introduction to conservation and conservation remote sensing / Graeme M. Buchanan and Allison K. Leidner
    Introduction to remote sensing for conservation practitioners / Andreas Brink, Cindy Schmidt and Zoltan Szantoi
    Satellite remote sensing for the conservation of East Asia's coastal wetlands / Nicholas J. Murray
    Global forest maps in support of conservation monitoring / Samuel Jantz, Lilian Pintea, Janet Nackoney and Matthew C. Hansen
    Wildfire monitoring with satellite remote sensing in support to conservation / Ilaria Palumbo, Abdoulkarim Samna, Marco Clerici, and Antoine Royer
    Ecosystem Functioning Observations for assessing conservation in the Doñana National Park, Spain / Paula Escribano and Nestor Fernandez
    Predicting mule deer harvest in real-time: Integrating satellite remote-sensing measures of forage quality and climate in Idaho, United States / Mark Hebblewhite, Mark Hurley, Paul Lukacs and Josh Nowak
    Lessons learned from WhaleWatch: a tool using satellite data to provide near real-time predictions of whale occurrence / Helen Bailey, Elliott Hazen, Bruce Mate, Steven J. Bograd, Ladd Irvine, Daniel M. Palacios, Karin A. Forney, Evan Howell, Aimee Hoover, Lynn DeWitt, Jessica Wingfield and Monica DeAngelis
    The evolution of remote sensing applications vital to effective biodiversity conservation and sustainable development / Karyn Tabor and Jennifer Hewson
    Operational concervation remote sensing: common themes, lessons learned, and future prospects / Allison K. Leidner and Graeme M. Buchanan.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Brian J. Hall, John C. Hall ; with 88 contributing authors.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Robert J. Kizior and Keith J. Hodgson.
    Summary: "Over 1,000 generic name drugs, encompassing over 4,000 trade name drugs, are organized alphabetically with A-to-Z tabs for quick and easy access. Detailed information for each drug distinguishes side effects and adverse reactions to help you identify which are most likely to occur. Highlighting of high-alert drugs helps promote safe administration of drugs that pose the greatest risk for patient harm; an appendix includes drug names that sound alike or look alike."--Publisher's description
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2021
  • Print
    Alina Nicoara, Robert M. Savage, Nikolaos J. Skubas, Stanton K. Shernan, Christopher A. Troianos.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2023
  • Digital
    Jeannie Gainsburg.
    Summary: "The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is an enjoyable, humorous, encouraging, easy to understand guidebook for being an ally to LGBTQ+ communities"-- Provided by publisher. "Bursting with passion and humor, The Savvy Ally: A Guide for Becoming a Skilled LGBTQ+ Advocate is a treasure trove for allies to the LGBTQ+ communities. This fully revised second edition includes: the most current information on identities and LGBTQ+ language; tips for respectfully sharing, gathering, and using pronouns; LGBTQ+ etiquette, including common language bloopers to avoid; tools for navigating difficult conversations; best practices for creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces; appropriate actions to take after messing up; techniques for self-care and sustainable allyship. The Savvy Ally is a vital resource for teachers, mental health professionals, healthcare providers, college professors, faith leaders, family members, and friends who want to support and advocate for the LGBTQ+ people in their lives and help make the world a safer, more inclusive place. This informative, encouraging, and easy-to-understand guidebook will jump-start even the most tentative ally"--Back cover

    Contents:
    Getting started
    Part I: Becoming knowledgeable allies
    Caution: identities being defined!
    Coming out as LGBTQ+
    Orientations, identities, behaviors--oh my!
    Part II: Building skills for having respectful conversations
    Pronouns: sharing, gathering, and using
    LGBTQ+ etiquette tips, common bloopers, and outdated terms
    Gaydar and other problematic assumptions
    Good talk: the art of having useful conversations
    Part III: Taking action to create more inclusive spaces. Straight pride parades and special snowflakes: addressing common questions
    Duct tape patch-up jobs and big fixes
    Creating LGBTQ+ inclusive spaces in different settings
    Taking it to the streets
    Now what? Questions from allies in the real world
    Part IV: Allying responsibly
    Messing up properly
    Backlash against allies
    Sustainability
  • Digital
    Oren J. Sofer.
    Summary: "We spend so much of our lives talking to each other, but how often are we simply running on automatic, relying on old habits and hoping for the best? Are we able to truly hear others and speak our mind in a clear and kind way, without needing to get defensive or go on the attack? In this groundbreaking synthesis of mindfulness, somatics, and nonviolent communication, Oren Jay Sofer offers simply yet powerful practices to develop healthy, effective, and satisfying ways of communicating. The techniques in "Say what you mean" will help you to: Feel confidnet during conversation ; Stay focused on what really matters in an interaction ; Listen for the authentic concerns behind someone's words ; Reduce anxiety before before and during difficult conversations ; Find nourishment in day-to-day interactions

    Contents:
    The first step: lead with presence. The center of our lives
    The power of mindfulness
    Relational awareness
    The second step: Come from curiosity and care. The blame game
    Where are you coming from?
    Don't let the call drop
    The third step: Focus on what matters. Getting down to what matters
    Emotional agility
    Enhancing empathy and inner resilience
    How to raise an issue without starting a fight
    If you want something, ask for it
    Bringing it all together. The flow of dialogue
    Running the rapids
    Conclusion: charting your course.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    OverDrive
    Fulltext Limited to 3 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
    OverDrive
    Audio Book (1 concurrent user) Limited to 3 simultaneous usersSUNet ID login required
  • Digital
    Chinmayee Ratha, Janesh Gupta.
    Contents:
    SBA type questions: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
    Fetal medicine
    Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
    Clinical governance Single best answers and explanations: Antenatal care.- Maternal medical disorders
    Fetal medicine
    Labour and delivery.- Postpartum issues.- Early Pregnancy care.- Gynaecological problems.- Subfertility and endocrinology.- Sexual and reproductive health.- Gynaecological oncology.- Urogynecology and pelvic floor problems.- Core surgical skills and postoperative care.- Surgical procedures
    Clinical governance .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Paul A. Banaszkiewicz, Kiran K. Singisetti.
    Summary: "The Part 1 or written MCQ paper is often seen as a poor relation to the more intense clinical and viva preparation needed for the Part 2 exam. The belief is that most candidates usually pass the part 1 without too many difficulties. Occasionally a candidate will have to re sit if they fall a bit short of the pass mark but next time it should be plain sailing getting through"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Print
    pod obshcheĭ red. prof. I.N. Perevodchikova ; M-vo zdravookhranenii︠a︡ SSSR. Vsesoyuz. nauch.-issled. in-t po izucheniyu lepry.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L154 .S27 1946
    1
  • Digital
    [edited by] Morton J. Kern, Arnold H. Seto
    Summary: "SCAI Interventional Cardiology Board Review provides a concise overview of the field of interventional cardiology in order to serve as board exam preparation for those in training and those who need to recertify. It is written specifically for this audience and can also serve as a basis for in-depth training by nurses, technicians, physician extenders and general cardiologists. Coverage will include all topics included on the exam and chapters will be written by authors who are also"--Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    I: Basic science and pharmacology
    Arterial disease
    atherosclerosis
    Restenosis
    Platelet
    inhibitor agents
    Anticoagulant and fibrinolytic agents for NSTE-ACS, PCI, and STEMI
    Vasoactive and antiarrhythmic drugs in the catheterization laboratory
    II: Fundamentals of interventions
    Fundamentals of X-ray imaging, radiation safety, and contrast media
    Coronary hemodynamics: pressure and flow
    Intravascular ultrasound, optical coherence tomography, and near-infrared spectroscopy
    Vulnerable plaque imaging
    Hemodynamics for interventional cardiologists
    Coronary angiography for PCI
    Introduction to statistics in clinical research for interventional cardiology
    III: Equipment
    Equipment selection for coronary interventions
    Niche devices: atherectomy, cutting and scoring balloons, and laser
    IV: Stable and acute coronary syndrome PCI
    Coronary stents
    ^Elective percutaneous coronary intervention for stable coronary artery disease and silent myocardial ischemia
    Acute coronary syndromes
    STEMI intervention: emphasis on guidelines
    High-risk percutaneous coronary intervention, cardiogenic shock, and acute mechanical circulatory support devices
    V: Higher-risk PCI and complex angiographic subsets
    Multivessel percutaneous coronary interventions
    Bifurcation lesions and intervention
    Small vessel and diffuse disease
    Left mainstem intervention
    Bypass graft intervention and embolic protection
    Complications of coronary intervention
    Chronic total occlusion percutaneous coronary intervention
    VI: Vascular access and hemostasis
    Vascular access: radial and femoral approaches
    Vascular access site management (Closure devices and complications)
    VII: Women, prevention, and guidelines
    Women and percutaneous interventions
    Primary and secondary coronary prevention
    ^PCI guidelines for interventional cardiology boards
    VIII: Peripheral vascular disease and interventions
    Thoracic aortic, abdominal aortic, and lower extremity interventions
    Carotid and cerebrovascular/acute stroke intervention
    Atherosclerotic renal artery disease
    Deep venous thrombosis
    IX: Structural heart disease and interventions
    Imaging for structural heart disease
    Atrial septal defect and patent foramen ovale
    Left atrial appendage closure
    Mitral valvuloplasty and percutaneous mitral valve repair
    Transcatheter Aortic Valve Replacement
    Hypertrophic cardiomyopathy
    Paravalvular leaks
    Pericardial disease interventions
    Interventional procedures in adult congenital heart disease
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2018
  • Print
    Geoffrey West.
    Summary: "From one of the most influential scientists of our time, a dazzling exploration of the hidden laws that govern the life cycle of everything from plants and animals to the cities we live in. The former head of the Sante Fe Institute, visionary physicist Geoffrey West is a pioneer in the field of complexity science, the science of emergent systems and networks. The term "complexity" can be misleading, however, because what makes West's discoveries so beautiful is that he has found an underlying simplicity that unites the seemingly complex and diverse phenomena of living systems, including our bodies, our cities and our businesses. Fascinated by issues of aging and mortality, West applied the rigor of a physicist to the biological question of why we live as long as we do and no longer. The result was astonishing, and changed science, creating a new understanding of energy use and metabolism: West found that despite the riotous diversity in the sizes of mammals, they are all, to a large degree, scaled versions of each other. If you know the size of a mammal, you can use scaling laws to learn everything from how much food it eats per day, what its heart-rate is, how long it will take to mature, its lifespan, and so on. Furthermore, the efficiency of the mammal's circulatory systems scales up precisely based on weight: if you compare a mouse, a human and an elephant on a logarithmic graph, you find with every doubling of average weight, a species gets 25% more efficient--and lives 25% longer. This speaks to everything from how long we can expect to live to how many hours of sleep we need. Fundamentally, he has proven, the issue has to do with the fractal geometry of the networks that supply energy and remove waste from the organism's body"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    The big picture
    The measure of all things: an introduction to scaling
    The simplicity, unity, and complexity of life
    The fourth dimension of life: growth, aging, and death
    From the Anthropocene to the Urbanocene: a planet dominated by cities
    Prelude to a science of cities
    Toward a science of cities
    Consequences and predictions: from mobility and the pace of life to social connectivity, diversity, metabolism, and growth
    Toward a science of companies
    The vision of a grand unified theory of sustainability.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    H61.27 .W47 2017
    1
  • Print
    Verne Harnish and the team at Gazelles.
    Summary: In this guide, Harnish and his co-authors share practical tools and techniques to help entrepreneurs grow an industry -- dominating business without it killing them -- and actually have fun. Many growth company leaders reach a point where they actually dread adding another customer, employee, or location. It feels like they are just adding more weight to an ever-heavier anchor they are dragging through the sand. To make matters worse, the increased revenues have not turned into more profitability, so at some point they wonder if the journey is worth the effort. This book focuses on the four major decisions every company must get right: People, Strategy, Execution and Cash. The book includes a series of One-Page tools including the One-Page Strategic Plan and the Rockefeller Habits Execution Checklist, which more than 40,000 firms around the globe have used to scale their companies successfully.

    Contents:
    The overview: People, strategy, execution, cash
    The barriers: Leadership, infrastructure, and marketing
    The leaders: The FACe and the PACe of the company
    The team: Attracting and hiring
    The managers (coaches): Keeping and growing (educating) the team
    The core: Values, purpose, and competencies
    The 7 strata of strategy: The framework for dominating your industry
    The one-page strategic plan: The tool for strategic planning
    The priority: Focus, finish lines, and fun
    The data: Powering prediction
    The meeting rhythm: The heartbeat of the organization
    The cash: Accelerating cash flow
    The accounting: Driving profitability
    The power of one: 7 key financial levers
    Next steps: 5 things to do now.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Entrep 105
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    v. 45-53, 1997-2005.
    Suppls. 52-53 BOUND WITH Scandinavian cardiovascular journal vol. 39
    1
  • Digital
    Jeffrey Yao, editor.
    Contents:
    Scaphoid Anatomy
    Non-operative Management of Non-displaced Acute Scaphoid Fracture
    Acute Scaphoid Fracture Management: Dorsal Approach
    Acute Scaphoid Fractures: Volar Approach
    Arthroscopic-Assisted Management of Acute Scaphoid Fractures
    Treatment of Acute Pediatric Scaphoid Waist Fractures
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation Without Bone Graft
    Scaphoid Non-union Open Treatment with Distal Radius Bone Graft via Mini Dorsal Approach
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Local Non-vascularized Bone Graft (Open)
    Scaphoid Non-Union Treated with Iliac Crest Structural Autograft
    The Hybrid Russe Graft for the Treatment of Scaphoid Nonunion
    Arthroscopic Grafting and Scapholunate Pinning for Scaphoid Proximal Pole Nonunion
    1,2 ICSRA for the Management of Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
    Dorsal Capsular-Based Vascularized Distal Radius Graft for Scaphoid Nonunion
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Grafts-Volar Pedicle
    Scaphoid Nonunion: Surgical Fixation with Vascularized Bone Graft-Free Medial Femoral Condyle Graft
    Pediatric Scaphoid Nonunion
    Partial Scaphoidectomy for Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion
    Reconstruction of the Unsalvageable Proximal Pole in Scaphoid Nonunions Utilizing Rib Osteochondral Autograft
    Recalcitrant Proximal Pole Scaphoid Nonunion
    Unsalvageable Scaphoid Nonunion: Implant Arthroplasty
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Denervation
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Arthroscopic Debridement/Radial Styloidectomy
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Capitolunate Arthrodesis
    Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse: Scaphoid Excision and 4-Corner Arthrodesis
    PRC for Scaphoid Nonunion Advanced Collapse Wrist
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    [edited by] Andrew C. Krakowski, MD, founder and director, Scar Treatment and Revision (S.T.A.R.) Institute, chief medical officer, DermOne, LLC, West Conshohocken, Pennsylvania ; Peter R. Shumaker, MD, Captain, United States Navy, chairman, dermatology, Naval Medical Center, San Diego, California, clinical associate professor of dermatology, Uniformed Services University of the Health Sciences, Bethesda, Maryland.
    Contents:
    1. A historical perspective on scar management
    2. The global impact of scars
    3. Medical conditions associated with scarring and fibrosis
    4. Scars and scar management: ethical considerations
    5. Scar histopathology and morphologic classification
    6. The cellular and molecular basis of scarring: the paradigm of hypertrophic scarring after thermal injury
    7. The biomechanics of scar formation
    8. An approach to scar mitigation
    9. Optimizing wound healing and scar formation
    10. Medical managment of scars
    11. Neurobiology of scars: managing pain and itch
    12. Surgical scar revision
    13. Lasers and light devices in scar management
    14. Laser-assisted delivery of therapeutic agents
    15. Fat grafting for scar treatment
    16. Multimodal scar management
    17. Atrophic scar management
    18. Scar management in skin of color
    19. Rehabilitative burn scar management
    20. Scar camouflage
    21. Medical tattooing
    22. A pediatric perspective
    23. A perspective from military medicine
    24. Recovery and reintegration after burn injury
    25. Integrating scar management into clinical practice
    26. Scar treatment, restoration, and prevention- beyond the horizon?
    27. Fetal wound healing
    28. Clinical scar research: quantitative and qualitative assessment of hypertrophic burn scars.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] N. Cary Engleberg, Victor J. DiRita, Michael J. Imperiale.
    Summary: "This textbook is intended to be used in courses on medical microbiology or infectious diseases for medical students, allied health professionals, graduate students, or advanced undergraduates. Because the purpose of this book is to develop a conceptual framework for understanding infection, it highlights certain agents and diseases of special biological or clinical importance and does not attempt to describe the microbial world in an exhaustive fashion"-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by Marjory B. Brooks, Kendal E. Harr, Davis M. Seelig, K. Jane Wardrop, Douglas J. Weiss.
    Contents:
    Hemolymphatic Tissue. Embryonic and Fetal Hematopoiesis / Kelli L Boyd, Brad Bolon
    Stem Cell Biology / Dori L Borjesson, Jed A Overmann
    Structure of the Bone Marrow / Nicole I Stacy, John W Harvey
    The Hematopoietic System / Bruce D Car, Davis M Seelig
    Vasculogenesis and Endothelial Cell Production / Jong Hyuk Kim
    Cluster of Differentiation (CD) Antigens / Melinda J Wilkerson, Nora L Springer
    Major Histocompatibility Complex Antigens / Paul R Hess
    Lymphocyte Biology and Functions / Ian Tizard
    Structure and Function of Primary and Secondary Lymphoid Tissue / Cleverson D Souza, Meredeth McEntire, VE Ted Valli, Robert M Jacobs
    Hematotoxicity. Design and Methods of Nonclinical Hematotoxicity Studies / William J Reagan, Armando R Irizarry Rovira
    Interpretation of Hematologic Data in Nonclinical Studies / Jeffrey McCartney
    Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Cytopenias / Laurie G O'Rourke
    Nonclinical Evaluation of Compound-Related Alterations in Hemostasis / F Poitout-Belissent
    Preclinical Evaluation of Immunotoxicity / Kristin L Henson
    Blood and Bone Marrow Toxicity Induced by Drugs, Heavy Metals, Chemicals, and Toxic Plants / Douglas J Weiss
    Acute Myelotoxicity and Myelitis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
    Chronic Inflammation and Secondary Myelofibrosis in Domestic and Laboratory Animals / Adam D Aulbach, Douglas J Weiss
    Infectious Injury to Bone Marrow / K Jane Wardrop
    Erythrocytes. Erythropoiesis / Christine Swardson Olver
    Erythrocyte Structure and Function / Christine Swardson Olver
    Erythrocyte Biochemistry / John W Harvey
    Erythrokinetics and Erythrocyte Destruction / Andrea Pires Dos Santos, John A Christian
    Reticulocyte and Heinz Body Staining and Enumeration / Harold Tvedten, Andreas Moritz
    Erythrocyte Morphology / Anne M Barger
    Classification and Laboratory Evaluation of Anemia / Harold Tvedten
    Erythrocytosis / John F Randolph, Mark E Peterson, Erica Behling-Kelly
    Iron and Copper Deficiencies, and Disorders of Iron Metabolism / Lauren B Radakovich, Christine Swardson Olver
    The Porphyrias-Disorders of Defective Heme Synthesis / Andrea A Bohn
    Hereditary Erythroenzymopathies / Urs Giger
    Erythrocyte Membrane Defects / Mutsumi Inaba, Joanne B Messick
    Congenital Dyserythropoiesis / Douglas J Weiss
    Anemia Associated with Oxidative Injury / Erica Behling-Kelly, Ashleigh Newman
    Anemia Caused by Rickettsia, Mycoplasma, and Protozoa / Susan Fielder, Robin W Allison, James H Meinkoth
    Anemia Associated with Bacterial and Viral Infections / George M Barrington, Debra C Sellon
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Dog / Jillian M Haines, Andrew Mackin, Michael J Day
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in the Cat / Ashleigh Newman, Tracy Stokol
    Immune-Mediated Anemia in Ruminants and Horses / Jenifer R Gold
    Precursor-Targeted Immune-Mediated Anemia and Pure Red Cell Aplasia in Dogs and Cats / Cynthia A Lucidi
    Anemia of Inflammatory, Neoplastic, Renal, and Endocrine Diseases / Agata K Grzelak, Michael M Fry
    Aplastic Anemia / Jennifer L Brazzell, Douglas J Weiss
    Leukocytes. Granulopoiesis / M Judith Radin, Maxey L Wellman
    Neutrophil Structure and Biochemistry / Claire B Andreasen
    Neutrophil Function and Response / Dana N Levine, Claire B Andreasen
    Neutrophil Function Disorders / Stefano Comazzi, Luca Aresu, Douglas J Weiss
    Clinical Evaluation of Neutrophil Function / Stefano Comazzi
    Eosinophils and Their Disorders / Karen M Young, Elizabeth A Layne
    Basophils, Mast Cells, and Their Disorders / Brandy C Kastl, Lisa M Pohlman
    Monocytes, Macrophages, and Dendritic Cell Production / Cleverson D Souza, Douglas J Weiss
    Monocytes and Macrophages and Their Disorders / Cleverson D Souza, Meaghan V Eren
    Lymphocyte Ontogeny and Lymphopoiesis / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
    Structure, Function, and Disorders of Lymphoid Tissue / Amy L Warren, Robin M Yates
    Systemic Lupus Erythematosus / Luc Chabanne
    Feline Immunodeficiency Virus / Margaret J Hosie, Hans Lutz
    T Cell, Immunoglobulin, and Complement Immunodeficiency Disorders / Peter J Felsburg
    Severe Combined Immunodeficiencies / Steven E Suter
    Lymphadenopathy Not Caused by Lymphoma / Harold Tvedten
    Hematologic Neoplasia. Cell-Cycle Control in Hematopoietic Cells / Jaime F Modiano, Catherine A St Hill
    Epidemiology of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Michelle G Ritt
    Genetics of Hematopoietic Neoplasia / Diana Giannuzzi, Jaime F Modiano, Matthew Breen
    Transforming Retroviruses / Mary Jo Burkhard
    Cytochemical Staining and Immunocytochemistry / Rose E Raskin, Kelly Santangelo, Klaudia Polak
    Determination of Clonality / Yuko Goto-Koshino, Hajime Tsujimoto
    Immunophenotyping / Austin K Viall
    Flow Cytometry in Hematologic Neoplasia / Jaime L Tarigo, Davis M Seelig, Anne C Avery
    Classification and General Features of Lymphoma and Leukemia / Barbara C Rütgen, Jennifer Bouschor
    Myeloproliferative Neoplasms / Eric J Fish
    Myelodysplastic Syndromes / Douglas J Weiss, Rance K Sellon
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia / Tracy Stokol
    B-Cell Tumors / Luca Aresu, Stefano Comazzi, Laura Marconato, Francesco Bertoni
    Plasma Cell Tumors / Antonella Borgatti
    Hodgkin and Hodgkin-Like Lymphoma / Daniel A Heinrich, Erin N Burton
    T-Cell Tumors / Nariman Deravi, Stefan Keller, Dorothee Bienzle
    Mast Cell Neoplasia / Melinda S Camus
    Histiocytic Proliferative Diseases of Dogs and Cats / Peter F Moore
    Platelets. Thrombopoiesis / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Platelet Structure / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Platelet Signal Transduction and Activation Response / Pete W Christopherson, Mary K Boudreaux
    Platelet Kinetics and Laboratory Evaluation of Thrombocytopenia / Adi Wasserkrug-Naor
    Evaluation of Platelet Function / Pete W Christopherson, Marjory B Brooks
    Immune Thrombocytopenia / Dana N LeVine, Marjory B Brooks
    Nonimmune-Mediated Thrombocytopenia / Julie Allen
    Thrombocytosis and Essential Thrombocythemia / Julie Allen, Tracy Stokol
    von Willebrand Disease / Marjory B Brooks, James L Catalfamo
    Inherited Platelet Disorders / Mary K Boudreaux, Pete W Christopherson
    Acquired Platelet Dysfunction / Benjamin M Brainard
    Treatment of Disorders of Platelet Number and Function / Mary Beth Callan
    Hemostasis. Overview of Hemostasis / Maureen A McMichael
    Laboratory Testing of Coagulation Disorders / Marjory B Brooks
    Acquired Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks, Armelle De Laforcade
    Hereditary Coagulopathies / Marjory B Brooks
    Thrombotic Disorders / Erica Behling-Kelly, Robert Goggs
    Disseminated Intravascular Coagulation / Tracy Stokol
    Vascular Diseases / Sean P McDonough
    Treatment of Hemostatic Defects / Robert Goggs, Alex M Lynch
    Avian Hemostasis / Karen E Russell, J Jill Heatley
    Transfusion Medicine. Erythrocyte Antigens and Blood Groups / Marie-Claude Blais, Maria Cecilia T Penedo
    Granulocyte and Platelet Antigens / Jennifer S Thomas
    Principles of Canine and Feline Blood Collection, Processing, and Storage / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
    Red Blood Cell Transfusion in the Dog and Cat / Mary Beth Callan
    Transfusion of Plasma Products / Marjory B Brooks
    Platelet and Granulocyte Transfusion / Anthony C G Abrams-Ogg, Shauna L Blois
    Blood Transfusion in Large Animals / Margaret C Mudge
    Blood Transfusion in Exotic Species / Anneliese Strunk, Anke C Stöhr
    Transfusion Reactions / Nicole M Weinstein
    Cellular Therapy / Steven E Suter, Steven Dow
    Clinical Use of Hematopoietic Growth Factors / Steven E Suter
    Clinical Blood Typing and Crossmatching / K Jane Wardrop
    Species-Specific Hematology. Hematology of Dogs / Maggie R McCourt, Theresa E Rizzi
    Hematology of Cats / Deanna M W Schaefer
    Hematology of Equids / Kathleen P Freeman, Alison J Farr, Annalisa Barrelet
    Hematology of Bovids / R Darren Wood
    Hematology of Sheep and Goats / Jason Stayt
    Hematology of Pigs / Catherine E Thorn, Andrew S Bowman, David Eckersall
    Hematology of Rodentia / Amy L MacNeill
    Hematology of Mustelids / Stacy Clothier, Cathy Johnson-Delaney
    Hematology of Cavies / Samantha J M Evans, Kurt L Zimmerman
    Hematology of Lagomorphs / Francisco O Conrado
    Hematology of Laboratory Animals / Karyn E Enos, David M Moore
    Hematology of Camelids / Susan J Tornquist
    Hematology of Cervids / Bridget C Garner
    Hematology of Paenungulata / Emma H Hooijberg
    Hematology of Marine Mammals / Nicole I Stacy, Hendrik H Nollens
    Hematology of Galliformes / Julie Piccione, Jessica Hokamp
    Hematology of Psittacines / Diana Schwartz, Hugues Beaufrère
    Hematology of Anseriformes / Jessica Hokamp, Julie Piccione
    Hematology of Raptors / Jennifer Johns
    Hematology of Ratites / Phillip Clark
    Hematology of Elasmobranchs / Jill E Arnold, Alexa Delaune
    Hematology of Salmonids / Jere Stern
    Hematology of Ictaluridae / Patricia Gaunt
    Hematology of Cyprinidae / Ilze K Berzins, Alexander E Primus
    Hematology of Lizards, Crocodilians, and Tuatara / Charlotte Hollinger, Jean A Paré
    Hematology of Serpentes / Laura J Black, Marjorie Bercier
    Hematology of Testudines / Jennifer D Steinberg, Stephen J Divers
    Hematology of Amphibians / Perry Bain, Kendal E Harr
    Hematology of Invertebrates / Jill E Arnold
    Quality Management and Laboratory Techniques. Quality Management of Hematology Techniques / Martina Stirn, Kathleen P Freeman
    Total Error and Proficiency Testing / Sten Westgard, Kathleen P Freeman
    Quantitative Diagnostic Test Validation / Bente Flatland
    Reference Intervals and Decision Limits / Kristen R Friedrichs, Asger Lundorff Jensen, Mads Kjelgaard-Hansen
    Bone Marrow Evaluation / Natali B Bauer, Kendal E Harr
    Flow Cytometry / Unity Jeffery
    Testing for Immune-Mediated Hematologic Disease / K Jane Wardrop, Melinda J Wilkerson, Cinzia Mastroril Electrophoresis and Acute-Phase Proteins / Alessia Giordano
    Molecular Diagnostic Techniques / Robert J Ossiboff
    Genetic Evaluation of Inherited Hematologic Diseases / Noa Safra, Danika Bannasch
    SECTION 10 GLOSSARY
    INDEX
    Digital Access Wiley 2022
  • Digital
    Alan F. Schatzberg, Charles DeBattista.
    Contents:
    General principles of psychopharmacological treatment
    Diagnosis and classification
    Antidepressants
    Antipsychotic drugs
    Mood stabilizers
    Antianxiety agents
    Hypnotics
    Stimulants and other fast-acting drugs
    Augmentation strategies for treatment-resistant disorders
    Emergency department treatment
    Pharmacotherapy for substance use disorders
    Pharmacotherapy in special situations
    Laboratory-guided pharmacotherapy.
    Digital Access PsychiatryOnline 2019
  • Digital
    Adam I. Rubin, Nathaniel J. Jellinek, C. Ralph Daniel III, Richard K. Scher, editors.
    Summary: This thoroughly updated 4th Edition of this highly regarded text continues to provide the latest therapeutic and surgical information on nail disease and disorders. It expands and updates all areas of onychology, including the newest in diagnostic techniques for nail diseases, a segment of dermatology that not only proves more difficult than cutaneous disorders but also is an exciting and innovative area on the frontier of skin research. Scher and Daniel's Nails: Diagnosis, Surgery, Therapy provides an update of therapeutic advances to help the resident, practitioner, and related healthcare provider (podiatrist, nurse, primary care physician, and all involved in nail care). A major section is devoted to nail surgery and nail pathology, both of which have been behind compared to other aspects of dermatology. There is also extensive information on the billion dollar nail cosmetics industry, which will bring this text to the attention of all nail technicians (several hundred thousand in the US alone) as well as to cosmeticians and manufacturers.

    Contents:
    SECTION ONE
    SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS- Nail Signs and Symptoms
    SECTION TWO
    THE NORMAL NAIL- Historic Aspects of Nail Disease
    Structure and Function of the Nail Unit
    SECTION THREE
    DIAGNOSTIC TECHNIQUES
    An Approach to Initial Examination of the Nail
    Subungual Exostosis, Nail Disease and Radiologic Considerations
    Histopathology
    SECTION FOUR
    THE ABNORMAL NAIL- Pigmentation Abnormalities
    Brittle Nails
    Simple Onycholysis
    Simple Chronic Paronychia
    Dermatological Diseases
    Onychomycosis
    Podiatric Approach to Onychomycosis
    Nonfungal Infections and Acute Paronychia
    Nails in Systemic Disease
    Systemic Drugs
    Tumors of the Nail Apparatus
    Occupational Nail Disorders
    Disorders of the Nail Unit due to Podiatric Biomechanical Considerations
    Nail Cosmetics: The Benefits and Pitfalls
    Pediatric Diseases
    Nails In Older Individuals
    SECTION FIVE
    THERAPEUTIC TECHNIQUES
    Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 1: Principles and Techniques)
    Basic and Advanced Nail Surgery (Part 2: Indications and Complications)
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Jay H. Lefkowitch.
    Summary: "The 9th Edition brings you fully up to date in the field, with coverage of new diagnostic tools, new information on drug-induced liver injury and cytopathology, and many new high-quality illustrations. Throughout the text, you'll find technical tips, diagnostic clues, and pearls that reflect the extensive experience and insight of the late Dr. Peter Scheuer and internationally renowned author Dr. Jay Lefkowitch, making this new edition your standard bench-side guide to today's liver biopsy diagnosis"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    General principles of biopsy assessment
    Laboratory techniques
    The normal liver
    Assessment and differential diagnosis of pathological features
    Biliary disease
    Acute viral hepatitis
    Steatosis, steatohepatitis and related conditions
    Drugs and toxins
    Chronic hepatitis
    Cirrhosis
    Neoplasms and nodules
    Vascular disorders
    Childhood liver disease and metabolic disorders
    Disturbances of copper and iron metabolism
    The liver in systemic disease and pregnancy
    The liver in organ transplantation
    Electron microscopy and other techniques.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Eugene R. Schiff, Willis C. Maddrey, K. Rajender Reddy.
    Contents:
    Overview: Clinical Fundamentals of Hepatology. History Taking and Physical Examination for the Patient with Liver Disease / Esperance A Schaefer, Lawrence S Friedman
    Laboratory Tests, Noninvasive Markers of Fibrosis, Liver Biopsy, and Laparoscopy / Michael P Curry, Lennox J Jeffers
    Noninvasive and Invasive Imaging of the Liver and Biliary Tract / Koushik K Das, Matthew A Morgan, Gregory G Ginsberg
    General Considerations. Physioanatomic Considerations / Ian R Wanless
    Bilirubin Metabolism and Jaundice / Allan W Wolkoff, Paul D Berk
    Hepatic Histopathology / Zachary D Goodman
    Mechanisms of Liver Injury / Harmeet Malhi, Gregory J Gores
    Hepatic Manifestations of Systemic Disorders / Stuart C Gordon, Humberto C Gonzalez
    The Liver in Pregnancy / Nancy Reau, Yannick Bacq
    Consequences of Liver Disease. Hepatic Fibrosis / Scott L Friedman
    Preoperative Evaluation of the Patient with Liver Disease / Patrick S Kamath, Mark T Keegan
    Management of Portal Hypertension / Guadalupe Garcia-Tsao, Juan G Abraldes
    Renal Complications of Liver Disease and the Hepatorenal Syndrome / Xingxing S Cheng, W Ray Kim
    Pulmonary Manifestations of Liver Disease / Michael B Fallon, Anil Seetharam
    Ascites and Spontaneous Bacterial Peritonitis / Vicente Arroyo, Javier Fernández
    Hepatic Encephalopathy / Chathur Acharya, Jasmohan S Bajaj
    Acute Liver Failure / Robert J Fontana, Khurram Bari
    Acute-on-Chronic Liver Failure / Florence Wong
    Malnutrition and Liver Disease / Craig McClain, Irina Kirpich, Laura Smart
    Cholestatic Disorders. Primary Sclerosing Cholangitis / John M Vierling
    Primary Biliary Cholangitis / Cynthia Levy, Andres F Carrion, Marlyn J Mayo
    Autoimmune Hepatitis / Gideon M Hirschfield, Gwilym J Webb
    Viral Hepatitis. Hepatitis A and E / Kenneth E Sherman, Shyam Kottilil
    Hepatitis B and D / Marc G Ghany, Naveen Gara
    Hepatitis C / Michael W Fried, Jama M Darling, Stanley M Lemon
    Alcohol- and Drug-induced Liver Disease. Alcoholic Liver Disease / Mack C Mitchell, Gyongyi Szabo
    Drug-induced Hepatotoxicity / Dominique Larrey, Jose Ursic-Bedoya, Lucy Meunier
    Mechanisms of Drug-induced Liver Injury / Paul B Watkins, Merrie Mosedale
    Genetic and Metabolic Disease. Wilson Disease / Michael L Schilsky, Aftab Ala
    Hemochromatosis and Iron Storage Disorders / Kris V Kowdley, Priya Handa
    Alpha-1 Antitrypsin Deficiency / David H Perlmutter
    Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease / Curtis K Argo, Zachary H Henry, Stephen H Caldwell
    Vascular Diseases of the Liver. Vascular Liver Disease / Dominique-Charles Valla
    The Liver in Circulatory Failure / Santiago J Munoz, Hanisha R Manickavasagan, Idean Amirjazil
    Benign and Malignant Tumors; Cystic Disorders. Benign Tumors, Nodules, and Cystic Diseases of the Liver / Julien Calderaro, Jessica Zucman-Rossi
    Hepatocellular Carcinoma / Maddie Kubiliun, Jorge A Marrero
    Surgical Options in Liver Cancers / Garrett R Roll, John Paul Roberts
    Infectious and Granulomatous Disease. Amoebic and Pyogenic Liver Abscesses / Marco A Olivera-Martínez, David Kershenobich
    Parasitic Diseases / Michael A Dunn
    Granulomas of the Liver / James H Lewis
    Elements of Liver Transplantation. Selection of Candidates and Timing of Liver Transplantation / Meaghan Phipps, Alyson N Fox, Robert S Brown
    Immunosuppression: The Global Picture / Caroline C Jadlowiec, Timucin Taner, Russell H Wiesner
    The First Six Months Following Liver Transplantation / K Rajender Reddy, Manuel Mendizabal
    Long-term Management of the Liver Transplant Patient / Timothy M McCashland
    The Liver Transplant Procedure / Bijan Eghtesad, Koji Hashimoto, John Fung
    Recurrent Disease Following Liver Transplantation / Haripriya Maddur, Josh Levitsky
    The Role of Retransplantation / Peter L Abt, Kim M Olthoff
    Controversies in Liver Transplantation / James F Trotter.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Zhongdao Wu, Yiwen Liu, Heinz Mehlhorn, editors.
    Summary: This book covers all details for a successful control and elimination strategy against propagation of deadly liver and intestinal flukes of the genus Schistosoma in China. Cancer due to schistosomiasis is still common in subtropical countries and affords hundred thousands of human and animal deaths per year. Expert authors play close attention to the biology and morphologic aspects of Schistosoma species as well as the history and status quo of schistosomiasis epidemiology. In a unique way, the present work illustrates the need to involve strategic measurements, and to control both adult worms and larval parasite stages. With a special focus on Jiangxi Province, the authors present an effective management plan, ranging from intermediate host snail control to diagnostic tools, medical aid, as well as public health education. This approach from China can be used as blueprint in other countries hit by the same worm infections. The contents of this book will thus be meaningful for academics and practitioners in the fields of parasitology, public health, as well as human and veterinary medicine.

    Contents:
    Schistosomes: Trematode Worms That Endanger Still Today Millions of Humans and Animals
    The History and Experiences of Schistosomiasis Control in China
    Epidemic Characteristics of Schistosomiasis in Jiangxi Province
    The Course of Schistosomiasis Control in Jiangxi
    Experiences and Cases on Schistosomiasis Control Research
    Eliminating Plan and Challenges
    Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Phillip G. Janicak, Stephen R. Marder, Rajiv Tandon, Morris Goldman, editors.
    Summary: "Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a major addition to the literature, offering practical, comprehensive coverage of diagnosis and treatment options, genetic issues, neuroimaging, long-term management of schizophrenia, and future directions and predictions of how clinical care of schizophrenia will change. The book is divided into five sections. Section 1 summarizes the present state of knowledge about the diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia. This includes recent changes in the DSM 5 categorization of schizophrenia and its implications for treatment. Section 2 considers recent discoveries into its pathoetiology, including the status of biological markers, genetics and neuroimaging as they relate to diagnosis and potential novel therapeutic approaches. Section 3 explores the optimization of present therapeutic approaches; novel treatments; and management of the substantial risks associated with both the illness and its present therapies. Section 4 discusses progress in the long-term management of schizophrenia, focusing on biological and psychotherapeutic strategies to improve functioning and facilitate recovery. Section 5 considers future directions and predictions of how diagnosis and treatment of schizophrenia will change. An invaluable addition to the field, Schizophrenia: Recent Advances in Diagnosis and Treatment is a definitive resource that will be of great interest to all clinicians caring for patients with schizophrenia."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Carl I. Cohen, Paul D. Meesters.
    Summary: By 2050, the number of people aged sixty years and older with schizophrenia is expected to double and affect about 10 million people worldwide. Psychoses are among the most common experiences in later life, with a lifetime risk of 23 percent. As a result, there is a looming crisis in mental health care. Schizophrenia and Psychoses in Later Life is the first major multidisciplinary reference on these important disorders. The book provides guidelines for clinical care, research and policy that are consistent with the emerging paradigmatic changes occurring with respect to schizophrenia in later life. This book features multidisciplinary contributions from experts in the fields of biological psychiatry, social psychiatry, sociology, anthropology, social work, psychology, and neuropsychology that will help professionals to integrate services and attain the best outcomes. The text will guide psychiatrists, psychologists, gerontologists, policymakers, and social scientists in creating innovative new programs to help this underserved and growing population.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Brianna Buljung and Emily Bongiovanni.
    Summary: The Scholarly Communications Cookbook features 84 recipes that can help you establish programs, teach concepts, conduct outreach, and use scholarly communications technologies in your library. The book is divided into 4 thorough sections. Recipes can be used by those new to scholarly communications, early-career librarians, and more experienced professionals looking for fresh ideas for their institution.
  • Digital
    edited by Judith R. Harrison, Brandon K. Schultz, Steven W. Evans.
    Contents:
    Part 1: Foundations
    1. The history and future of school mental health
    2. Who are the school mental health professionals?
    Part II. School mental health interventions
    3. Engaging adolescents in secondary schools
    4. Supporting students following school crises: From the acute aftermath through recovery
    5. Enhancing attention and organization in adolescents
    6. Managing disruptive behavior
    7. Regulating emotions
    8. Emotion regulation and social functioning in adolescence: Conceptualization and treatment
    9. Working with adolescents with autism spectrum disorder
    10. Addressing adolescent drug abuse
    11. Managing chronic health concerns
    Part III. Special topics
    12. Screening and progress monitoring in secondadry schools
    13. Classroom-based services for adolescents with mental health needs
    14. Consultation and collaboration to increase integrity in school mental health
    15. Mental health promotion with aboriginal youth: Lessons learned from the uniting our nations program.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas W. Miller, editor.
    Summary: Significant shifts in community violence have created a need for greater awareness of character development and violence prevention in schools. Since the first edition (2008), public concern generated by high-profile shootings and other violence in schools has only increased. Now more than ever, effective strategies for preventing violence, treating victims, and assessing at-risk children are needed. This new edition, an update of contemporary issues of school violence, is a compendium of theory, research, and applied models that addresses violence and critical ingredients in prevention interventions in schools. The book uniquely addresses psychiatric input on neurobiology of trauma and victimization of children who experience school violence. Authored by clinicians, counselors, educators, researchers, and other professionals, the volume covers new approaches to primary prevention in schools and new contributors including a school superintendent, school safety officer, and specialists who treat relationship and dating violence. New topics include guidelines for school personnel that address exploitation of teenagers due to sex trafficking, and perspectives of parents whose children were victims of abuse and violence in schools. Among the topics explored: Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building Empowering Children to Prevent Violence School Violence and Primary Prevention is a critical and timely resource for school, medical, and mental health professionals working with children. It is also useful for students in public health, education, social work, psychology, and counseling-focused education. Dr. Miller has again made a major contribution on a most pressing issue of our time: school violence. The book covers the landscape of this psychosocial problem including cultural, developmental, intergenerational, racial, and gender aspects as well as approaches and solutions." -James J. Clark, Provost & EVP, Florida State University.

    Contents:
    Part I: Conceptualizing School Violence
    1. School-Related Violence: Definition, Scope, and Prevention Goals
    2. The Neurobiology of Violence and Victimization: Etiology, Biological Substrates, Clinical Implications, and Preventive Strategies
    3. Developmental Issues in the Prevention of Aggression and Violence in School
    4. Urban School Violence: Responding with Culture and Protective Factors Among Youth of Color
    5. Gendered Harassment in Adolescence
    6. Intergenerational Experiences of Bullying, Violence, Support and Survival Skills in Schools
    Part II: Factors and Forms of School Violence
    7. Updated Perspectives on Linking School Bullying and Related Youth Violence Research to Effective Prevention Strategies
    8. School-related Violence During the COVID-19 Pandemic
    9. Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Trafficking of School-Aged Children
    10. Relationship and Dating Violence in School-aged Adolescents
    11. School Shootings and Clinical Management: Directions Toward Prevention
    12. Boundary Violations, Harassment, Abuse, and Exploitation in the School Setting
    13. Harassment, Abuse and Violence on the College Campus
    Part III: Key Personnel in Addressing Violence in Schools
    14. The Role of School District Superintendent in School Violence and Prevention: Softening Schools While Hardening Buildings
    15. Role of Law Enforcement in School Violence Prevention Through Positive Intervention and Relationship-Building
    16. Toward Understanding Classroom Socialization: Teacher Roles in Peer Victimization
    17. The Psychiatrists Role After a School Shooting: The Emergency Room and Beyond
    18. Preventing Violence Through Coordinated Responses to Classroom Disruption
    Part IV: Prevention Interventions for School-Related Violence
    19. Public Health Approach to Gun Violence Prevention in Connecticuts Youth
    20. Trauma-Informed Care as a Framework to Reduce Trauma and Violence in Schools
    21. Bullying as a Form of Abuse: Conceptualization and Prevention
    22. Mindfulness Strategies for Primary Prevention
    23. Equipping Students Minds with a Cognitive Training Program for Preventing School Violence
    24. Character Education Update: Building a Buffer Against School Violence
    25. Building Empathy, Step-by-Step: Prevention Intervention to Promote School Health
    26. Preventing Compassion Fatigue Among Educators: An Educator Resiliency Study During the COVID-19 Pandemic
    27. Utilizing Effective Bullying Prevention Programs
    28. Empowering Children to Prevent Violence
    29. School Violence: Lessons Learned and New Directions.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Jeffrey B. Matthews, Raphael E. Pollock.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2014
  • Digital
    editor-in-chief, F. Charles Brunicardi ; associate editors, Dana K. Andersen, Timothy R. Billiar, David L. Dunn, John G. Hunter, Raphael E. Pollock, Jeffrey B. Matthews.
    Digital Access AccessSurgery 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Terry L. Schwinghammer, Julia M. Koehler, Jill S. Borchert, Douglas Slain, Sharon K. Park.
    Summary: "Pharmacotherapy Casebook: A Patient-Focused Approach uses 150+ cases to help you build the clinical decision-making skills required to identify and resolve commonly encountered medication therapy problems encountered in daily practice. Providing a consistent, practical approach, this authoritative guide delivers everything you need to master patient communication, care plan development, and documenting interventions. Case chapters are organized into system sections that correspond to those of the companion textbook. The case-based approach makes this an ideal resource for PharmD, Nurse Practitioner, and other allied health courses" --Publisher's site.

    Contents:
    Principles of Patient-Focused Therapy
    Cardiovascular Disorders
    Respiratory Disorders
    Gastrointestinal Disorders
    Renal Disorders
    Neurologic Disorders
    Psychiatric Disorders
    Endocrinologic Disorders
    Gynecologic and Obstetric Disorders
    Urologic Disorders
    Immunologic Disorders
    Bone and Joint Disorders
    Eyes, Ears, Nose, and Throat Disorders
    Dermatologic Disorders
    Hematologic Disorders
    Infectious Diseases
    Oncologic Disorders
    Nutrition and Nutritional Disorders
    Complementary and Alternative Therapies (Level III).
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessAPN
    AccessAPN
  • Print
    by Joseph Needham.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    Q127.C5 N3
    6
  • Digital
    Michel Claessens.
    Summary: This book is a fresh and readable account of the Covid-19 pandemic and how scientists and medical doctors are helping governments to manage the crisis. The book contains interviews and exchanges with dozens of scientists, doctors, experts, government representatives, and journalists. Why do some of the most scientifically advanced countries have the highest Covid-19 mortality? During the pandemic, the research community has been at the heart of and actor in global scandal. Why has science failed? With the help of numerous testimonies from China, France, the UK and the USA in particular, the book provides an insider view on this major crisis. Although the governments of these countries based their Covid-19 strategy on science, scientists failed to have a decisive influence on decision-makers except in China which created genuine time bombs. The accelerated development of vaccines does not erase past months' errors. The crisis led to the development of science politics at an unprecedented rate. More worryingly, experts themselves acknowledge that they did not rise to the challenge. Covid-19 also highlighted the weakness of democratic regimes and the power of technocapitalism. Countries pulled down their blinds, locked their doors, and promoted national approaches rather than international cooperation. The author proposes to set up an international framework on health risk to co-construct decision-making. He advocates political distancing in order to put the basics first: develop science, fight ignorance.

    Contents:
    A Microscopic Killer
    COVID-19 Diary
    Geopolitics of the Coronavirus
    Political Distancing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Takahiro Tabuchi.
    Summary: The main focus of this book is providing evidence on and interpreting the risks associated with heated tobacco products (HTPs) in terms of their health effects and social effects; in addition, the author introduces a harm reduction theory related to HTPs and electronic cigarettes. The book also addresses the history of these products, their marketing strategies, and policy implications. These products are new and the accompanying health risks have yet to be determined. However, since Japan accounts for more than 80% of the world's market for IQOS, the most popular heated tobacco product, researchers around the globe will be very interested in the outcomes. Written by a leading researcher in the field of tobacco control, Science and Practice for Heated Tobacco Products offers a valuable, unique resource for researchers in the fields of epidemiology, public health, social sciences, addiction, and tobacco research. Since tobacco is associated with a host of diseases including cancers, cardiovascular diseases, diabetes mellitus, and respiratory illnesses, researchers and healthcare workers whose work involves these diseases will find this book both thought provoking and insightful.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 Tobacco Products in Japan including a History of Heated Tobacco Products
    3 The JASTIS project: product use status in Japan
    4 Marketing Strategy for Tobacco Products in Japan
    5 Substances in Novel Tobacco Products
    6 Health effect
    7 Social Effect
    8 Interpretation of Risks of Novel Tobacco Products, including Harm Reduction Theory
    9 Suggestions for Practice regarding Novel Tobacco Product Use Patterns
    10 Policy implication including interference in tobacco control measures with new tobacco products
    11 Conclusions.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Gin S. Malhi, Marc Masson, Frank Bellivier, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a clear and comprehensive guide to the clinical prescription of lithium that draws upon evidence-based knowledge of its mechanisms of action. The book is divided into two parts, on the science of lithium and the practice of lithium therapy. The former covers aspects such as the properties of the lithium ion, pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics, impact on neurotransmission, and gene expression modulation. The section on practice includes discussion of variability in response to lithium, use of lithium in the treatment of bipolar disorders, its value in suicide prevention, administration during pregnancy and in the pediatric age group, and side effects. Lithium is arguably the only true mood stabilizer, and its multifaceted effects across many clinical domains have given rise to a resurgence of interest in recent years, fuelled by both researchers and clinicians. Nevertheless, its use remains constrained by exaggerated concerns about potential side-effects. In reality, lithium is a simple molecule that is relatively straightforward to administer and monitor and has potentially profound benefits at a fraction of the cost of contemporary agents. This book dispels the many myths and concerns that surround its use and will be of interest for clinicians and researchers worldwide.

    Contents:
    Section I: Science of Lithium: The Ion : Lithium
    Pharmacokinetics and pharmacodynamics of lithium
    Lithium : neurotransmission and cellular mechanisms pathways underlying neuroprogression in bipolar disorder
    Lithium on gene expression modulation
    Neuroimaging and lithium
    Conclusion: overview of potential mechanisms of action of lithium in bipolar disorder
    Section II: Practice of Lithium Therapy
    Introduction of lithium in Medicine and Psychiatry
    Lithium Response variability
    Lithium Response variability: Pharmacogenomics studies
    Lithium Response variability: Biomarkers
    Lithium in acute and maintenance treatment of bipolar disorders
    Lithium and suicide prevention
    Lithium in Bipolar disorders international guidelines
    Lithium and pregnancy
    Lithium in children and adolescents
    Short and mid-term side effects of lithium
    Lithium, kidneys, renal failure
    Lithium intoxication
    Discontinuation and re-use of lithium
    Conclusion : overview of indications and monitoring of lithium in bipolar disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marco Romanelli, Michael Clark, Amit Gefen, Guido Ciprandi, editors.
    Summary: This updated volume provides the current knowledge on the diagnosis, treatment, management, and prevention of pressure ulcers. Chapters on the early detection of pressure ulcers, negative pressure therapy, pressure ulcers in pediatric patients, adjunctive therapies, surgical management of pressure ulcers, and innovation in pressure ulcer research and practice are included. This second edition aims to be the primary reference for pressure ulcers from diagnosis and prevention to management and treatment options. The book is relevant to dermatology clinicians, vascular surgeons, and dermatology nurses.

    Contents:
    The potential of biomarkers in the early detection of pressure ulcers
    The critical characteristics of a good wheelchair cushion
    Epidemiology of pressure ulcers
    Nutrition and pressure ulcers
    Health related quality of life (HRQOL) implications for people with pressure ulcers
    Incontinence-associated dermatitis (IAD) and pressure ulcers : an overview
    Microclimate ; rediscovering an old concept in the aetiology of pressure ulcers
    Skin care
    Pressure ulcers in pediatric patients
    Pressure ulcers after epidural anaesthesia
    Advanced dressings in pressure ulcers
    Adjunctive therpaies in pressure ulcers
    Negitive pressure would therapy in the management of pressure ulcers
    Surgical management of pressure ulcers
    The Stop Pressure Ulcer Day and other initiatives by EPUAP
    Innovation in pressure ulcers prevention and treatment.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Ram Sasisekharan, [and 3 others], editors.
    Summary: This volume in the AAPS Advances series covers various quality, safety and clinical aspects of drug development that are relevant to new and/or generic drugs containing a complex mixture of molecules. Specific topics discussed include: raw materials sourcing; manufacturing controls; characterization; identification of critical product quality components and attributes; identification of impurities, particularly as they bear on toxicity and immunogenicity; clinical trial study design considerations, and the regulatory science applications to development of such complex mixtures. Complex mixtures are challenging to characterize and analyze using standard methods. Further challenges extend throughout the product development cycle from raw material control to clinical study design. The regulatory landscape is rapidly changing as new types of complex mixtures are introduced into clinical trials and to the market (e.g., traditional Chinese medicines and medical marijuana products), while older products are facing generic competition for the first time (e.g., enoxaparin). The future outlook for complex generic drug products, as opposed to the more commonly developed targeted single agent drug products is not clear. The risks pertaining to lack of a full understanding of raw material control, process and controls in manufacture, as well as characterization of a complex mixture were seen vividly during the heparin crisis of 2008. As such powerful lessons have been learned about the regulatory science specific to complex products. The Science and Regulations of Naturally Derived Complex Drugs addresses the interests among industry, academics, and government on the issues surrounding the future development of mixtures for medicinal use.

    Contents:
    Evolving Challenges in Developing Naturally-Derived Complex Mixtures into Drugs: U.S. Experience and Perspective
    Regulatory Landscapes for Approval of Naturally-derived Complex Mixture Drugs
    Complex Natural Product Heparin: Biosynthesis, Biology and Application via Synthetic Heparins
    Traditional Chinese Medicine Herbal Drugs: From Heritage to Future Developments
    Analytics on Farm-Dust Extract for Development of Novel Strategies to Prevent Asthma and Allergic Disease
    Analytical Tools for Physicochemical Characterization and Fingerprinting
    NMR in the Characterization of Complex Mixture Drugs
    Mass Spectrometry in the Characterization of Complex Drugs
    Scientific Considerations in the Approval of Complex Generi
    Raw Materials Production and Manufacturing Process Control Strategies
    Heparin Contamination and Issues Related to Raw Materials and Controls
    Pharmacology and Toxicology Concerns of Impurities
    Immunogenicity risks for Naturally Derived Complex Drugs
    Development of Plant-Derived Mixtures as Botanical Drugs: Clinical Considerations
    A Totality-of-Evidence Approach to Ensuring Therapeutic Consistency of Naturally Derived Complex Mixtures
    Economic Considerations for Complex Mixture Drugs
    Drug Discovery from Complex Mixtures: Serendipity, Screening and Characterization
    Integrated Approach for Characterization of Highly Heterogeneous Drugs.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sasan Adibi, Abbas Rajabifard, Sheikh Mohammed Shariful Islam, Alireza Ahmadvand, editors.
    Summary: This book offers a timely review of modern technologies for health, with a special emphasis on wireless and wearable technologies, GIS tools and machine learning methods for managing the impacts of pandemics. It describes new strategies for forecasting evolution of pandemics, optimizing contract tracing, and for detection and diagnosis of diseases, among others. Written by researchers and professionals with different backgrounds, this book offers a extensive information and a source of inspiration for physiologists, engineers, IT scientists and policy makers in the health and technology sector.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Pandemics Behavior of One Year in Six Most Affected Countries using Polynomial Generated SIR Model
    Digital contact tracing for COVID 19: a missed opportunity or an expensive mess
    A Re-configurable Software-Hardware CNN Framework for Automatic Detection of Respiratory Symptoms
    A Comprehensive Telemedicine Service in Hong Kong Provided Through a Mobile Application
    Adapting to live in the global pandemic era: Case studies
    Towards QR code health systems amid COVID-19 - Lessons learnt from other QR code digital technologies
    Optimal testing strategies for infectious diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Palmer, B. J.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    U730 .P17
    3
  • Digital
    edited by Stefan G. Hofmann, Gordon J.G. Asmundson.
    Contents:
    The generic model of cognitive behavioral therapy / Scott H. Waltman and Leslie Sokol
    Treatment-relevant assessment in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Katerina Rnic and David J.A. Dozois
    Learning principles in CBT / Michelle L. Davis, Sara M. Witcraft, Scarlett O. Baird and Jasper A.J. Smits
    Cognitive processes in CBT / Eni S. Becker and Janna N. Vrijsen
    Emotion regulation in cognitive-behavioral therapy / Andre J. Plate and Amelia Aldao
    Combined treatment with CBT and psychopharmacology / Josie Lee, Bridget A. Hearon and Michael W. Otto
    Acceptance and commitment therapy and the cognitive behavioral tradition / Frederick Chin and Steven C. Hayes
    Mindfulness-based cognitive behavioral treatments / Lizabeth Roemer, Natalie Arbid, Jennifer H. Martinez and Susan M. Orsillo
    Global to local / Anushka Patel and Devon Hinton
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy in older adults / Elizabeth C. Conti, Cynthia Kraus-Schulman and Melinda A. Stanley
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy for children and adolescents / Danielle Cornacchio, Amanda L. Sanchez, Tommy Chou and Jonathan S. Comer
    Behavioral activation treatments for depression / Leanne Quigley and Keith S. Dobson
    Posttraumatic stress disorder / Richard A. Bryant
    Eating disorders / Zafra Cooper and Riccardo D. Grave
    Transdiagnostic treatment for anxiety disorders / Laren R. Conklin and Hannah Boettcher
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for sleep disorders / Caitlin E. Gasperetti, Michael R. Dolsen and Allison G. Harvey
    Cognitive behavioral therapy for somafom disorders and / Maria Kleinstäuber and Winfried Rief
    Dialectical behavior therapy / Anita Lungu and Marsha M. Linehan
    Cognitive bias modification / Jennie M. Kuckertz and Nader Amir
    Cognitive training in schizophrenia / Kristen M. Haut, Vijay A. Mittal, Stewart A. Shankman and Christine I. Hooker
    Internet-based cognitive behavior therapy / Gerhard Andersson, Per Carlbring and Heather D. Hadjustavropoulos
    Virtual reality and other realities / Cristina Botella, Rosa M. Baños, Azucena García-Palacios and Soledad Quero.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Print
    Trevor A. Harley, University of Dundee.
    Summary: "Consciousness concerns awareness and how we experience the world. How does awareness, a feature of the mental world, arise from the physical brain? Is a dog conscious, or a jellyfish, and what explains the difference? How is consciousness related to psychological processes such as perception and cognition? The Science of Consciousness covers the psychology, philosophy, and neuroscience of consciousness. Written for introductory courses in psychology and philosophy, this text examines consciousness with a special emphasis on current neuroscience research as well as comparisons of normal and damaged brains. The full range of normal and altered states of consciousness, including sleep and dreams, hypnotic and meditative states, anesthesia, and drug-induced states, as well as parapsychological phenomena and their importance for the science of consciousness is covered, as well as the 'higher' states and how we can attain them. Throughout the text attempts to relate consciousness to the brain."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QP411 .H366 2021
    1
  • Digital
    editor, Tom Lissauer ; deputy editor, Will Carroll ; associate editors, Robert Dinwiddie, Michael Hall ; foreword by Neena Modi.
    Summary: "The Science of Paediatrics, MRCPCH Mastercourse, provides essential background preparation for the MRCPCH Theory and Science examination. It contains an up-to-date review of the application of science to everyday paediatric clinical practice, whether it is interpreting clinical signs or investigations, prescribing drugs or identifying best management. Although this understanding is essential in order to make informed clinical decisions, it is difficult to obtain as it is not usually covered in clinical textbooks"-- publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Front Matter. Copyright. Foreword. Preface. List of Contributors. 1. The role of science and research in paediatrics
    2. Epidemiology and public health
    3. History and examination
    4. Normal child development
    5. Developmental problems and the child with special needs
    6.Paediatric emergencies and critical care
    7. Accidents and poisoning
    8. Child protection
    9. Genetics
    10. Perinatal medicine
    11. Neonatal medicine
    12. Growth and puberty
    13. Nutrition
    14. Gastroenterology
    15. Infection and immunity
    16. Allergy
    17. Respiratory medicine
    18. Cardiology
    19. Nephrology
    20. Genital disorders
    21. Hepatology
    22. Oncology
    23. Haematology
    24. Child and adolescent mental health
    25. Dermatology
    26. Diabetes and endocrinology
    27. Musculoskeletal disorders
    28. Neurology
    29. Metabolic medicine
    30. Ophthalmology
    31. Hearing and balance
    32. Adolescent medicine
    33. Global child health
    34. Palliative medicine
    35. Ethics
    36. Pharmacology and therapeutics
    37. Clinical research
    38. Statistics
    39. Evidence-based paediatrics
    40. Quality improvement and the clinician.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Jonathan M. W. Slack.
    Summary: "Introduces all of the essential cell biology and developmental biology background for the study of stem cells. This book gives you all the important information you need to become a stem cell scientist. It covers the characterization of cells, genetic techniques for modifying cells and organisms, tissue culture technology, transplantation immunology, properties of pluripotent and tissue specific stem cells and, in particular, the relevant aspects of mammalian developmental biology. It dispels many misconceptions about stem cells, especially that they can be miracle cells that can cure all ills. The book puts emphasis on stem cell behavior in its biological context and on how to study it. Throughout, the approach is simple, direct, and logical, and evidence is given to support conclusions. Stem cell biology has huge potential for advancing therapies for many distressing and recalcitrant diseases, and its potential will be realized most quickly when as many people as possible have a good grounding in the science of stem cells. Content focused on the basic science underpinning stem cell biology Covers techniques of studying cell properties and cell lineage in vivo and in vitro Explains the basics of embryonic development and cell differentiation, as well as the essential cell biology processes of signaling, gene expression, and cell division Includes instructor resources such as further reading and figures for downloading Offers an online supplement summarizing current clinical applications of stem cells Written by a prominent leader in the field, The Science of Stem Cells is an ideal course book for advanced undergraduates or graduate students studying stem cell biology, regenerative medicine, tissue engineering, and other topics of science and biology."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Print
    John E. Brush, Jr., MD.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Uncertainty in clinical medicine
    Chapter 2. The logic of medicine
    Chapter 3. Probability: uncertainty quantified
    Chapter 4. Decision making: making choices
    Chapter 5. Solving unstructured problems
    Chapter 6. Therapeutic decision making
    Chapter 7. Evidence-based medicine
    Chapter 8. Improving the quality of care
    Chapter 9. Common fallacies
    Chapter 10. Putting this book into practice
    Appendix 1. More on probability curves
    Appendix 2. More on likelihood ratios
    Appendix 3. The minimum Bayes factor and likelihood ratios.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R723.5 .B78 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Vibhakar Vachhrajani, Payal Khakhkhar.
    Summary: This book outlines, from a surgeon's standpoint, how physicians and mid-level providers working at wound care centres can expeditiously and effectively manage wounds. It comprehensively addresses the concept of wound healing, from the healing process to debridement concepts, and various antiseptics and local antibiotics used in dressing materials to facilitate healing. The book also discusses the latest inventions and treatment options that have revolutionized wound healing, such as: oxygen therapy, ozone therapy, hyperbaric oxygen therapy, electric therapy and ultrasonic wound therapy. In closing, it examines the latest regenerative therapies based on stem cell therapy, cellular therapy and gene therapy. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for medical students and physicians dealing with wound management, as well as a reference guide for nurses in primary and tertiary wound care settings.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Pathophysiology of wound healing
    Chapter 3. Debridement
    Chapter 4. Antiseptics and local antibiotics. Chapter 5. Absorbent dressings (simple gauze and others). Chapter 6. Moisturizing dressings
    Chapter 7. Other types of dressings
    Chapter 8. Other modalities of treatment
    Chapter 9. Growth factors and hormones
    Chapter 10. Regenerative therapy
    Chapter 11. Offloading, footwear and immobilization
    Chapter 12. Management of hypertrophic scar
    Chapter 13. Different types of wounds.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Varies.
    Call number varies. Search for Scientific and technical publication (Washington, D.C.) to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Len Wisneski, MD, FACP.
    Contents:
    A review of classic physiological systems
    Systems integration : psychoneuroimmunology
    The stress system
    The relaxation system : theoretical construct
    The relaxation system : therapeutic modalities
    Energy medicine : cutting-edge modalities
    Energy medicine : focus on non-thermal electromagnetic therapies
    Energy medicine : focus on lasers
    The four pillars and two guideposts for the healing professions
    The pineal gland : energy transducer
    Soul medicine : crossing the boundary
    Human epigenetics in health and disease
    History and philosophy of naturopathic medicine
    Wellbeing
    Assessing the toxic load and detoxification strategies
    Precision nutrition
    The landscape of integrative medicine in America with a shift to prevention and health promotion
    Whole person caring
    Energy medicine : focus on lasers.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2017
  • Print
    edited by David L. Williams, Ronald F. Nunn, and Vincent Marks.
    Contents:
    v. 1, Analytical aspects.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB40 .S416
    1
  • Print
    edited by David Innes Williams and Geoffrey D. Chisholm.
    Contents:
    v.1 - Renal disorders infections and calculi. v.2 - Urogenital tract, oncology and the urological armamentarium.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC870 .S33 1976
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Allison B. Kaufman, Meredith J. Bashaw, Terry L. Maple.
    Summary: In the modern era, zoos and aquariums fight species extinction, educate communities, and advance learning of animal behaviour. This book features first person stories and scientific reviews to explore ground breaking projects run by these institutions. Large-scale conservation initiatives that benefit multiple species are detailed in the first section, including critical habitat protection, evidence-based techniques to grow animal populations and the design of community education projects. The second section documents how zoos use science to improve the health and welfare of animals in captivity and make difficult management decisions. The section on saving species includes personal tales of efforts to preserve wild populations through rehabilitation, captive breeding, reintroduction, and public outreach. The concluding section details scientific discoveries about animals that would have been impossible without the support of zoos and aquariums. The book is for animal scientists, zoo professionals, educators and researchers worldwide, as well as students of zookeeping and conservation.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Print
    edited with a foreword by Barbara Newborg.
    Contents:
    v. 1. Studies in cellular physiology
    v. 2. Radical dietary treatment of vasular and metabolic disorders.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QH 631 .K325
    2
  • Digital
    Stephen B. Heard.
    Summary: The ability to write clearly is critical to any scientific career. The Scientist's Guide to Writing provides practical advice to help scientists become more effective writers so that their ideas have the greatest possible impact. Drawing on his own experience as a scientist, graduate adviser, and editor, Stephen Heard emphasizes that the goal of all scientific writing should be absolute clarity; that good writing takes deliberate practice; and that what many scientists need are not long lists of prescriptive rules but rather direct engagement with their behaviors and attitudes when they write. He combines advice on such topics as how to generate and maintain writing momentum with practical tips on structuring a scientific paper, revising a first draft, handling citations, responding to peer reviews, managing coauthorships, and more. In an accessible, informal tone, The Scientist's Guide to Writing explains essential techniques that students, postdoctoral researchers, and early-career scientists need to write more clearly, efficiently, and easily. Emphasizes writing as a process, not just a productEncourages habits that improve motivation and productivityExplains the structure of the scientific paper and the function of each partProvides detailed guidance on submission, review, revision, and publicationAddresses issues related to coauthorship, English as a second language, and more.

    Contents:
    Frontmatter
    Contents
    Preface
    Part I. What Writing Is
    1. On Bacon, Hobbes, and Newton, and the Selfishness of Writing Well
    2. Genius, Craft, and What This Book Is About
    Part II. Behavior
    3. Reading
    4. Managing Your Writing Behavior
    5. Getting Started
    6. Momentum
    Part III. Content and Structure
    7. Finding and Telling Your Story
    8. The Canonical Structure of the Scientific Paper
    9. Front Matter and Abstract
    10. The Introduction Section
    11. The Methods Section
    12. The Results Section
    13. The Discussion Section
    14. Back Matter
    15. Citations
    16. Deviations from the IMRaD Canon
    Part IV. Style
    17. Paragraphs
    18. Sentences
    19. Words
    20. Brevity
    Part V. Revision
    21. Self- Revision
    22. Friendly Review
    23. Formal Review
    24. Revision and the "Response to Reviews"
    Part VI. Some Loose Threads
    25. The Diversity of Writing Forms
    26. Managing Coauthorships
    27. Writing in English for Non- Native Speakers
    Part VII. Final Thoughts
    28. On Whimsy, Jokes, and Beauty: Can Scientific Writing Be Enjoyed?
    Acknowledgements
    References
    Permanent URLs
    Index.
    Digital Access De Gruyter 2016
  • Digital
    Carlos Pavesio, editor.
    Summary: This book offers a concise but comprehensive overview of scleritis, with up-to-date information on all aspects, including diagnosis and treatment. Fundamental features of the pathogenesis of scleral inflammation are first discussed as a basis for understanding the therapeutic strategies. Detailed descriptions are then provided of clinical manifestations, the complications that can arise during the course of the disease process, and the best way to manage them. An individual chapter is devoted to infectious scleritis and its management, this being an uncommon but serious condition that may result not only in loss of vision but also in loss of the globe itself. The diagnostic approach to and various management options for scleritis are then discussed extensively, with coverage of local and systemic therapy and new strategies, including biologics. Apart from the potential impact on vision, inflammation of the sclera carries a risk of association with systemic diseases, some of which can prove fatal if not promptly recognized and managed. This book is designed to allow ophthalmologists to easily identify the condition and the signs indicative of a more severe problem. It will thereby assist in safe and effective management, and help in preserving vision and life.

    Contents:
    General Considerations on Anatomy and Pathogenesis of Scleral Inflammation
    Classification and Clinical Presentations
    Associated Systemic Diseases
    Infectious Scleritis
    Diagnostic Approach to Scleritis
    Complications and their Management
    Management with Non-Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents
    Management with Steroids: Local and Systemic
    Management with Immunosuppressive Therapy and Biologics.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    John Varga, Christopher P. Denton, Fredrick M. Wigley, Yannick Allanore, Masataka Kuwana, editors.
    Summary: Comprised of the authoritative work of international experts, this fully-updated second edition of Scleroderma builds upon the well-regarded approach in the first edition to provide integrated, concise, and up-to-date synthesis of current concepts of pathogenesis and modern approaches to management of systemic sclerosis (scleroderma). With a multidisciplinary approach to comprehensive care, this book is easily accessible for health care professionals in many fields. The new edition includes extensive updated material based on major developments in the field, with new chapters on personalized medicine, cancer complications, global perspectives on scleroderma, and more. It presents a succinct and thoughtful synthesis of current pathomechanistic concepts, providing a valuable reference tool for basic and translational investigators working in the field. Scleroderma: From Pathogenesis to Comprehensive Management serves as an essential, all-inclusive resource for rheumatologists, pulmonologists, cardiologists, gastroenterologists, nephrologists and all those involved in the care of scleroderma patients.

    Contents:
    Section I. Introduction
    Historical Perspective of Scleroderma
    Section II. Epidemiology, Genetics and Classification
    Epidemiology, Environmental and Infectious Risk Factors
    Genetic Factors
    Disease Subsets in Clinical Practice
    Evolving Concepts of Diagnosis and Classification
    Overlap Syndromes
    Juvenile Localized and Systemic Scleroderma
    Morphea (Localized Scleroderma)
    Scleroderma Mimics
    Systems Biology Approaches to Understanding the Pathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis
    Section III: The Biological Basis of Systemic Sclerosis
    Introduction: The Etiopathogenesis of Systemic Sclerosis: An Integrated Overview
    Pathology of Systemic Sclerosis
    Inflammation and Immunity
    Autoantibodies as Markers and Possible Mediators of Scleroderma Pathogenesis
    The Clinical Aspects of Autoantibodies
    Mechanisms of Vascular Disease
    Biomarkers in Systemic Sclerosis
    Pathophysiology of Fibrosis in Systemic Sclerosis
    Overview of Animal Models
    Section IV. Cardiovascular Manifestations and Management
    Raynaud's Phenomenon, Digital Ulcers, and Nailfold Capillaroscopy
    Renal Crisis and Other Renal Manifestations of Scleroderma
    Cardiac Involvement
    Section V. Pulmonary Manifestations and Management
    Overview of Lung Involvement: Diagnosis, Differential Diagnosis, and Monitoring
    Clinical Assessment of Lung Disease
    Treatment of Interstitial Lung Disease
    Pathogenesis of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension
    Clinical Assessment of Pulmonary Hypertension
    The Management of Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension in the Setting of Systemic Sclerosis
    Section VI. Gastrointestinal Manifestations and Management
    Overview of Gastrointestinal Tract Involvement
    Upper Gastrointestinal Tract: Manifestations of Systemic Sclerosis
    Small and Large Intestinal Involvement and Nutritional Issues
    Section VII. Skin, Musculoskeletal and Other Complications
    Calcinosis
    Evaluation and Management of Skin Disease
    Assessment and Management of Progressive Skin Involvement in Diffuse Scleroderma
    Skeletal Muscle Involvement
    Tendons, Joints, and Bone
    Cancer in Systemic Sclerosis
    Overlooked Manifestations
    Pregnancy
    Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
    Introduction to Section VIII: Management and Outcome Assessment
    Immunomodulatory, Immunoablative, and Biologic Therapies
    Investigative Approaches to Drug Therapy
    Drug Development and Regulatory Considerations for SSc Therapies
    Physical and Occupational Therapy
    Psychosocial Issues and Care for Patients with Systemic Sclerosis
    Clinical Trial Design in Systemic Sclerosis
    Measuring Disease Activity and Outcomes in Clinical Trials
    Innovative Approaches to Clinical Trials in Systemic Sclerosis
    Molecular Stratification by Gene Expression as a Paradigm for Precision Medicine in Systemic Sclerosis
    Section IX. Case Studies: Approach to Complex Clinical Problems
    Managing the Ischemic Finger in Scleroderma
    Scleroderma Renal Crisis
    Rapid Diffuse Skin Disease with Progressive Joint Contractures
    Management of the Scleroderma Patient with Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension Failing Initial Therapy
    Pseudo-obstruction with Malabsorption and Malnutrition
    Progressive Interstitial Lung Disease Non-Response to Cyclophosphamide
    Coping with the Disfigurement of Scleroderma: Facial, Skin, and Hand Changes
    Managing Complicated Digital Ulcers .
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Mitchel P. Goldman, Robert A. Weiss ; contributors, Jean-Jé́rôme Guex, Hugo Partsch, Michel R. Perrin, Albert-Adrien Ramelet, Stefano Ricci, Oscar Maleti, Marzia Lugli.
    Contents:
    1. Anatomy
    2. Adverse Sequelae and Complications of Venous Hypertension
    3. Pathophysiology of Varicose Veins
    4. Pathophysiology of Telangiectasias
    5. Noninvasive Examination of the Patient Before Sclerotherapy
    6. Use of Compression Therapy
    7. Mechanism of Action of Sclerotherapy
    8. Complications and Adverse Sequelae of Sclerotherapy
    10. Role of Surgery in the Treatment of Varicose Veins
    11. Intravascular Approaches to the Treatment of Varicose Veins : Radiofrequency, Lasers and More
    12. Clinical Methods for Sclerotherapy of Telangiectasias
    13. Treatment of Leg Telangiectasias with Laser and High-Intensity Pulsed Light
    14. Venoactive Drugs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    American Academy of Ambulatory Care Nursing.
    Summary: This newly released publication is an updated scope of practice statement and 17 revised standards for the clinical and administrative professional practice of ambulatory care registered nurses (RNs). The standards promote effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment.The 10th edition of the Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing contains some significant revisions from previous versions. In addition to the revised scope of practice, this publication contains 17 standards. The first six standards address the phases of the nursing process; the last 11 standards address professional performance.These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. -- Provided by Publisher.

    Contents:
    Scope and standards revision task force
    Overview of the AAACN standards 10th edition
    Scope of practice for professional ambulatory care nursing
    Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing. Standards of professional clinical practice
    Standards of nursing organizational and professional performance.
    Digital Access R2Library [2023]
  • Digital
    AAACN.
    Summary: "The Scope and Standards of Practice for Professional Ambulatory Care Nursing promotes effective clinical and administrative management of increasingly complex ambulatory care RN roles and responsibilities in a changing health care environment. The 9th Edition contains significant revisions from previous versions, including an updated Scope of Practice statement, as well as updates for the 16 standards of professional ambulatory care nursing practice. The scope of practice statement addresses the definition and unique characteristics of ambulatory care nursing, the conceptual framework, its history over the past 30 years, the diverse types of ambulatory care settings, the roles of ambulatory care RNs, the trends and issues in ambulatory care and future directions. The standards specify the competencies needed for professional clinical and administrative practice. The first six standards address the six phases of the nursing process; the last ten standards address Professional Performance. Each standard contains three sections: 1. A statement of the standard addressed. 2. Measurement criteria that may be used for demonstrating competency for meeting the standard. 3. Additional standard statements and measurement criteria for nurseexecutives, administrators, and managers. These changes offer clarification and specificity for the distinct domains of clinical and administrative nursing practice in ambulatory care settings. Use this resource to guide ambulatory care nursing role descriptions and competencies; improve or create policies, procedures, and standards; train and orient staff; create clinical, telehealth, and administrative job descriptions; stimulate participation in research and evidence-based practice; guide ethical practice and patient advocacy; and guide performance improvement initiatives in clinical and organizational environments."--Publisher's description.
    Digital Access Ovid 2017
  • Digital
    Carol E.H. Scott-Conner, David L. Dawson.
    Summary: "To better reflect its new and expanded content, the name of the 4th edition of Operative Anatomy has been changed to Essential Operative Techniques and Anatomy. In this latest edition, the text's focus on clinically relevant surgical anatomy will still remain, but it is now organized by anatomical regions rather than by procedures. Then to further ensure its relevance as a valuable reference tool, the number of chapters has been expanded to 134 and the color art program has also been increased significantly. Written for surgical residents, this book provides an up-to-date, easy-to-use reference for nearly all procedures with which they will face in their residency. Providing a blend of both surgical anatomy and a surgical atlas, this edition covers all Essential Common procedures from the SCORE curriculum as well as many of the Essential Uncommon procedures such as urgent operations seen in general surgery practice. FEATURES: Covers all Essential Common procedures in SCORE curriculum, Significantly expanded chapter on thoracoscopic surgery of the esophagus, Significantly expanded chapter on laparoscopic colon resection, New chapters on cutaneous infections, I & D, excision, STSG, ligation, stripping, saphenous vein, loop ileostomy/closure, operations for small bowel obstruction (including laparoscopic), and pediatric umbilical hernia repair"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital/Print
    edited by Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton.
    Contents:
    1.Introduction: Scottish medicine and literary culture, 1726-1832 / Megan J. Coyer and David E. Shuttleton
    2. 'Nothing is so soon forgot as pain': reading agony in Adam Smith's The theory of moral sentiments / Craig Franson --3. The origins of a modern medical ethics in enlightenment Scotland: Cheyne, Gregory and Cullen as practitioners of sensibility / Wayne Wild
    4. The demise of the preformed embryo: Edinburgh, Leiden, and the physician-poet Mark Akenside's contribution to re-establishing epigenetic embryology / Robin Dix
    5. Benjamin Rush, Edinburgh medicine and the rise of physician autobiography / Catherine Jones
    6. The construction of Robert Fergusson's illness and death / Rhona Brown
    7. 'Groaning under the miseries of a diseased nervous system': Robert Burns and melancholy / Allan Beveridge
    8. Phrenological controversy and the medical imagination: 'A modern pythagorean' in Blackwood's Edinburgh Magazine / Megan J. Coyer
    9. Blood and the revenant in Walter Scott's The Fair Maid of Perth / Katherine Inglis
    10. Magic, mind control, and the body electric: "Materia Medica" in Sir Walter Scott's library at Abbotsford / Lindsay Levy
    11. An Account of ... William Cullen: John Thomson and the making of a medical biography / David E. Shuttleton
    12. Transatlantic irritability: Brunonian sociology, America and mass culture in the nineteenth century / Gavin Budge
    Index.
    Digital Access 2014
    Access via Clio medica 2014 ; 94
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital
    E. Scott Sills, editor.
    Contents:
    The Development of PGD
    Elements of Informed Consent for Preimplantation Genetic Diagnosis
    Follicular Recruitment & Oocyte Recovery in Assisted Reproduction
    Biomarker-based Flow-Cytometric Semen Analysis for Male Infertility Diagnostics and Clinical Decision Making in ART
    Comparison of Methods for Assessment of Sperm DNA Damage (Fragmentation) and Implications for the Assisted Reproductive Technologies
    Tweaking ICSI for a PGD program
    Comprehensive Chromosomal Screening from Polar Body Biopsy to Blastocyst Trophectoderm Sampling: Evidence and Considerations
    Polar Body Diagnosis
    An Alternative and Addition to Preimplantation Diagnosis
    Efficiency of Polar Body Biopsy for Aneuploidy Screening by DNA Microarray for Single Embryo Transfer
    Prediction of Embryo Viability by Morphokinetic Evaluation to Facilitate Single Transfer
    Comparison of PCR Techniques for Embryo Screening and Single Embryo Transfer
    Array CGH and Partial Genome Sequencing for Rapidly Karyotyping IVF Blastocysts Before Transfer
    Single Embryo Transfers Enabled by aCGH
    Current and Future Methodologies
    SNP array, qPCR, and next-generation sequencing based comprehensive chromosome screening
    Expanding PGD Applications to Non-traditional Genetic and Non-Genetic Conditions
    Should molecular cytogenetic techniques be applied to facilitate single embryo transfer in egg donation cases? Assessment of frequency and distribution of embryo aneuploidy after anonymous donor oocyte IVF
    Selecting the Single Embryo for Transfer in Mitochondrial Disorders
    Single Embryo Transfer: The Significance of the Embryo Transfer Technique
    The Vitrification Component: An Integral Part of a Successful eSET Program
    A Review of Luteal Support Protocols for Single Embryo Transfers
    Fresh and Frozen
    Cost effectiveness of single embryo transfers relative to higher embryo transfer policies in clinical practice: A population based analysis
    The Quebec experience
    One plus one equals two at once: Presenting cumulative pregnancy rates as the ideal outcome in elective SET programs
    Single Embryo Transfer in a State-Sponsored IVF Context: Current Experience from Israel
    Single Embryo Transfer: the Quebec Experience
    Regulatory Aspects of Embryo Testing: An American View
    Regulatory Challenges in Assisted Reproduction: A European Perspective
    Preimplantation Genetic Screening: Ethics & Policy
    Crossing Rubicons: Assisted Reproductive Therapies and Remaining Human.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Richard S. Koplin, David C. Ritterband, Emily Schorr, John A. Seedor, Elaine Wu.
    Summary: The Scrub's Bible represents an entry level guide to understanding the human eye, its basic anatomy, and physiology. It includes details on the fundamentals of the two most common areas of ophthalmic surgery: cataract and corneal/refractive surgery.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. The Evolution of Eye Surgery
    3. The Advent of Ambulatory Eye Surgery
    4. The Eye and its Anatomical Considerations
    5. How We See
    6. Contemplating Cataract Surgery
    7. How the Patient Gets From the Front Door of the ASC to Your OR Suite
    8. Decorum in the OR
    9. Infection Control
    10. Setting Up Your OR Suite
    11. The Phaco Machine
    12. Setting Up the Phaco Machine
    13. Trouble-Shooting the Phaco Machine
    14. Cataract Surgery: More Than One Way to Skin a Cat
    15. Femto Laser Assisted Cataract Surgery (FLACS)
    16. Performing Phaco
    17. Determining Lens Power and Design: Lens Implants and Implantation
    18. Glaucoma Treatment as an Adjunct to Cataract Surgery
    19. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a List of "What Ifs" and "What to Do's"
    20. The Surgical Tray for Cataract Surgery (Example)
    21. Surgeon Specific Instruments
    22. Self-Assessment Test Cataract Surgery
    23. Surgical Checklist
    24. Secondary IOLs
    25. Corneal Surgery. The Cornea: How it Works
    26. Corneal Transplantation: Penetrating Keratoplasty
    27. Corneal Transplantation: Keratoprosthesis
    28. Corneal Transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DSAEK
    29. Corneal transplantation: Endothelial Keratoplasty/DMEK
    30. Pterygium Surgery
    31. Band Keratopathy Removal
    32. Complications Encountered, Instruments at the Ready: Here is a list of "What ifs" and "What to dos
    33. Surgical Tray Penetrating Keratoplasty
    34. Surgical Tray Keratoprosthesis
    35. Surgical Tray DSAEK
    36. Surgical Tray DMEK
    37. Surgical Tray Pterygium
    38. Self Assessment Test Corneal Surgery.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Z697.M4 S43
    3
  • Digital
    Caroline De Brún, Nicola Pearce-Smith.
    Summary: This is a user-friendly, hands-on guide to literature searching, which is an essential skill for all involved in health care research and development, researchers, and students from all disciplines.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Where to Start
    Clinical Information: Sources
    Searching the Internet
    Formulating Searchable Questions
    Building a Search Strategy
    Free Text and Thesaurus searching
    Searching HealthCare Databases
    Refining Search Results
    Saving Citations
    Citation Pearl Searching
    Quality Improvement and Value: Sources
    Patient Information: Sources
    Critical Appraisal
    Glossary of Terms
    Appendix 1: Ten Tips for Effective Searching
    Appendix 2: Teaching Resources
    Record your Favourite Resources.
    Digital Access Wiley 2013
  • Digital
    Sarah Bonato.
    Summary: "Searching the Grey Literature is for librarians interested in learning more about grey literature. This book will help you tackle your search successfully, from start to finish. All types of librarians will find the content of this book useful, particularly those in health or social science"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    What is grey literature?
    The value of grey literature
    Databases for grey literature
    Searching for dissertations/thesis
    Searching for unpublished clinical trials
    Repositories for grey lit
    Conference proceedings, papers and posters for grey literature
    Grey literature search checklists & other similar sources
    Google for grey literature
    Developing a grey literature search plan
    Grey literature : keeping current with emerging trends and suggested learning tools.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RA541.A7 S43
    11
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for SEARO technical publications to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Print
    Purkyně, Jan Evangelista.
    Contents:
    --sv. 2-5. [without special title].--s
    v. 6. Disertace Purkyňových žáků.--s
    v. 7. České práce fysiologické a morfologické.--s
    v. 8. Úvahy a pracé přírodovědné.--s
    v. 9. Věda, výchova, společnost, studie a úvahy.--s
    v. 10. Slavistické pracé.--s
    v. 11. Básně a překlady.--s
    v. 12. Fysiologie lidské mluvy a menší fysiologickě pracé.--s
    v. 13. Autobiografické stati. Bibliographia.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QP71 .P98
    1
  • Digital
    MIT Critical Data.
    Contents:
    Introduction to the Book
    Objectives of secondary analysis of EHR data
    Review of clinical database
    Challenges and opportunities
    Secondary Analysis of EHR Data Cookbook
    Overview
    Step 1: Formulate research question
    Step 2: Data extraction and preprocessing
    Step 3: Exploratory Analysis
    Step 4: Data analysis
    Step 5: Validation and sensitivity analysis
    Missing Data
    Noise vs. Outliers
    Case Studies
    Introduction
    Predictive Modeling: outcome prediction (discrete)
    Predictive Modeling: dose optimization (regression)
    Pharmacovigilance (classification)
    Comparative effectiveness: propensity score analysis
    Comparative effectiveness: instrumental variable analysis
    Decision and Cost Effectiveness Analysis: Hidden Markov models and Monte Carlo simulation
    Time series analysis: Gaussian processes (ICP modelling)
    Time series analysis: Bayesian inference (Motif discovery in numerical signals)
    Time Series analysis: Optimization techniques for hyperparameter selection
    Signal processing: analysis of waveform data
    Signal processing: False alarm reduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Alberto Morganti, Enrico Agabiti Rosei, Franco Mantero, editors.
    Summary: This book offers an overview of the latest advances in the epidemiological, pathophysiological, diagnostic and therapeutic aspects of secondary hypertension, provided by a group of the most highly respected European experts in this field. It is common belief that secondary forms of hypertension are rare, although in 95% of patients the cause of high blood pressure is unknown - euphemistically referred to as "essential". There is increasing evidence from epidemiological studies that the prevalence of secondary hypertension is much higher than previously thought, accounting for 20%-25% of all hypertensive patients. There are additional, very good reasons for identifying those patients with secondary hypertension: firstly, they are exposed to a greater risk of suffering major cardiovascular events than patients with essential hypertension who have the same blood pressure level, and for this reason require particular care. Secondly, these patients can be relieved of a lifetime of pharmacological therapy or, at least, have a chance to be treated with more specific and effective medications. A high degree of clinical skill is required to recognize the often vague and subtle symptoms and signs that characterize patients with secondary hypertension, and clinicians need to fully comprehend the mechanisms responsible for the development and maintenance of high blood pressure. Shedding new light on a complex area of cardiovascular medicine, the book enables readers to better treat affected patients.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Renal Parenchymal Disease
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology of Hypertension in CKD
    Hypertension as a Risk Factor for Kidney Function Loss in CKD
    Special Conditions
    Resistant Hypertension in CKD
    Hypertension in Patients on Dialysis
    Hypertension in Renal Transplant Patient
    Antihypertensive Treatment and Target BP in CKD According to Recent Guidelines
    Conclusion
    References
    Atherosclerotic Renovascular Disease
    Introduction
    Renal Artery Stenosis and Blood Pressure
    Pathophysiological Mechanisms Clinical Significance of Renal Artery Stenosis
    When and How to Search for Atherosclerotic Renal Artery Stenosis?
    Treatment Issues
    Conclusions
    References
    Fibromuscular Dysplasia: From a Rare Cause of Renovascular Hypertension to a More Frequent Systemic Arterial Disease
    Introduction
    Definition of FMD
    Differential Diagnosis
    Classification
    Possible Manifestations
    Stenosis
    Dissections
    Aneurysms
    Arterial Tortuosity
    Aetiological Factors
    Genetics
    Focus on Renal FMD
    What Is the Prevalence of Renal FMD?
    In the General Population? In Hypertensive Patients?
    What Is the Profile of Patients with Renal FMD?
    In Whom to Screen for Renal FMD?
    What Is the Best Screening and Diagnostic Strategy?
    What Are the Essential Steps to Consider in the Management/Work-Up of Renal FMD?
    Has Smoking an Influence on FMD?
    Which Medical Treatment in the Patient with FMD?
    How to Assess Haemodynamic Significance of FMD-Related Renal Artery Stenosis?
    Whom to Revascularize?
    How to Revascularize?
    Is FMD a Systemic Disease?
    Which Usual Work-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
    When to Look for Familial FMD? How to Prepare Pregnancy in a Patient with FMD?
    Can FMD Affect the Heart?
    Are There Specificities of FMD in Elderly Patients?
    Are There Specificities of FMD in Children?
    Is FMD a Progressive Disease?
    Which Follow-Up in Patients with Renal Artery FMD?
    Conclusion
    References
    Primary Aldosteronism
    Introduction
    Detection Rate and Screening Strategy
    Diagnosis
    Conditions for Testing
    Exclusion of Primary Aldosteronism
    Imaging
    Subtyping of Primary Aldosteronism
    Adrenal Vein Sampling
    Alternative Strategy for Subtyping
    Genetic Testing
    Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Nanfang Li, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Introduction
    Part I: General Theory of Secondary Hypertension
    1: Summary of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1 Screening for Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.1 Prevalence of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.2 Preliminary Screening of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.3 Specialized Examination of Secondary Hypertension
    1.1.4 Screening Process for Secondary Hypertension
    1.2 Resistant Hypertension
    1.2.1 Prevalence and Diagnostic Criteria of RH:
    1.2.2 Precautions for the Diagnosis of RH and Pseudo RH 1.2.3 Screening of Secondary Hypertension in Patients with RH:
    1.2.4 Management of RH
    1.2.5 Recommended Hypertension Specialist Visit
    1.2.6 Invasive Interventional Therapy
    References
    2: Clinical Manifestations of Secondary Hypertension: Medical History, Symptom Characteristics, and Signs
    2.1 History Taking
    2.2 Characteristics of Symptoms
    2.3 Common Characteristics in Secondary Hypertension
    2.4 Physical Examination
    2.5 Relationship Between Secondary Hypertension and Age 2.6 Characteristics of Different Types of Secondary Hypertension History and Physical Examination
    References
    3: Significance of General Laboratory Examination in the Diagnosis of Secondary Hypertension
    3.1 Routine Laboratory Blood Tests
    3.1.1 Blood Routine
    3.1.1.1 Red Blood Cells
    3.1.1.2 White Blood Cells
    3.1.1.3 Platelets
    3.1.2 Serum Potassium
    3.1.2.1 Hypokalemia (K+ 5.3 mmol/L)
    3.1.3 Blood Glucose
    3.1.4 Blood Lipids
    3.1.5 Serum Uric Acid
    3.1.6 Hypersensitive C-Reactive Protein (CRP) 3.1.7 Plasma Insulin Levels
    3.1.8 Renal Function
    3.1.9 Homocysteine (Hcy)
    3.2 Urine Examination
    3.2.1 Examination of General Traits
    3.2.1.1 Urine Volume
    3.2.1.2 Color and Transparency
    3.2.1.3 Foam
    3.2.1.4 Urine Specific Gravity (SG)
    3.2.1.5 Urinary PH Value
    3.2.2 Detection of Urinary Protein and Urinary Microalbumin
    3.2.2.1 Proteinuria Standards (Table 3.4)
    3.2.2.2 Clinical Significance of Proteinuria
    3.2.3 Urine Red Blood Cells or Occult Blood
    3.3 Hemorheology
    3.3.1 Hemorheology and Hypertension 3.3.1.1 Hemorheological Characteristics of Obstructive Sleep Apnea Hypopnea Syndrome (OSAHS)
    3.3.1.2 Hemorheological Characteristics of Pregnancy-Induced Hypertension Syndrome
    3.3.1.3 Hemorheological Characteristics of Essential Hypertension
    3.4 Ambulatory Blood Pressure and Exercise Blood Pressure
    3.4.1 Ambulatory Blood Pressure
    3.4.1.1 Application of ABPM in Renal Hypertension
    3.4.1.2 ABPM and Primary Aldosteronism
    3.4.1.3 ABPM and Pheochromocytoma
    3.4.1.4 ABPM and Sleep apnea syndrome
    3.4.1.5 ABPM in the Elderly
    3.4.1.6 ABPM for Adolescents
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Harikesh Bahadur Singh, Chetan Keswani, M.S. Reddy, Estibaliz Sansinenea, Carlos García-Estrada.
    Summary: Recent changes in the pattern of agricultural practices from use of hazardous pesticides to natural (organic) cultivation has brought into focus the use of agriculturally important microorganisms for carrying out analogous functions. The reputation of plant growth promoting rhizomicroorganisms (PGPRs) is due to their antagonistic mechanisms against most of the fungal and bacterial phytopathogens. The biocontrol potential of agriculturally important microorganisms is mostly attributed to their bioactive secondary metabolites. However, low shelf life of many potential agriculturally important microorganisms impairs their use in agriculture and adoption by farmers. The focal theme of this book is to highlight the potential of employing biosynthesized secondary metabolites (SMs) from agriculturally important microorganisms for management of notorious phytopathogens, as a substitute of the currently available whole organism formulations and also as alternatives to hazardous synthetic pesticides. Accordingly, we have incorporated a comprehensive rundown of sections which particularly examine the SMs synthesized, secreted and induced by various agriculturally important microorganisms and their applications in agriculture. Section 1 includes discussion on biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites from fungal biocontrol agents. This section will cover the various issues such as development of formulation of secondary metabolites, genomic basis of metabolic diversity, metabolomic profiling of fungal biocontrol agents, novel classes of antimicrobial peptides. The section 1 will also cover the role of these secondary metabolites in antagonist-host interaction and application of biosynthesized antimicrobial secondary metabolites for management of plant diseases. Section 2 will discuss the biosynthesized secondary metabolites from bacterial PGPRs, strain dependent effects on plant metabolome profile, bio-prospecting various isolates of bacterial PGPRs for potential secondary metabolites and non-target effects of PGPR on microbial community structure and functions. Section 3 encompasses synthesis of antimicrobial secondary metabolites from beneficial endophytes, bio-prospecting medicinal and aromatic hosts and effect of endophytic SMs on plants under biotic and biotic stress conditions.

    Contents:
    Bioactive secondary metabolites of basidiomycetes and its potential for agricultural plant growth promotion
    Secondary metabolites of Metarhizium spp. and Verticillium spp. and their agricultural applications
    Secondary Metabolites of nonpathogenic Fusarium spp.: Scope in agriculture
    Non-mycorrhizal fungal spectum of root communities
    Bioactive Volatile Secondary Metabolites of Trichoderma spp.: Future Perspectives
    Phytopathogen biomass as inducer of antifungal compounds by Trichoderma asperellum under solid-state fermentation
    Bioactive Secondary metabolites of Trichoderma spp. for efficient management of phytopathogens
    Secondary metabolites of the plant growth promoting model rhizobacterium Bacillus velezensis FZB42 are involved in direct suppression of plant pathogens and in stimulation of plant induced systemic resistance
    Pyrroloquinoline quinone (PQQ): Role in bacteria-plant interactions
    Bacterial mechanisms promoting the tolerance against drought stress in plants
    Bacillus spp. as plant growth promoting rhizobacteria
    Secondary Metabolites from Cynobacteria: A potential source for plant growth promotion and disease management
    Biological control of nematodes by Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria: secondary metabolites involved and potential applications
    A deeper insight into the symbiotic mechanism of Rhizobium spp. from the perspective of secondary metabolism
    Metabolites of Plant Growth Promoting Rhizobacteria for the Management of Soil Borne Pathogenic Fungi in Crops
    Exploiting of beneficial endophytic microorganisms in plant growth promotion and crop protection: Elucidation of some bioactive secondary metabolites involved in both effects
    Bioprocessing of endophytes for production of high value biochemical
    Synthesis and application of hydroxamic acid: A key secondary Metabolite of Piriformospora indica.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Khalil Fattouch, Patrizio Lancellotti, Gianni D. Angelini, editors.
    Summary: Open heart surgery has been in a continuous state of evolution since its earliest day. This book presents information on the management of secondary mitral valve regurgitation, one of most vexing problems to cardiologists, cardiac surgeons and patients. The treatment for primary mitral regurgitation is straightforward and has as its primary aim timely intervention to prevent left ventricular remodelling and left ventricular dysfunction. The management of secondary mitral regurgitation is more challenging as the mitral valve is not the primary cause of the disease. Furthermore, correcting mitral regurgitation without changing the left ventricular geometry is not guaranteed to be either beneficial or curative. Secondary Mitral Valve Regurgitation draws together contributions from a range of experienced cardiac surgeons, cardiologists, anesthetists and scientists to provide comprehensive and authoritative coverage on anatomy, hemodynamics, mechanism, echocardiographic assessment and treatment modalities. Many of the elusive details surrounding the best management of secondary mitral regurgitation are presented in a comprehensive manner so that this book will serve as an important primary source for readers wanting information on this important topic.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Rod J. Rohrich, Jamil Ahmad ; with illustrations by Brenda L. Bunch, Jennifer C. Darcy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme MedOne Plastic Surgery
    Thieme MedOne Otolaryngology
  • Print
    Londa Schiebinger.
    Summary: In the natural course of events, humans fall sick and die. The history of medicine bristles with attempts to find new and miraculous remedies, to work with and against nature to restore humans to health and well-being. In this book, Londa Schiebinger examines medicine and human experimentation in the Atlantic World, exploring the circulation of people, disease, plants, and knowledge between Europe, Africa, and the Americas. She traces the development of a colonial medical complex from the 1760s, when a robust experimental culture emerged in the British and French West Indies, to the early 1800s, when debates raged about banning the slave trade and, eventually, slavery itself. Massive mortality among enslaved Africans and European planters, soldiers, and sailors fueled the search for new healing techniques. Amerindian, African, and European knowledges competed to cure diseases emerging from the collision of peoples on newly established, often poorly supplied, plantations. But not all knowledge was equal. Highlighting the violence and fear endemic to colonial struggles, Schiebinger explores aspects of African medicine that were not put to the test, such as Obeah and vodou. This book analyzes how and why specific knowledges were blocked, discredited, or held secret.

    Contents:
    The rise of scientific medicine
    Experiments with the Negro Dr's materia medica
    Medical ethics
    Exploitive experiments
    The colonial crucible : debates over slavery
    Conclusion : the circulation of knowledge.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    R853.H8 S347 2017
    1
  • Print
    Carissa Carter ; illustrations by Jeremy Nguyen & Michael Hirshon.
    Summary: "This thought-provoking, compact designer's guide helps you understand how maps are a part of our everyday thinking, how they organize data, and how they can reframe our point of view"-- Provided by publisher. "Maps aren't just geographic, they are also infographic and include all types of frameworks and diagrams. Any figure that sorts data visually and presents it spatially is a map. Maps are ways of organizing information and figuring out what's important. Even stories can be mapped! The Secret Language of Maps provides a simple framework to deconstruct existing maps and then shows you how to create your own. An embedded mystery story about a woman who investigates the disappearance of an old high school friend illustrates how to use different maps to make sense of all types of information. Colorful illustrations bring the story to life and demonstrate how the fictional character's collection of data, properly organized and "mapped," leads her to solve the mystery of her friend's disappearance. You'll learn how to gather data, organize it, and present it to an audience. You'll also learn how to view the many maps that swirl around our daily lives with a critical eye, aware of the forces that are in play for every creator." -- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Part 1. The investigation. What is a map?
    Looks matter / Craft deconstruction
    Mind the message / Bias deconstruction
    The D word / Data deconstruction
    Part 2. The expose. How to make a map?
    Knead the dough / Data exploration
    Agendas are for everyone / Bias exploration
    Shape shift / Craft exploration
    Explain all day
    Endnotes
    Acknowledgments
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    QA76.9.I52 C37 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Mark W. Anderson, Michael G. Fox.
    Contents:
    MRI of the pectoral girdle and chest wall
    MRI of the shoulder
    MR arthrography of the shoulder
    MRI of the arm
    MRI of the elbow
    MRI of the forearm
    MRI of the wrist
    MRI of the hand
    MRI of the hip
    MR arthrography of the hip
    MRI of the thigh
    MRI of the knee
    MRI of the leg
    MRI of the ankle
    MRI of the foot
    MRI of the thoracic spine
    MRI of the lumbar spine
    CT of the thorax
    MRI of the heart
    CT of the abdomen
    MRI of the abdomen
    CT of the male pelvis
    CTof the female pelvis
    MRI of the male pelvis
    MRI of the female pelvis.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Digital
    Stanley F. Malamed.
    Contents:
    Sedation in dentistry: a historic perspective
    Pain and anxiety in dentistry
    Introduction to sedation
    The spectrum of pain and anxiety control
    Physical and psychological evaluation
    Monitoring during sedation
    Nondrug techniques : iatrosedation and hypnosis
    Oral sedation
    Rectal sedation
    Sublingual, transdermal, and intranasal sedation
    Intramuscular sedation
    Inhalation sedation : historical perspective
    Inhalation sedation : rationale
    Pharmacology, anatomy, and physiology
    Inhalation sedation equipment
    Inhalation sedation : techniques of administration
    Inhalation sedation : complications
    Contemporary issues surrounding nitrous oxide
    Practical considerations
    Teaching inhalation sedation : history and present guidelines
    Intravenous sedation : historical perspective
    Intravenous moderate sedation : rationale
    Armamentarium
    Anatomy for venipuncture
    Venipuncture technique
    Pharmacology
    Intravenous moderate sedation : techniques of administration
    Intravenous sedation : complications
    Practical considerations
    Guidelines for teaching
    Fundamentals of general anesthesia
    Armamentarium, drugs, and techniques
    Preparation for emergencies
    Emergency drugs and equipment
    Management of emergencies
    The pediatric patient
    The geriatric patient
    The medically compromised patient
    The physically compromised patient
    Neurologic illnesses and other conditions
    Medicolegal considerations
    The controversial development of anesthesiology in dentistry.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Pradip P. Kamat, John W. Berkenbosch, editors.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive overview on sedation and analgesia for the pediatric intensivist. Divided into two primary sections, the text presents a framework on how to care for patients who need sedation, analgesia, and neuromuscular blockade inside the pediatric ICU (PICU), and how to manage procedural sedation in an outpatient setting. The first section focuses on sedation and analgesia for the critically ill child, with an emphasis on analgesics, sedatives, neuromuscular blockade, tolerance and withdrawal, and the PICU environment. The second section centers around procedural sedation, detailing patient selection, pre-sedation assessment, how to choose a sedation regimen, available agents, and nursing considerations. Written by experts in the field, Sedation and Analgesia for the Pediatric Intensivist: A Clinical Guide is a valuable resource for the pediatric intensivist in caring for their patients both inside and outside the PICU.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Sedation and Analgesia
    Brief History of Pediatric Sedation and Analgesia
    Goal of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
    Physiology of Pain
    Complexities of Sedation and Analgesia in the Critically Ill Child
    References
    Chapter 2: Safety and Monitoring During Pediatric ICU Sedation
    Assessment Tools
    Pain Assessment
    Self-Report Tools and Surrogate Reporting
    Observational Tools Agitation and Sedation Assessment
    Objective Monitoring Tools
    Processed EEG
    Conventional EEG
    Conclusions
    References
    Chapter 3: Analgesic Use in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Specific Agents
    References
    Chapter 4: Regional Analgesia and Its Role in the PICU
    Introduction
    History
    Safety and Risks of Regional Anesthesia
    Benefits of Regional Anesthesia
    Some Common Blocks
    Central Neuraxial Blocks
    Upper Extremity Blocks
    Truncal Blocks
    Lower Extremity Blocks
    Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Sedative Agents Chapter 5: Sedative Agents (Benzodiazepines)
    Overview of Benzodiazepines and Mechanism of Action
    Pharmacokinetic and Pharmacodynamic Considerations
    Adverse Reactions, Drug-Drug Interactions, and Monitoring Parameters
    Benzodiazepine and Opioids
    Breastfeeding/Pregnancy Considerations
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Breastfeeding Considerations
    In Summary
    References
    Chapter 6: Alpha-Agonists in Pediatric Critical Care
    Introduction
    Pharmacology
    Clinical Applications
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Barbiturates in the Pediatric ICU
    Introduction Pharmacology
    Clinical Applications
    References
    Part III: Anesthetic Agents
    Chapter 8: Sedation and Analgesia for the Critically Ill Child: Ketamine
    Introduction
    Pharmacokinetics and Pharmacodynamics
    Mechanism of Action
    Dosing
    Uses of Ketamine in the Pediatric Intensive Care Unit
    Ketamine for Sedation
    Ketamine for Acute Pain
    Ketamine for Chronic Pain
    Ketamine Side Effects
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 9: Propofol for Sedation of the Critically Ill Child
    Introduction
    Pharmacology
    Mechanism of Action
    Pharmacokinetics
    Pharmacodynamics Clinical Considerations for Use
    Indications for Short-Term, Deep Sedation
    Propofol "Drug Washout"
    The Impact of Propofol on Sleep and Delirium in ICU Patients
    Palliative Sedation
    Propofol-Related Infusion Syndrome (PRIS)
    Pathophysiology
    Prevention and Treatment
    Consideration in Special Populations
    Mitochondrial and Metabolic Disorders
    Conclusions
    Bibliography
    Chapter 10: Inhalational Agents: What Volatile Inhalational Agents Are and How to Use Them in the ICU Setting
    Introduction
    Principles of Inhalational Agents
    Minimum Alveolar Concentration
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ravindra Kumar, Anuja Gupta, editors.
    Summary: The global population is increasing rapidly, and feeding the ever-increasing population poses a serious challenge for agriculturalists around the world. Seed is a basic and critical input in agriculture to ensure global food security. Roughly 90 percent of the crops grown all over the world are propagated by seed. However, seed can also harbour and spread pathogens, e.g. fungi, bacteria, nematodes, viruses etc., which cause devastating diseases. Seed-borne pathogens represent a major threat to crop establishment and yield. Hence, timely detection and diagnosis is a prerequisite for their effective management. The book "Seed-Borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Detection, Diagnosis & Management" addresses key issues related to seed-borne/transmitted diseases in various agricultural crops. Divided into 31 chapters, it offers a comprehensive compilation of papers concerning: the history of seed pathology, importance of seed-borne diseases, seed-borne diseases and quarantine, seed health testing and certification, detection and diagnosis of seed-borne diseases and their phytopathogens, host-parasite interactions during development of seed-borne diseases, diversity of seed-borne pathogens, seed-borne diseases in major agricultural crops, non-parasitic seed disorders, mechanisms of seed transmission and seed infection, storage fungi and mycotoxins, impact of seed-borne diseases on human and animal health, and management options for seed-borne diseases. We wish to thank all of the eminent researchers who contributed valuable chapters to our book, which will be immensely useful for students, researchers, academics, and all those involved in various agro-industries.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Impact of seed borne phytopathogens or seed borne diseases on agriculture and society
    Chapter 1. Importance of Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: Economic losses and Impact on Society
    Chapter 2. Major Seed-borne Diseases of Agricultural Crops: International Trade of Agricultural Products and Role of Quarantine
    Part II. History of seed pathology
    Chapter 3. Contribution of Individuals and Organizations in the Development of Seed Pathology
    Chapter 4. Ancient, Mid-time and Recent History of Seed Pathology
    Part III. Diagnosis & detection of seed borne pathogens
    Chapter 5. Diagnosis and detection of Seed borne fungal phytopathogens
    Chapter 6. Detection of Seed and Propagating Material Borne Bacterial Diseases of Economically Important Crops
    Chapter 7. Detection and diagnosis of seed-borne viruses and virus like pathogens
    Chapter 8. Detection and diagnosis of seed borne and seed associated nematode
    Part IV. Host
    parasite interaction during the development of seed borne diseases
    Chapter 9. Host-parasite Interaction During Development of Major Seed-borne Fungal Diseases
    Chapter 10. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne bacterial diseases
    Chapter 11. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed transmitted viral diseases
    Chapter 12. Host-parasite interaction during development of major seed borne diseases caused by nematodes
    Part V. Diversity of seed borne phytopathogens
    Chapter 13. Diversity of seed borne fungal phytopathogens
    Chapter 14. Diversity of seed borne bacterial phytopathogens
    Chapter 15. Genetic diversity, transmission and understanding of seed-borne viruses and phytoplasma
    Chapter 16. Diversity of Seed Borne and Seed Associated Nematodes
    Part VI. Major Seed borne diseases in different agricultural crops
    Chapter 17. Major Seed borne diseases in important cereals: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 18. Major Seed born e diseases in important oilseeds: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 19. Major Seed borne diseases in important pulses: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 20. Major Seed borne diseases in important vegetables: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Chapter 21. Major Seed borne diseases in important forage crops & fibre crops: Symptomatology, etiology & economic importance
    Part VII. Seed borne diseases: Human and animal health
    Chapter 22. Seed borne diseases: its impact on Human and animal health
    Part VIII. Management of seed borne pathogens/diseases
    Chapter 23. Use of Biological Control Agents in the Management of Seedborne Diseases
    Chapter 24. Chemical Management of seed borne diseases: Achievements and future challenges
    Chapter 25. Biotechnology: An intervention for the genetic resistance against seed borne phytopathogens
    Chapter 26. Management of Seed borne diseases: An integrated approach
    Part IX: Mechanism of seed transmission and seed infection
    Chapter 27. Mechanism of Seed Transmission and Seed Infection in Major Agricultural Crops in India
    Part X: Miscellaneous
    Chapter 28. Seed Health Testing and Seed Certification
    Chapter 29. Non-Parasitic Seed Disorders of Major Agricultural Crops
    Chapter 30. Storage fungi and Mycotoxins
    Chapter 31. Epidemiology of seed borne diseases.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Satish Kumar Verma and James Francis White Jr.
    Summary: This book focuses on the importance and roles of seed microbiomes in sustainable agriculture by exploring the diversity of microbes vectored on and within seeds of both cultivated and non-cultivated plants. It provides essential insights into how seeds can be adapted to enhance microbiome vectoring, how damaged seed microbiomes can be assembled again and how seed microbiomes can be conserved. Plant seeds carry not only embryos and nutrients to fuel early seedling growth, but also microbes that modulate development, soil nutrient acquisition, and defense against pathogens and other stressors. Many of these microbes (bacteria and fungi) become endophytic, entering into the tissues of plants, and typically exist within plants without inducing negative effects. Although they have been reported in all plants examined to date, the extent to which plants rely on seed vectored microbiomes to enhance seedling competitiveness and survival is largely unappreciated. How microbes function to increase the fitness of seedlings is also little understood. The book is a unique and important resource for researchers and students in microbial ecology and biotechnology. Further, it appeals to applied academic and industrial agriculturists interested in increasing crop health and yield.

    Contents:
    Intro; Prologue; What Are Endophytes?; A New Definition for Seeds: A Miniature 'Noah's Ark' for Plant Colonization; The Intention of This Book; Contents; Part I: Seed Endophytes: Introduction, and Methods for Assessment and Management;
    1: Seed-Vectored Microbes: Their Roles in Improving Seedling Fitness and Competitor Plant Suppression; 1.1 The Seed Microbiome; 1.2 Adaptations of Seeds to Carry Symbiotic Microbes; 1.3 Roles of Seed-Vectored Microbes in Plant Seedlings; 1.4 What Happens to Seed-Vectored Microbes?; 1.5 Signal Molecules; 1.6 Endobiome Interference 1.7 Mode of Entry of Micrococcus luteus into Root Cells1.8 Intracellular Phases of Aureobasidium pullulans and Rhodotorula sp.; 1.9 Does Endobiome Interference Affect Plant-Plant Interactions?; 1.10 Potential Applications of Endobiome Interference to Control Invasive or Weedy Plant Species; 1.11 Conclusions; References;
    2: Thinking About PPFM Bacteria as a Model of Seed Endophytes: Who Are They? Where Did They Come from? What Are They Doing for ... ; 2.1 Fooled by a Bacterium; 2.2 Recognizing the Significant Role of Bacteria in Plant Metabolism 2.3 Looking at Seed Endophytes Through a Pink-Pigmented Facultatively Methylotrophic Lens2.3.1 So Where Does This Relationship Come from?; 2.3.2 What Are They Doing for Seeds?; 2.3.3 What Are They Doing for the Plants?; 2.3.4 A Role for Seed Endophytes in Plant Improvement; 2.3.5 As an Aside: Endophytes Influence the Quality of Seeds as Food Items for Us; 2.4 Outstanding Questions; 2.5 Conclusions; References;
    3: Seed Endophytes and Their Potential Applications; 3.1 Background; 3.2 Seed Endophytes; 3.3 Assessing Seed Endophytic Communities; 3.4 Roles of Seed-Borne Endophytes 3.4.1 Seed Endophytes and Plant Growth Enhancement3.4.2 Seed Endophytes Mitigating Heavy Metal Toxicity/Stress; 3.5 Mechanism of the Growth Promotion and Heavy Metal Stress Tolerance; 3.5.1 Heavy Metal Resistance Genes Conferring Metal Resistance; 3.6 Future Prospects; References;
    4: Exploring Endophytic Communities of Plants: Methods for Assessing Diversity, Effects on Host Development and Potential Biot ... ; 4.1 Introduction; 4.1.1 What Are Endophytes?; 4.1.2 Challenges in the Study of Endophytes; 4.2 Isolation of Endophytic Microbes; 4.2.1 Media for Isolation of Fungal Endophytes 4.2.2 Media for Isolation of Bacterial Endophytes4.3 Identification of Endophytes; 4.3.1 Molecular Tools to Identify Endophytes; 4.3.2 Markers and Primers for Endophyte Identification; 4.4 Techniques to Evaluate Endophyte Distribution in Plants; 4.4.1 Hood and Shew Staining Protocol; 4.4.2 Fluorescent Probes for Localization of Bacterial and Fungal Endophytes; 4.4.3 ROS Staining to Study Bacterial Endophytes; 4.5 Endophyte Modulation of Seedling Development; 4.5.1 Examining Modulation of Seedling Development Where Endophytes Are Not Culturable
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    Edward Dolnick.
    Summary: "By the end of the seventeenth century, explorers had circled the globe and mapped the heavens. Scientists had calculated the weight of the Earth, traced the paths of comets, and divined the secrets of the Milky Way. But at the dawn of the modern age, the deeper scientific riddle of all lay unsolved: Where do babies come from? Throughout most of human history, babies were surprises. People knew the basics: men and women had sex, and sometimes babies followed. But beyond that, the origins of life were a colossal mystery--a mystery that would take centuries of wild theories, misogynist blunders, and mistakes to solve. The author investigates the early scientists who sought answers. The author's investigation careens from theaters of anatomy, where spectators gawked at dissected bodies; to princes' private museums; to a seaside laboratory in Naples, Italy where a researcher peered into his microscope and first witnessed the union of sperm and egg. The author also introduces a Danish physician who began by studying sharks' teeth and ended by finding the secret of human eggs. Another researcher, who was a Catholic priest, outfitted male frogs in tiny boxer shorts to prove that semen had to touch eggs to fertilize them. This book presents our greatest scientists struggling--against their perceptions, their religious beliefs, and their deep-seated prejudices--to uncover the deepest mysteries of life"--Book cover.

    Contents:
    Prologue: England in the early 1630s
    Peering Into the Body. Onward to glory ; Hidden in deep night ; Swallowing stones and drinking dew ; Unmoored in time ; "Double, double toil and trouble" ; Door A or door B?
    The Search for the Egg. Missing : one universe (reward to finder) ; Sharks' teeth and cows' eggs ; The egg, at last ; A world in a drop of water ; "Animals of the semen"
    Russian Dolls. Dolls within dolls ; The message in God's fine print ; Sea of troubles ; The rabbit woman of Godliman ; "All in pieces, all coherence gone" ; The cathedral that built itself ; A vase in silhouette
    The Clockwork Topples and a New Theory Rises. Frogs in silk pants ; A drop of venom ; The craze of the century ; "I saw the dull yellow eye of the creature open" ; The nose of the Sphinx ; "The game is afoot" ; Caught!
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: History - LC Classification (Downstairs)
    QP251 .D59 2017
    1
  • Digital
    by Jane W. Ball, Joyce E. Dains, John A. Flynn, Barry S. Solomon, Rosalyn W. Stewart.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ClinicalKey Nursing
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    Stina Siedhoff.
    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Table of contents; Abstract; List of figures; List of tables; List of abbreviations; 1 Introduction; 1.1 Research context and problem statement; 1.2 Research objective; 1.3 Structure of the thesis; 2 Theoretical background; 2.1 Disruptive innovation concept; 2.1.1 Terminology and conceptualization of disruptive innovation; 2.1.2 The role of business models in disruptive innovation; 2.2 Business model concept; 2.2.1 Conceptualization of business models; 2.2.2 Business model as an activity system; 2.3 Business model innovation concept 2.3.1 Conceptualization and classification of business model innovation2.3.2 Business model innovation as a process vs. outcome; 2.3.3 Artifacts for business model innovation; 2.4 Synopsis and research question; 3 Design science research; 3.1 Overall research design; 3.1.1 Research paradigm; 3.1.2 Research method; 3.2 Exploratory research design; 3.2.1 Exploratory research method; 3.2.2 Sampling; 3.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 3.2.4 Data analysis; 4 Results and discussion of exploratory research; 4.1 Results; 4.1.1 Descriptive analysis; 4.1.2 Content analysis 4.1.2.1 Problem identification and objective of a solution4.1.2.2 Business model patterns for disruptive innovations; 4.2 Discussion; 4.2.1 Purpose and scope; 4.2.2 Justificatory knowledge; 4.2.3 Principles of form and function; 5 Prescriptive research design; 5.1 Design construction; 5.1.1 Design as a search process; 5.1.2 Design as an artifact; 5.2 Design evaluation; 5.2.1 Design evaluation method; 5.2.2 Sampling; 5.2.3 Data collection and preparation; 5.2.4 Data analysis; 5.2.5 Role of the researcher; 6 Results and discussion of prescriptive research; 6.1 Results 6.1.1 Design construction: low-resolution artifact6.1.2 Design evaluation; 6.1.3 Design (re)construction and communication; 6.2 Discussion; 6.2.1 Principles of implementation; 6.2.2 Testable propositions; 6.2.3 Constructs and expository instantiation; 6.2.4 Artifact mutability; 7 Conclusion; 7.1 Contribution; 7.1.1 Contribution to theory; 7.1.2 Contribution to practice; 7.1.3 Contribution to methodology; 7.2 Limitations; 7.3 Further research; 7.4 Concluding remarks; References; Appendices;
    Appendix 1: Coding structure;
    Appendix 2: Pattern matrix
    Appendix 3: HMW brainstorming questions on problems organizations encounter when designing business models for disruption
    Appendix 4: Decision matrix for ideation stage;
    Appendix 5: Design Thinking evaluation workshop, Minutes;
    Appendix 6: Elements of the Design Theory for BMI in the context of DI
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Mohamad Z. Koubeissi, Amer Alshekhlee, Prachi Mehndiratta, editors.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1- Epidemiology of Seizures and Epilepsy in Cerebrovascular Disease
    Chapter 2: Seizures in Ischemic Stroke
    Chapter 3: Seizures in Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Chapter 4: Seizures in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage
    Chapter 5: Seizures in subdural hematoma
    Chapter 6: Seizures in Cerebral Cavernous Malformations
    Chapter 7: Seizures in Arteriovenous Malformations
    Chapter 8: Seizures in Cerebral Venous Sinus Thrombosis
    Chapter 9: Pediatric Stroke and Seizures
    Chapter 10: Medical Management of Seizures in Cerebrovascular Disorders.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Panayiotis N. Varelas, Jan Claassen, editors.
    Summary: Updated and expanded to provide the neurologic, intensive and critical care communities a comprehensive guide to common critical care illnesses and seizures, this third edition remains the premier resource on seizures in critical care. In addition to covering etiology, pathophysiology, diagnosis, differential diagnosis and treatment options, chapters feature the latest technologies and treatments and integrate current literature. This unique and specialized text offers neurologists, intensivists, neurosurgeons, trauma surgeons, epileptologists, electrophysiologists and residents in various specialties clarity on this challenging set of comorbidities.

    Contents:
    Part I. General section. Chapter 1: Status epilepticus - lessons and challenges from animal models ; Chapter 2: Impact of seizures on outcome ; Chapter 3: Diagnosing and monitoring seizures in the ICU: the role of continuous EEG for detection and management of seizures in critically ill patients, including the ictal-interictal continuum ; Chapter 4: Seizures and quantitative EEG ; Chapter 5: Spreading depolarizations and seizures in clinical subdural electrocorticographic recordings ; Chapter 6: Multimodality monitoring correlates of seizures ; Chapter 7: Management of critical care seizures ; Chapter 8: Management of status epilepticus in the inensive care unit.
    Part II. Etiology-specific section. Chapter 9: Ischemic stroke, hyperperfusion syndrome, cerebral sinus thrombosis, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 10: Hemorrhagic stroke and critical care seizures ; Chapter 11: Traumatic brain injury and critical care seizures ; Chapter 12: Brain tumors and critical care seizures ; Chapter 13: Global hypoxia-ischemia and critical care seizures ; Chapter 14: Fulminant hepatic failure, multiorgan failure and endocrine crisis and critical care seizures ; Chapter 15: Organ transplant recipients and critical care seizures ; Chapter 16: Extreme hypertension, eclampsia, and critical care seizures ; Chapter 17: Infection or inflammation and critical care seizures ; Chapter 18: Electrolyte disturbances and critical care seizures ; Chapter 19: Alcohol-related seizures in the intensive care unit ; Chapter 20: Drug-induced seizures in critically ill patients ; Chapter 21 : Illicit drugs and toxins and critical care seizures ; Chapter 22: Seizures and status epilepticus in pediatric critical care.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Gavin Bowyer, Andrew Cole, editors.
    Summary: Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics provides a selection of references from the Trauma and Orthopedic literature, aimed at the surgeon preparing for the Intercollegiate Specialty Board examination, and similar end-of training examinations in other countries. It is the perfect guide for examiners and trainers who are preparing their trainees for the examination, as well as providing a literature basis for their own practice. Selected References in Trauma and Orthopaedics presents the classical papers underlying current practice as well as recent publications which have brought about innovation, clarified pathology or demonstrated outcomes. The references are presented with a brief summary which allows the reader to access a literature review, with the use of online resources, with the key references already identified.

    Contents:
    Part I. Adult Elective Orthopaedics
    Part II. Trauma
    Part III. Children's Orthopaedics
    Part IV. Hand and Upper Limb.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital/Print
    Compiled for the Committee on Aging.
    Digital Access Google Books 1955
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L966 .U54 1955
    1
  • Digital
    Hans Rommes, Rick van Saene, Miguel A. de la Cal.
    Summary: This book explains the basic concepts of Selective Decontamination of the Digestive tract (SDD) to help those involved in treating critically ill patients to improve outcomes and the quality of care. SDD has led to major changes in our understanding, the treatment and prevention of infections in critically ill patients over the past 40 years. It is the most studied intervention in intensive care medicine and is the subject of 73 randomized controlled trials, including over 15000 patients and 15 meta-analyses. SDD reduces morbidity and mortality, is cost-effective and safe as SDD does not increase antimicrobial resistance. Correct application of the SDD strategy enables ICU teams to control infections - even in ICUs with endemic antibiotic resistant microorganisms such as methicillin resistant S. aureus (MRSA). Describing the concept and application of SDD, and presenting case studies and microbiological flow charts, this practical guide will appeal to intensivists, critical care practitioners, junior doctors, microbiologists and ICU-nurses as well as infection control specialists and pharmacists.

    Contents:
    Part I. The basics
    Introduction
    Microorganisms
    Defense
    Infections
    Infection control
    Enteral and parenteral antimicrobials used in the SDD-policy
    Part II. Clinical microbiology for the ICU team
    Clinical microbiology: an overview
    Surveillance versus diagnostic cultures
    Sampling and microscopy
    Inoculation and culturing
    Naming of microorganisms
    Antibiotic sensitivity testing
    Availability of the clinical microbiological results for the intensivist
    Part III. Therapeutics
    Therapy of bacterial and fungal infections
    Viral infections in the ICU
    Inflammation and hyperinflammation
    Part IV. Surveillance
    Resistance
    Outbreaks
    Appendix
    Appendix 1. General principles before implementing the SDD-strategy
    Appendix 2. Selective decontamination of the digestive tract
    Appendix 3. SDD in Methicillin-resistant S. aureus (MRSA)
    Appendix 4. SDD in Multidrug-resistant Gram-negative bacteria (MDRGNB).
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Kenneth D. Tew, Francesco Galli.
    Contents:
    1. The epidemiology of selenium and human cancer
    2. Selenoproteins in tumorigenesis and cancer progression
    3. Selenoproteins and metastasis
    4. Selenium-dependent glutathione peroxidases during tumor development
    5. Targeting the selenoprotein thioredoxin reductase 1 for anticancer therapy
    6. The regulation of pathways of inflammation and resolution in immune cells and cancer stem cells by selenium
    7. Selenium and breast cancer risk: focus on cellular and molecular mechanisms
    8. Selenium and epigenetics in cancer: focus on DNA methylation
    9. Selenium and cancer stem cells
    10. Selenocompounds in cancer therapy: an overview.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Alézbeta Heged̋usová, Ondrej Heged̋us, Silvia Jakabová, Alena Andrejiová, Miroslav Šlosár, Ivana Mezeyová, Marcel Golian.
    Summary: Selenium plays a significant role in preventing certain types of cancer and cardiovascular diseases. The level of Selenium in the human body depends on its concentration in food. In turn, the content in vegetable crops is a function of the soil-plant system. There are many countries in the world with low Selenium content in the soil. The average daily human intake is thus limited through food chain. Analysis of Selenium status suggests that fortification of the soil substrate with Sodium Selenate, and foliar application to agricultural crops are both effective means of Selenium enrichment. Our intention for this publication is to present the possibilities of augmenting Selenium content by biofortification of soils and plants through differentiated nutrition. In the first part of the monograph, the results of Selenium supplementation in model vegetation experiments are presented. The next part of the monograph presents the results of foliar supplementation of Selenium in field conditions. This book is an outstanding reference source for plant breeders and researchers engaged in biofortification of horticulture crops. It is also beneficial to agricultural companies and other stakeholders.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The role of selenium in human nutrition
    Methods for determination of selenium in foodstuffs
    Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after fortification of the growing substrate.-Selenium uptake by selected vegetable species after foliar application
    Changes of selenium content in edibilities during the processing.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Eranthie Weerapana.
    Contents:
    Examining xCT-mediated selenium uptake and selenoprotein production capacity in cells / Namgyu Lee, Anne E. Carlisle, and Dohoon Kim
    Methods for accurate and reproducible studies of pharmacological effects of selenium in cancer / Arun Kumar Selvam, Tímea Szekerczés, Sofia Björnstedt, Ali Razaghi, and Mikael Björnstedt
    Using selenocysteine-specific reporters to screen for efficient tRNASec variants / Christina Z. Chung, Dieter Söll, and Natalie Krahn
    Expressing recombinant selenoproteins using redefinition of a single UAG codon in an RF1-depleted E. coli host strain / Qing Cheng and Elias S.J. Arnér
    Selenocysteine substitutions in thiyl radical enzymes / Juan Carlos Cáceres, Clara A. Bailey, Kenichi Yokoyama, and Brandon L. Greene
    Expression of selenoproteins via genetic code expansion in mammalian cells / Jennifer C. Peeler and Eranthie Weerapana
    Applying selenocysteine-mediated expressed protein ligation to prepare the membrane enzyme selenoprotein S / Rujin Cheng, Jun Liu, Vidyadhar Daithankar, and Sharon Rozovsky
    Chemoproteomic interrogation of selenocysteine by low-pH isoTOP-ABPP / Daniel W. Bak and Eranthie Weerapana
    SecMS analysis of selenoproteins with selenocysteine insertion sequence and beyond / Chenfang Si, Ye Cao, and Yaoyang Zhang
    An accelerated and optimized algorithm of selenium-encoded isotopic signature targeted profiling for global selenoproteome analysis / Guogeng Jia, Jinjun Gao, Fan Yang, Tianyu Feng, and Chu Wang
    Assay of selenol species in biological samples by the fluorescent probe Sel-green / Baoxin Zhang and Jianguo Fang
    Identification of selenoprotein O substrates using a biotinylated ATP analog / Meghomukta Mukherjee and Anju Sreelatha
    Application of alpha-methyl selenocysteine as a tool for the study of selenoproteins / Emma J. Ste. Marie and Robert J. Hondal
    Modeling of selenocysteine-derived reactive intermediates utilizing a nano-sized molecular cavity as a protective cradle / Ryosuke Masuda and Kei Goto
    Diselenide-selenoester ligation in the chemical synthesis of proteins / Max J. Bedding, Sameer S. Kulkarni, and Richard J. Payne.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2022
  • Digital
    Irena Roterman, Leszek Konieczny, editors.
    Summary: This book is an open access under a CC BY license. The subject of this book relates to protein ligands with particular structural and complexation properties. They are composed of self-assembled molecules, capable of penetrating as a unit into proteins outside the binding site. The ribbon-like supramolecular system only permits the penetration of self-assembled molecules into the protein-body and formation of stable complexes. Supramolecular Congo red and similar compounds fit these requirements. Destabilized protein fragments enable the penetration of such ligands, with susceptibility to supramolecular ligand binding often associated with protein function. As a result, complexation modifies their functional effects. The activity of enzymes is inhibited by arresting them in the complexed state, but "naturally irreversible" complexation as in the case of immune complexation, is enhanced instead. This property offers many attractive possibilities of using supramolecular ligands as described in this book.

    Contents:
    Supramolecular systems as protein ligands
    Supramolecular Congo Red as Specific Ligand of Antibodies Engaged in Immune Complex
    Protein Conditioning for Binding Congo Red and Other Supramolecular Ligands
    Metal Ions Introduced to Proteins by Supramolecular Ligands
    Possible Mechanism of Amyloidogenesis of V Domains
    Supramolecular Structures as Carrier Systems Enabling the Use of Metal Ions in Antibacterial Therapy
    Congo Red Interactions with Single-Walled Carbon Nanotubes.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    edited by Michael S. Gordon.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC681.A2 T4
    2
  • Digital
    Meera Mahalingam.
    Summary: "An essential examination resource for anyone sitting their primary or maintenance of certification examinations in dermatology, pathology or dermatopathology, Self-Assessment in Dermatopathology uses histopathology as a catalyst for constructive and critical thinking and to trigger relevant clinical, genetic and syndromic associations. Concise explanations at the end of each chapter give short answers to each question and expand on each answer choice. Each chapter consists of an increasingly difficult selection of questions, allowing the reader to develop and self-test their knowledge. Tables relevant to the section covered have also been incorporated in the answer section. Using this practical approach, the reader will become familiar with the pathologic basis of clinically relevant dermatoses and cutaneous tumors. The question and answer format make this book the first resource of its kind. Thinking about information in a new way is the foundation of this book, making it an invaluable addition for any trainee"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note:
    1. General;
    2. Genodermatoses and epidermal disorders;
    3. Pigmentary disorders;
    4. Tissue reaction patterns;
    5. Disorders involving the dermis and, or subcutis;
    6. Depositional diseases and cutaneous manifestations of systemic disease and depositional diseases;
    7. Infections;
    8. Tumors.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    by Yousaf Ali.
    Summary: This practical study guide illustrates a variety of different scenarios of rheumatic disease in succinct question and answer format. It contains 120 complex cases with potentially unusual diagnoses designed to stimulate thought and further reading in this rapidly evolving specialty. The questions demonstrate both common and uncommon rheumatologic conditions that may be encountered on ward rounds or in clinic by using radiographs, pictures, and skin findings. Each case is based on a real-life diagnostic situation encountered by the author from his two decades of experience working in a busy consultative practice.Self Assessment in Rheumatology: An Essential Q & A Study Guide, Second Edition is an essential resource for students, postgraduate fellows, internists, and practicing physicians eager to learn more about rheumatology, test their fund of knowledge, or prepare for board examinations.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Assessment Questions 1-10
    Chapter 2. Assessment Questions 11-20
    Chapter 3. Assessment Questions 21-30
    Chapter 4. Assessment Questions 31-40
    Chapter 5. Assessment Questions 41-50
    Chapter 6. Assessment Questions 51-60
    Chapter 7. Assessment Questions 61-70.-Chapter 8. Assessment Questions 71-80
    Chapter 9. Assessment Questions 81-90
    Chapter 10. Assessment Questions 91-100
    Chapter 11. Assessment Questions 101-110
    Chapter 12. Assessment Questions 111-120.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Inamuddin, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Rajender Boddula and Tariq Altalhi.
    Summary: "This comprehensive book describes the design, synthesis, mechanisms, characterization, fundamental properties, functions and development of self-healing smart materials and their composites with their allied applications. It covers cementitious concrete composites, bleeding composites, elastomers, tires, membranes, and composites in energy storage, coatings, shape-memory, aerospace and robotic applications. The 21 chapters are written by researchers from a variety of disciplines and backgrounds."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Self-Healing Polymer Coatings / Facundo I Altuna, Cristina E Hoppe
    Smart Phenolics for Self-Healing and Shape Memory Applications / Baris Kiskan, Yusuf Yagci
    Self-Healable Elastomers / Mariajose Cova Sanchez, Daniela Belon Garcia, Mariano Martin Escobar, Marcela Mansilla
    Self-Healable Tires / Norazlianie Sazali, Mohamad Azuwa Mohamed, Zul Adlan Mohd Hir
    Self-Healing Bacterial Cementitious Composites / R Preetham, R Hari Krishna, MN Chandraprabha, R Sivaramakrishna
    Self-Healable Solar Cells: Recent Insights and Challenges / Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Sonia Bahrani, Seeram Ramakrishna, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
    Self-Healable Core-Shell Nanofibers / Sonia Bahrani, Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Chin Wei Lai, Wei-Hung Chiang
    Intrinsic Self-Healing Materials / Angelita Cristiane Saul, Joao Henrique Zimnoch dos Santos
    Self-Healable Catalysis / Bilge Cokuner Filiz
    Self-Healing Materials in Corrosion Protection / Eiman Alibakhshi, Bahram Ramezanzadeh, Mohammad Mahdavian
    Self-Healable Conductive Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, D Balaji, V Bhuvaneswari, S Sivalingam
    Self-Healable Artificial Skin / Beg Younus Raza, Nishad Gokul Ram, Priyanka Singh
    Self-Healing Smart Composites / Sithara Gopinath, Suresh Mathew, P Radhakrishnan Nair
    Stimuli-Responsive Self-Healable Materials / G Jerald Maria Antony, S Raja, ST Aruna
    Mechanically-Induced Self-Healable Materials / M Ramesh, L Rajeshkumar, R Saravanakumar
    Self-Healing Materials in Robotics / Sunny Kumar
    Self-Healing Materials in Aerospace Applications / M Harikrishna Kumar, C Moganapriya, A Moha Kumar, R Rajasekar, V K Gobinath
    Bio-Inspired Self-Healable Materials / Archita Sharma, Shailendra Kumar Arya
    Self-Healable Batteries / Seyyed Mojtaba Mousavi, Maryam Zarei, Seyyed Alireza Hashemi, Wei-Hung Chiang, Chin Wei Lai, Sonia Bahrani
    Self-Healing in Bleeding Composites / Lutfur Rahman, Ata Ullah, Muhammad Bilal Yazdani, Muhammad Irfan, Waheed S Khan, Asma Rehman
    Self-Healing Polymers / Muhammad Akram, Charles Oluwaseun Adetunji, Mohd Imran Ahamed, Adrish Sohail, Iram Ghaffar, Olugbenga Samuel Michael, Hina Anwar, Musa Abidemi Muhibi, Juliana Bunmi Adetunji, Umme Laila, Mathew Olaniyan.
    Digital Access Wiley 2021
  • Print
    Tamara Ownsworth.
    Summary: "An injury to the brain can affect virtually any aspect of functioning and, at the deepest level, can alter sense of self or the essential qualities that define who we are. In recent years, there has been a growing body of research investigating changes to self in the context of brain injury. Developments in the cognitive and social neurosciences, psychotherapy and neurorehabilitation have together provided a rich perspective on self and identity reformation after brain injury. This book draws upon these theoretical perspectives and research findings to provide a comprehensive account of the impact of brain injury on self-identity. The second half of this book provides an in-depth review of clinical strategies for assessing changes in self-identity after brain injury, and of rehabilitation approaches for supporting individuals to maintain or re-establish a positive post-injury identity. The book emphasizes a shift in clinical orientation, from a traditional focus on alleviating impairments, to a focus on working collaboratively with people to support them to re-engage in valued activities and find meaning in their lives after brain injury. Self-Identity after Brain Injury is the first book dedicated to self-identity issues after brain injury which integrates theory and research, and also assessment and intervention strategies. It will be a key resource to support clinicians and researchers working in brain injury rehabilitation, and will be of great interest to researchers and students in clinical psychology, neuropsychology, and allied health disciplines"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of self-identity after brain injury
    2. What is the self? Historical and contemporary accounts
    3. Introduction to brain injury and consequences during childhood and adolescence
    4. Psychological adjustment and self-identity changes after brain injury
    5. Approaches for assessing changes to self after brain injury
    6. Individual psychotherapy and neurorehabilitation approaches
    7. Group and community-based interventions
    8. Family and paediatric Interventions
    9. Summary and future directions.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2014
  • Print
    Lou Peveto Scott.
    Contents:
    v. 1, Body structure and function, nutrition and food management, basic pharmacology and drug therapy ; v. 2, Roles and responsibilities in nursing health ; v. 3, Medical and surgical nursing, mental illness ; v. 4, Mother and newborn, the well and sick child, communicable diseases.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RT55 .S3
    4
  • Digital
    Jose Frantz, Laura Schopp, Anthea Rhoda, editors.
    Summary: Self-management is a term that was used as early as the 1960s when it was applied during the rehabilitation of chronically ill children. Subsequently, self-management was applied as formalized programs for a variety of populations and health issues. In reflecting on self-management, it is important to note that it would be difficult for individuals not to be aware of their specific health behaviors, which could include unhealthy behaviors. As self-management has evolved, essential skills identified include behavioral modeling, decision making, planning, social persuasion, locating, accessing and utilizing resources, assisting individuals to form partnerships with their health care providers and taking action. These are key skills that would benefit health professional educators, clinicians and patients. This book, consisting of three parts, provides insights into the aspects of self-management as it relates to its definition and application. It highlights how self-management can be applied to various long-term health conditions, for different populations or target groups and in different contexts. The text provides an overview of self-management and the rationale for its applications by illustrating its use in specific clinical conditions and in different sub-populations and target groups. Academics can use the book as a textbook when teaching postgraduate and undergraduate students about self-management as a technique to facilitate community reintegration for individuals living with long-term conditions. It can also be used by clinicians to enhance their management of individuals with long-term conditions. Furthermore, researchers can use the text to expand and support their research in this area.

    Contents:
    Part I: Understanding self-management
    1. Overview of self-management
    2. The case for self-management
    Part II: The application of self-management in various conditions
    3. Self-management and spinal cord injuries
    4. Self-management in diabetes
    5. Self-management and stroke
    6. Self-management and low back pain
    Part III: Using self-management across the lifespan and across settings
    7. Self-management in youth
    8. Self-management in chronic illness in the elderly
    9. Community health workers as key contributors to self-management programs
    10. Self-management in the workplace
    11. Self-management in nutrition and exercise.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Jane N.T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, editors.
    Summary: This book focuses on young people (12-25 years old) growing up with a chronic somatic condition and/or physical disability, facing different challenges during their transition to adulthood and to adult healthcare services. Becoming an adult often proves extra challenging for them, because the adaptive tasks related to living with a chronic condition can clash with developmental milestones. Finding a good balance and integrating these tasks in daily life is also referred to as self-management. This book addresses self-management and empowerment of young people with chronic conditions as well as the Positive Youth Development concept. It elaborates on theories and approaches and offers a complete overview of self-management interventions for young people with chronic conditions, emphasizing on the tasks of medical, emotion and role management. It also elaborates on the roles and tasks of professionals, as well as the patient-provider relationship; the shifting roles between young people and their parents and the role of peer support. This book is unique in its broad view on self-management, i.e. it goes beyond medical management and focuses on young people achieving their maximum potential and a good quality of life. Furthermore, the book employs a positive youth development approach, focusing on empowerment and growth rather than problems or issues. It offers an overview of the state-of-the-art and evidence concerning self-management support for young people with various chronic conditions. As such it is of benefit for all healthcare professionals working in care for young people, but also for researchers interested in this topic.

    Contents:
    Self-Management of Young People with Chronic Conditions: An Overview and Introduction / AnneLoes van Staa, Sander R. Hilberink, and Jane N. T. Sattoe
    Positive Youth Development Approach to Support Life Skills of Young People with Chronic Conditions / Alison R. S. Manning, Jodie Neukirch Elliott, Samuel M. Brotkin, Gary Maslow, and McLean D. Pollock
    The Development of Self-Management in Young People with Chronic Conditions: A Transitional Process / Jane N. T. Sattoe and AnneLoes van Staa
    Exploring Components and Effects of Self-Management Interventions for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Marjolijn I. Bal, Jane N. T. Sattoe, Pepijn D. D. M. Roelofs, and AnneLoes van Staa
    Self-Management Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions: Roles and Views of Professionals / Janet E. McDonagh
    Transition to Adulthood: Shifting Roles Between Young People with Chronic Conditions and Their Parents / Karen L. Shaw, Gemma Heath, and Albert Farre
    Peer Support for Young People with Chronic Conditions / Susan Kirk and Linda J. Milnes
    Skills for Growing Up and Ready Steady Go: Practical Tools to Promote Life Skills in Youth with Chronic Conditions / Jane N. T. Sattoe, AnneLoes van Staa, Marij E. Roebroeck, and Sander R. Hilberink.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Agota Szende, Bas Janssen, Juan Cabases, editors.
    Contents:
    Introduction / Juan M. Cabases and Rosalind Rabin
    Data and Methods / Bas Janssen, Agota Szende, and Juan Manuel Ramos-Goni
    Population Norms for the EQ-5D / Bas Janssen and Agota Szende
    Cross-Country Analysis of EQ-5D Data / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
    Socio-demographic Indicators based on EQ-5D / Agota Szende and Bas Janssen
    Annex 1: EQ-5D population norms - National surveys
    Annex 2: EQ-5D population norms - Regional surveys
    References
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Kari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.
    Digital Access Oxford 2018
  • Digital
    Kari M. Eddington, Timothy J. Strauman, Angela Z. Vieth, Gregory G. Kolden.
    Summary: "Depression is one of the most common forms of psychological distress and can have devastating consequences for individuals and their loved ones. Decades of research have shown that there are many possible causes of depression, and one of those causes involves problems with self-regulation. Self-regulation involves setting and pursuing important personal goals - put simply, the process of trying to be the kind of person you want to be. Self-System Therapy for Depression: Therapist Guide provides a thorough description of Self-System Therapy (SST)-a motivational approach to treating depression that helps decrease feelings of disappointment and failure and increase feelings of pride and accomplishment, by improving the process of self-regulation. Clinical studies have shown that SST is effective in reducing depression and anxiety. The treatment program is structured within a 16-session plan, and strategies and techniques for each phase of treatment are presented in detail, along with case vignettes and examples. The core strategies of SST focus on identifying appropriate and reasonable personal goals and standards (including coping with perfectionistic standards), evaluating and improving the effectiveness of goal pursuit strategies, and adjusting goals in order to improve opportunities for positive emotions. The accompanying Client Workbook explains the basics of self-regulation in simple terms and provides worksheets to help illustrate and implement these strategies."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part I: Background for the Therapist
    Chapter 1: Introduction to This Guide
    Chapter 2: Theoretical Overview
    Chapter 3: Is SST Right for My Client?
    Chapter 4: Overview of SST Strategies
    Part II: Therapy Phases and Strategies
    Chapter 5: Orientation Phase (Sessions 1
    4)
    Chapter 6: Exploration Phase (Sessions 5
    8)
    Chapter 7: Adaptation Phase (Sessions 9
    15)
    Chapter 8: Termination and Relapse Prevention.
    Digital Access Oxford [2018]
  • Digital
    College of American Pathologists Hematology and Clinical Microscopy Resource Committee
    Summary: "Semen Analysis Benchtop Reference Guide is an illustrated guide to sperm morphology. The content includes specimen collection and macroscopic assessment, sperm count, and morphology assessment and classification systems. Also included are 50 images representing normal morphology, head defects, neck/midpiece defects, tail defects, and residual cytoplasm defects, as well as images of nonsperm cells, Pap-stained sperm, and equipment."-- Provided by publisher.
  • Print
    edited by Peter M. Haddad, David J. Nutt.
    Summary: "The 2nd edition of this book was edited by David King and published in 2004. Since then there have been major advances in psychopharmacology in terms of new medications coming to the market, increased understanding of the mechanisms of drug action and new data on the efficacy, tolerability, safety and clinical effectiveness of a range of medications. Partly as a result, clinical guidelines for many psychiatric disorders have altered. As such, a new edition of this textbook was essential and we were delighted when the College approached us to edit the 3rd edition. This was a major endeavor that was only possible with the commitment and expertise of the authors"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    PubMed Central
    v. 21-, 2004- Full text delayed 12 months
  • Digital
    edited by Rob Butler, Cornelius Katona.
    Summary: A concise and up-to-date text on the mental health of older people, this second edition is fully updated to reflect changes in technology, competency-based training, guidelines, law and treatments. Each chapter sits alone as an informative, readable and helpful resource for a range of health care professionals. Together the chapters form an essential text that contributes to the rising standards in old age psychiatry. With practical guidelines on clinical management, this edition also includes new sections on topics such as palliative care and migrant health, all written by a global authorship, considering international perspectives. Targeted at qualified and trainee consultant psychiatrists, this text is also useful to other doctors, medical students and healthcare professionals who work with older people.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Pauline Delahaye.
    Summary: This monograph is about new perspectives in animal studies methodology, by using concepts and tools from the field of semiotics. It proposes a reflexion on current challenges and issues in the ethology field, and introduces different semiotics - biosemiotics, zoosemiotics - as potential methodological solutions. The chapters cover many aspects of ethology where semiotics can be a helpful hand: studies of language, culture, cognition or emotions, issues about complex, endangered or variable species. It explains why these points are difficult to study for actual ethology, why they still matter for researchers, biodiversity actors or wildlife programs, and how an interdisciplinary study with a semiotic point of view can help understand them. This book will appeal to a wide readership, from researchers and academics in living sciences as well as in linguistics fields, to other professionals - veterinarian, wildlife managers, zookeepers, and many others - who feel the need to better understand some aspects of animals they are working with. Students with animal focus should read this book as an introduction to interdisciplinary methodology, and a proposition to work differently with animals.

    Contents:
    Intro; Acknowledgements; Contents; About the Author; List of Figures; List of Tables;
    Chapter 1: Introduction and Purpose; 1.1 Creation Process; 1.1.1 About the Subject; 1.1.2 About the Corpus; 1.1.3 About the Academic and Social Impact; 1.2 Why Use Semiotics in Animal Studies; 1.2.1 History of Semiotics; 1.2.2 History of Animal Studies; 1.3 Questions About Methodology; 1.3.1 Studying a Subject from Different Academic Fields; 1.3.2 Including New Corpus Categories; 1.3.3 Hypothesis, Biases and Ideologies; References;
    Chapter 2: Debates and Controversies; 2.1 Existing Controversies 2.1.1 Language2.1.2 Consciousness; 2.1.3 Emotions; 2.2 The Perspective of Humanities; 2.2.1 What Is an Animal?; 2.2.2 What Are Language Sciences For?; 2.2.3 The Specific French Academic Tradition; 2.3 Author Position; 2.3.1 The "Lesser Evil" Position; 2.3.2 About the Particular Case of Definitions; References;
    Chapter 3: Necessary and Problematic Definitions; 3.1 Necessary Definitions; 3.1.1 Emotion; 3.1.2 Consciousness; 3.1.3 Memory; 3.2 Problematic Definitions; 3.2.1 Language; 3.2.2 Emotions; 3.2.3 Intelligence; 3.2.4 Culture; References;
    Chapter 4: Semiotic Tools and Concepts 4.1 How to Pick Semiotic Tools4.1.1 Relevance; 4.1.2 Peirce's Tools; 4.1.3 Intensity, Frequency, Context; 4.2 Semiotic Concepts; 4.2.1 Intentional, Conscious, Unconscious; 4.2.2 Jakobson's Functions of Language; 4.2.3 Eco's Semiotic Theory; 4.2.4 About the Case of Anthropomorphism; References;
    Chapter 5: Intertheoricity: How to Build Bigger Models; 5.1 What Is Intertheoricity; 5.1.1 Academic Position About Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.2 Difficulties and Flaws of Interdisciplinarity; 5.1.3 Guillaume's Theory; 5.2 How Intertheoricity Allows for Bigger Models; 5.2.1 A Shared Methodology 5.2.2 Definitions: Harmonisation and Creation5.2.3 How Concepts "Communicate" with Each Other; 5.3 Why We Need Bigger Models; 5.3.1 More Complex Subjects; 5.3.2 Over-Specialised Researchers; 5.3.3 More Impact, Less Time; References;
    Chapter 6: Strengths and Flaws of Ethological and Biological Methodology; 6.1 Strengths to Work with; 6.1.1 Ancient and Strong Field; 6.1.2 Evolutive Methodology; 6.1.3 Observation-Based Science; 6.2 Flaws to Counter; 6.2.1 Leaving or Not Leaving the Laboratory; 6.2.2 Observation Is Disruption; 6.2.3 How Ideology Can Be Rooted in Science; References
    Chapter 7: Animal Studies, Animal Ethics7.1 Issues in Animal Studies; 7.1.1 Working with Living Beings; 7.1.2 Difficulty to Understand Stranger Minds; 7.1.3 Situation of Emergency; 7.2 Ethical Issues; 7.2.1 About Endangered Species; 7.2.2 About Complex Species; 7.2.3 About Pain in Animals; 7.3 Solutions of Semiotic Methodology; 7.3.1 On General Issues; 7.3.2 On Ethical Issues; References;
    Chapter 8: Building Zoosemiotics; 8.1 Between Semiotics and Animal Studies; 8.1.1 Semiotics and Biosemiotics; 8.1.2 Biosemiotics and Zoosemiotics; 8.2 Progress Wanted, and Progress Needed; 8.2.1 Where We Are
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Hans-Christoph Pape, Stephen L. Kates, Christian Hierholzer, Heike A. Bischoff-Ferrari, editors.
    Summary: This book describes a fully integrated approach to the management of elderly patients who are at risk of or suffer trauma, drawing on up-to-date knowledge from multiple specialties in recognition of the fact that the number and severity of comorbidities in this population requires expertise in many fields. Readers will find comprehensive and detailed coverage of the prevention of complications related to aging, geriatric care concepts, specific treatments in acute care, including fracture stabilization and diagnostic procedures, and the surgical management of different types of fracture and soft tissue trauma. Intensive care management of the geriatric patient is also extensively addressed. Information is provided on diverse aspects of the physiology of ageing, and the coverage is completed by discussion of fracture care service models and specific models of rehabilitation and aftercare designed to prevent further falls and adverse late outcomes. The authors are a group of renowned experts from each of the relevant fields, and the book will be a valuable asset for surgeons, intensivists, geriatricians, gerontologists, and rehabilitation specialists.

    Contents:
    Introduction Physiology of ageing
    Prevention of complications related to ageing
    Geriatric Care concepts in acute care
    Fracture care service models
    Specific treatments in acute care
    Surgical management of major fractures
    Intensive Care Management of the geriatric patient
    Rehabilitation and outcomes.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Muñoz-Espin, Marco Demaria.
    Summary: This book offers comprehensive information on the new and rapidly evolving science of identifying and targeting senescent cells, and on the exciting prospect of new diagnostic and therapeutic opportunities for stopping, and even reversing, the progression of disease and the deterioration of the human body due to ageing. According to recent United Nations data, by 2050 one in six people worldwide will be older than age 65, with peaks rising to one in four people in Europe and North America. Remarkably, the number of persons aged 80 years or older is expected to triple, from 143 million in 2019 to 426 million in 2050. First documented in the 1960s, the concept of cellular senescence as an underlying cause of ageing has been established in the course of the last decade. Using genetically engineered mouse models, researchers have demonstrated that the selective elimination of senescent cells can block and even reverse a number of age-related dysfunctions and pathologies, promoting both better health and longer life in the elderly. These include cardiovascular diseases; neurological disorders; type 1 and type 2 diabetes; inflammatory diseases; fibrosis; geriatric syndromes; chronic diseases resulting in organ dysfunction; the integrity of the musculoskeletal system; and cancer. Some senolytic agents have already progressed into trials. These include UBX0101 for the treatment of osteoarthritis (now in phase II), a cocktail of dasatinib and quercetin for the management of idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and chronic kidney disease, and ABT-263 in combination with senescence-inducing chemotherapies for the treatment of advanced solid tumours. In addition, the book discusses pathways to early phase clinical trials and translational approaches in medicine and ageing, highlighting new opportunities as well as current limitations, challenges and alternatives. Given its scope, it will benefit a broad audience of advanced educators, researchers, graduate students and practitioners.

    Contents:
    Part I: Origins and Development of Senotherapies
    Chapter 1. Senolytic drug development
    Chapter 2. Discovery of Senolytics and the pathway to early phase clinical trials
    Part II: The Impact of Senotherapies: from Regeneration to Aging
    Chapter 3. Interconnection between cellular senescence, regeneration and ageing in salamanders
    Chapter 4. Senolytics target senescent cells and improve aging and age-related diseases
    Chapter 5. Senotherapy of cancer
    Part III: Understanding and Targeting the Senescent Surfaceome
    Chapter 6. Targeted senolytic strategies based on the senescent surfaceome
    Chapter 7. Senolysis and senostasis through the plasma membrane
    Part IV: Novel Senescence-Associated Markers and Targets
    Chapter 8. In situ detection of miRNAs in senescent cells in archival material
    Chapter 9. Novel probes and carriers to target senescent cells
    Chapter 10. Potential applications of aptamers for targeting senescent cells
    Chapter 11. Mitochondria: potential targets for interventions to counteract senescence.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Wyndaele J.J.
    Summary: This book covers sensation in all major components of the pelvic region. The small pelvis is containing many different structures and viscera, and sensations elicited there are important for regulating a normal daily life and for warning that something is going wrong. The sensory system is driving in many aspects the motor activity, and precedes and guides the efferent functions. It is surprising that in the last 60 years the ratio between research and publications about sensory versus motor has gradually become less. There has been undoubtedly a rise in the number of publications written on pelvic sensation but in the same time the number of manuscripts on motor function have increased more. It is the hope that this compilation of most data available on sensation will be of interest for the reader, will incite to perform more research so that an important part of pelvic functional diagnosis and treatment modalities will use the whole of the mechanisms available. The book is intended for all interested in pelvic functions and the interactions between the different structures, specialists in urology, gastroenterology, sexuality, pain, pelvic floor function and dysfunction, paediatricians and geriatricians, neurologists, students and those in training . The reader will find interesting and challenging information, and suggestions for further research.

    Contents:
    Sensation
    Bladder
    Urehra
    Pain
    Pelvic floor
    Diagnosis
    Technical tests
    Psychology
    Kidneys
    Bowel
    Neuropathy
    Bladder training.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Editor-in-Chief, Bernd Fritzsch, University of Iowa, Iowa City, United States.
    Summary: "The Senses: A Comprehensive Reference, Second Edition, is a comprehensive reference work covering the range of topics that constitute current knowledge of the neural mechanisms underlying the different senses. This important work provides the most up-to-date, cutting-edge, comprehensive reference combining volumes on all major sensory modalities in one set. Offering 264 chapters from a distinguished team of international experts, The Senses lays out current knowledge on the anatomy, physiology, and molecular biology of sensory organs, in a collection of comprehensive chapters spanning 4 volumes. Topics covered include the perception, psychophysics, and higher order processing of sensory information, as well as disorders and new diagnostic and treatment methods. Written for a wide audience, this reference work provides students, scholars, medical doctors, as well as anyone interested in neuroscience, a comprehensive overview of the knowledge accumulated on the function of sense organs, sensory systems, and how the brain processes sensory input. As with the first edition, contributions from leading scholars from around the world will ensure The Senses offers a truly international portrait of sensory physiology. The set is the definitive reference on sensory neuroscience and provides the ultimate entry point into the review and original literature in Sensory Neuroscience enabling students and scientists to delve into the subject and deepen their knowledge."--publisher's web page, viewed September 10, 2020.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Sudhir Sopory, editor.
    Summary: Plants provide a source of survival for all life on this planet. They are able to capture solar energy and convert it into food, feed, wood and medicines. Though sessile in nature, over many millions of years, plants have diversified and evolved from lower to higher life forms, spreading from sea level to mountains, and adapting to different ecozones. They have learnt to cope with challenging environmental conditions and various abiotic and biotic factors. Plants have also developed systems for monitoring the changing environment and efficiently utilizing resources for growth, flowering and reproduction, as well as mechanisms to counter the impact of pests and diseases and to communicate with other biological systems, like microbes and insects. This book discusses the "awareness" of plants and their ability to gather information through the perception of environmental cues, such as light, gravity, water, nutrients, touch and sound, and stresses. It also explores plants' biochemical and molecular "computing" of the information to adjust their physiology and development to the advantage of the species. Further, it examines how plants communicate between their different organs and with other organisms, as well as the concepts of plant cognition, experience and memory, from both scientific and philosophical perspectives. Lastly, it addresses the phenomenon of death in plants. The epilogue presents an artist's view of the beauty of the natural world, especially plant "architecture". The book provides historical perspectives, comparisons with animal systems where needed, and general biochemical and molecular concepts and themes. Each chapter is selfcontained, but also includes cross talk with other chapters to offer an integrated view of plant life and allow readers to appreciate and admire the functioning of plant life from within and without. The book is a tribute by the Editor to his students, colleagues and co-workers and to those in whose labs he has worked.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Plant Diversity and Adaptation.- Chapter 2. The Light Awakens! Sensing Light and Darkness.- Chapter 3. Nutrient Perception and Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 4. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 5. Gravitropism of Plant Organs Undergoing Primary Growth.- Chapter 6. Plant Cognition: Ability to Perceive 'Touch' and 'Sound'.- Chapter 7. Perception of Stress Environment in Plants.- Chapter 8. Heterotrimeric G-protein Signaling in Plants.- Chapter 9. Plant Hormones
    Some Glimpses on Biosynthesis, Signaling Networks and Cross Talk.- Chapter 10. The Two-component System: Transducing Environmental and Hormonal Signals.- Chapter 11. Calcium Signaling: A Communication Network that Regulates Cellular Processes.- Chapter 12. Nitric Oxide a Tiny Decoder and Transmitter of Information.- Chapter 13. A Tale of Sugars and Hormones: Perception and Responses.- Chapter 14. ROS Signaling and its Role in Plants.- Chapter 15. Extracellular ATP Signaling in Animals and Plants: Comparison and Contrast.- Chapter 16. Mammalian Neurotransmitter are Important Signals Mediating Plant Morphogenesis.- Chapter 17. The Plant Cell Wall: Barrier and Facilitator of Environmental Perception.- Chapter 18. Plastid Retrograde Signals: More to Discover.- Chapter 19. Electric Signaling and Long Distance Communication in Plants.- Chapter 20. How Plants Respond to Pathogen Attack: Interaction and Communication.- Chapter 21. Integration of Multiple Signalling Cues.- Chapter 22. Plant Death: Short and Long Life Span to Immortality.- Chapter 23. Sentient Nature of Plants: Memory and Awareness.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Paule Valery Joseph, Valerie Buzas Duffy, editors.
    Summary: The textbook provides an overview of the sensory science field in the context of diseases such as obesity and Coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19). This book brings a summary of the state of the science in key areas and provides examples of translational science from using cellular and rodent models to human clinical trials and community health. The volume structure leads the reader through the physiology of taste and smell into how sensory testing for taste and smell is studied, basic mechanisms, various protocols that are used throughout the field along with the pros/cons of the current methods used. This resource is intended for classroom teaching, for novice researchers in sensory research as well as students and postdoctoral fellows. Example of courses are nutrition, basic nursing, interdisciplinary health courses, sensory perception (psychology), neuroscience, and medical courses, dentistry, food science and others.

    Contents:
    Preface
    1.Taste and Smell Systems Development during infancy, childhood
    2.Anatomy, Physiology and Neurobiology of Olfaction and Gustation
    3.Measurement of Olfaction : Screening and assessment
    4.Measurements of Gustation: Screening and assessment
    5.Measurements of Chemesthesis
    6.Integration of taste, smell and chemestesis: Clinical Implications
    7.Overview of olfaction and gustation under metabolic influences
    8.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with obesity
    9.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with diabetes
    10.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in individuals with hypertension
    11.Studies on the sense of smell and taste in psychiatric disorders
    12.Taste and Smell alterations and Neurodegenarative Disorders
    13.Taste and smell in weight loss surgery 3
    14.Taste and Smell alterations and Cancer Therapies
    15.Oral health and chemosensory problems
    16.Chemosensation and pharmacological treatments
    17.Oral and Extraoral Olfactory and Taste Receptors
    18.Sensory Nutrition. Implications to Health and Personalized Medicine
    19.Oral health and Microbiome: Implications for Taste.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Ana Valéria Colnaghi Simionato, editor.
    Summary: This book covers liquid chromatography, gas chromatography and capillary electrophoresis, the three main separation techniques lately available, applied to key omic sciences, such as genomics, proteomics, metabolomics and foodomics. The fundamentals of each technique are not covered herein. Instead, the recent advances in such techniques are presented focusing on the application to omics analyses and unique aspects in each case. This volume intends to offer wide ranging options available to researchers on omics sciences, and how to integrate them in order to achieve the comprehension of a biological system as a whole. Omic sciences have been of ultimate importance to comprehend the complex biochemical reactions and related events that occurs upon a biological system. The classical central dogma of molecular biology, which states that genetic information flows unidirectionally from DNA to RNA and then to proteins, has been gradually replaced by the systems biology approach. This book presents a multidisciplinary approach that explains the biological system as a whole, where the entire organism is influenced by a variety of internal events as well as by the environment, showing that each level of the biological information flux may influence the previous or the subsequent one.

    Contents:
    The new omics era into systems approaches: what is the importance of separation techniques?
    Biological Applications for LC-MS-Based Proteomics
    The role of chromatographic and electromigration techniques in Foodomics
    CE-MS for proteomics and intact protein analysis
    Peptidomics and Capillary Electrophoresis
    Discovery of native protein complexes by liquid chromatography followed by quantitative mass spectrometry
    Capillary electrophoresis based N-Glycosylation analysis in the biomedical and biopharmaceutical fields
    Practical considerations in method development for gas chromatography-based metabolomic profiling
    Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry for metabolomics: possibilities and perspectives
    Liquid Chromatography - Mass Spectrometry for Clinical Metabolomics: An Overview
    Analytical platforms for mass spectrometry-based metabolomics of polar and ionizable metabolites
    Metabolomic data treatment: basic directions of the full process
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Guillermo Ortiz-Ruiz, Carmelo Dueñas-Castell, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Nicholas S. Ward, Mitchell M. Levy, editors.
    Summary: This book is designed to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art resource for clinicians who care for patients with sepsis and research scientist alike, . Patients with severe sepsis requiring ICU admission have very high rates of ICU and overall hospital mortality, with estimates ranging from 18 to 50%. Risk factors for death from sepsis include underlying illness, increased age, and multi-system organ failure. This is compounded by the significant variation in the management of early severe sepsis. Care of these patients and clinical conditions can be quite complex, and materials are collected from the most current, evidence-based resources. Book sections have been structured to review the overall definitions and epidemiology of sepsis as well as current insights into the pathophysiology of sepsis. This review summarizes the evidence for the international consensus guidelines for the identification and management of sepsis. The latter part of this book reviews emerging concepts and approaches in the diagnosis and management of sepsis that may significantly reduce mortality in the future. Sepsis: Pathophysiology, Definitions and the Challenge of Bedside Management represents a collaboration between authors drawn from a variety of disciplines and contributions from basic scientists and highly recognized clinical opinion leaders with expertise in clinical trials.

    Contents:
    Section 1
    Chapter 1 Introduction
    Chapter 2 Sepsis Definitions
    Chapter 3 Epidemiology of Sepsis: Current Data and Predictions for the Future
    Section 2
    Chapter 4 Overview of the Molecular Pathways and Mediators of Sepsis
    Chapter 5 Sepsis-induced Immune Suppression
    Chapter 6 Molecular Targets for Therapy
    Section 3
    Chapter 7 Mechanisms of Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis
    Chapter 8 Sepsis-Induced AKI
    Chapter 9 Sepsis and the Lung
    Chapter 10 Organ Dysfunction in Sepsis: Brain, Neuromuscular, Cardiovascular, and Gastrointestinal
    Section 4
    Chapter 11 Diagnosis of Sepsis: Clinical Findings and the Role of Biomarkers
    Chapter 12 Source Control in Sepsis
    Chapter 13 Hemodynamic Support in Sepsis
    Chapter 14 Bundled Therapies in Sepsis
    Chapter 15 Genetics in the Prevention and Treatment of Sepsis.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Nicasio Mancini.
    Contents:
    Microbiological diagnosis of sepsis : the confounding effects of a "Gold Standard" / Nicasio Mancini, Roberto Burioni, and Massimo Clementi
    Pathophysiological aspects of sepsis : an overview / Yong-Ming Yao [and 3 others]
    Clinical aspects of sepsis : an overview / Giacomo Monti [and 4 others]
    Technical improvements in culturing blood / Giacomo Pardini
    Matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time of flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF/MS)-based identification of pathogens from positive blood culture bottles / Philippe Lagacé-Wiens
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from positive blood culture bottles : a manual and an automated protocol / Minna Mäki
    Broad-range PCR in the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a sequencing approach / Yoshitomo Morinaga and Katsunori Yanagihara
    Identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from positive blood culture bottles : a microarray-based approach / Teresa Raich and Scott Powell
    Detection of carbapenemases using matrix-assisted laser desorption/ionization time-of-flight mass spectrometry (MALDI-TOF MS) meropenem hydrolysis assay / Jaroslav Hrabák
    Molecular detection of antibiotic resistance genes from positive blood cultures / Musa Y. Hindiyeh [and 4 others]
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : manual protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Helge Mühl, and Claudia Disqué
    Bacterial and fungal DNA extraction from blood samples : automated protocols / Michael G. Lorenz, Claudia Disqué, and Helge Mühl
    Broad-range PCR for the identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood : a sequencing approach / Eva Leitner and Harald H. Kessler
    Real-time PCR-based identification of bacterial and fungal pathogens from blood samples / Madeleine Mai [and 6 others]
    Host response biomarkers in the diagnosis of sepsis : a general overview / Marianna Parlato and Jean-Marc Cavaillon
    Host response biomarkers in sepsis : the role of procalcitonin / Jean-Louis Vincent, Marc Van Nuffelen, and Christophe Lelubre
    Host response biomarkers in sepsis : overview on sTREM-1 detection / Jérémie Lemarié, Damien Barraud, and Sébastien Gibot
    Host response biomarker in sepsis: suPAR detection / Evangelos J. Giamarellos-Bourboulis and Marianna Georgitsi
    Clinical diagnosis of sepsis and the combined use of biomarkers and culture- and non-culture-based assays / Frank Bloos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Arjen M. Dondorp, Martin W. Dünser, Marcus J. Schultz, editors.
    Summary: This book is open access under a CC BY 4.0 license. It constitutes a unique source of knowledge and guidance for all healthcare workers who care for patients with sepsis and septic shock in resource-limited settings. More than eighty percent of the worldwide deaths related to sepsis occur in resource-limited settings in low and middle-income countries. Current international sepsis guidelines cannot be implemented without adaptations towards these settings, mainly because of the difference in local resources and a different spectrum of infectious diseases causing sepsis. This prompted members of the Global Intensive Care working group of the European Society of Intensive Care Medicine (ESICM) and the Mahidol-Oxford Tropical Medicine Research Unit (MORU, Bangkok, Thailand) - among which the Editors - to develop with an international group of experts a comprehensive set of recommendations for the management of sepsis in resource-limited settings. Recommendations are based on both current scientific evidence and clinical experience of clinicians working in resource-limited settings. The book includes an overview chapter outlining the current challenges and future directions of sepsis management as well as general recommendations on the structure and organization of intensive care services in resource-limited settings. Specific recommendations on the recognition and management of patients with sepsis and septic shock in these settings are grouped into seven chapters. The book provides evidence-based practical guidance for doctors in low and middle income countries treating patients with sepsis, and highlights areas for further research and discussion. .

    Contents:
    Table of contents List of Contributors Foreword Preface 1. Current Challenges in the Management of Sepsis in ICUs in Resource-poor Settings and Suggestions for the Future 2. Development of the Guidelines
    Focus on Availability, Feasibility, Affordability and Safety of Interventions in Resource-limited Settings 3. Infrastructure and Organization of Adult Intensive Care Units in Resource-limited settings 4. Recognition of Sepsis in Resource-limited Settings 5. Core Elements of General Supportive Care for Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 6. Ventilatory Support of Patients with Sepsis or Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 7. Hemodynamic Assessment and Support in Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 8. Infection Management in Patients with Sepsis and Septic Shock in Resource-limited Settings 9. Management of Severe Malaria and Severe Dengue in Resource-limited Settings 10. Pediatric Sepsis and Septic Shock Management in Resource-limited Settings.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Print
    R.A.M. Case ... [et al.].
    Contents:

    v. 1. England and Wales, 1911-70 : Deaths and death rates by sex, age, site, and calendar period.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    RC279.G7 S47 1976
    4
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    3
  • Print
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    4
  • Digital/Print
    ed. by E.C. Seguin ...
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    L39 .S45
    3
  • Print
    Contents:
    Monograph 1. Unemployment insurance
    Monograph 2. Old age dependency
    Monograph 3. Health insurance
    Monograph 4. Social insurance legislation
    Monograph 5. The administration of unemployment insurance
    Monograph 6. The limitations of unemployment insurance
    Monograph 7-12. British experience with unemployment insurance
    Monograph 13. The problem of old age dependency.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I414 .M59
    13
  • Digital
    edited by Wolfgang Blenau, Universität zu Köln, Köln, Germany, Arnd Baumann, Forschungszentrum Jülich, Jülich, Germany.
    Contents:
    Novel Approaches to Serotonin Receptor Interaction Studies
    Techniques for the Study of GPCR Heteromerization in Living Cells and Animal Models
    Organotypic Slices and Biolistic Transfection for the Study of Serotonin Receptor Function in CNS Neurons
    Dissecting a Model of Depressive-Related Phenotype and Antidepressants Effects in 129S2/SvPas Mice
    The Murine Serotonin Syndrome and the 5-HT1A Receptor: Behavioral Effects and Hypothermia
    5-HT4 Receptor Subtype, Î2-arrestin Level, and Rapid Onset Effects of Antidepressant Drugs
    Autoshaping Memory Formation and Retention Loss: Are Serotonin and Other Neurotransmitter Transporters Involved?
    Flow Cytometry to Determine Serotonin Transporter Function in Human Peripheral Blood Cells
    Functional Genomics of Serotonin Receptors in Helminth Parasites: Elucidation of Receptor Function through RNA Interference (RNAi)
    Visualization of the Serotonin System in Drosophila Brain: Immunofluorescence and Confocal Microscopy
    Serotonin Modulates Adult Neurogenesis in an Invertebrate Model: Approaches to Receptor Localization and Function
    Immunolocalization of Serotonergic Neurons in Arthropod Developmental and Phylogenetic Neuroanatomy.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Ben Davidson, Pınar Firat, Claire W. Michael.
    Summary: This revised and updated second edition contains multiple microscopic illustrations of all diagnostic entities and ancillary techniques, providing a comprehensive, authoritative guide to all aspects of serous effusions. It now includes the many new antibodies which have been tested since the previous edition, as well as a discussion on next-generation sequencing and molecularly targeted therapy. Section one covers diagnosis for benign and malignant effusions while section two discusses biology, therapy, and prognosis highlighting clinical approaches that may be of value. Serous Effusions provides an indispensable guide to all aspects of current practice for cytopathologists, cytotechnicians, pathologists, clinicians and researchers in training and practice.

    Contents:
    Benign effusions
    Lung carcinoma
    Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
    Breast carcinoma
    Malignant mesothelioma
    Hematological hematologic and lymphoid neoplasia
    Cancer of other origin
    Lung carcinoma
    Ovarian/primary peritoneal carcinoma
    Breast carcinoma
    Malignant mesothelioma
    Cancer of other origin.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    James Merlino, MD, Chief Experience Officer of Cleveland Clinic.
    Summary: Cleveland Clinic has long been recognized for driving some of the best clinical outcomes in the nation, but it was not always a leader in patient experience. There was a time when this revered organization ranked among the lowest in the country in this area. Within ten years, however, it had climbed to among the highest and has emerged as the thought leader in the space. How did Cleveland Clinic turn itself around so effectively and so quickly? More important, how can you do the same with your organization? In gripping, visceral, on-the ground fashion, Service Fanatics reveals the strategies and tactics the Clinic applied to become one of today's leading patient-experience healthcare organizations--methods that seamlessly translate to any business seeking to improveits customer experience.

    Contents:
    Transformed by the patient experience
    Patients first as true north
    Leading for change
    Describing the elephant: Defining the patient experience and strategy
    Culture is critical
    Cultural alignment : the Cleveland Clinic experience
    Physician involvement is vital
    Want to know what patients think? Ask!
    Execution is everything
    Healthcare requires service excellence
    Doctors need to communicate better
    Making patients our partners
    Getting it done has defined our success
    Epilogue: We have a responsibility to lead.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2015
  • Digital
    Teppo Hujala, Anne Toppinen, Brett J. Butler, editors.
    Summary: With this book, the reader will become familiar with services and service research as evolving phenomena in private, non-industrial family forestry. Targeted as learning material for higher-education students in Western economies, and as a handbook for forest scientists worldwide, the book has a strong theoretical base, but also a practical orientation with examples of novel forest services from different regions and contexts. Conceptual foundations of service dominant logic (S-D logic) will introduce the reader to the service research lenses, through which the subsequent chapters scrutinize services designed and offered to family forest owners. These publicly funded or market services typically help owners fulfil various land ownership objectives through forest management. Increasingly, these services are helping landowners to secure and improve ecosystem services provision from their forests and helping to meet demands from the various stakeholders. While the book essentially approaches services as a continuous, value co-creation activity by forest owners and service providers, it recognizes and analyses the role of supporting institutions and policy frameworks in service evolution. Moreover, the book takes a step further by contemplating the wider societal transitions that may be required to enable service ideas to become service innovations as part of paradigmatic changes of markets, entrepreneurship, and customer behavior that help society move towards more sustainable and responsible bio-based economy.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I. Market Environment and Context
    Section II. Public Service and Business Innovations
    Section III. Emerging Service Topics
    Section IV. Transitions Governance.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Committee on the Immunization Finance Dissemination Workshops, Division of Health Care Services, Institute of Medicine.
    Contents:
    Pt.1. Summary of the Chicago Workshop
    Pt. 2. Summary of the Austin Workshop
    Pt.3. Summary of the Los Angeles Workshop
    Pt. 4. Summary of the Washington, D.C. Workshop
  • Digital
    Michael T. Lawton, MD ; illustrations by Xavier Studio: Kenneth Xavier Probst, MA, CMI.
    Summary: "The book is organized into three sections: tenets, the seven arteriovenous malformations, and selection. The tenets establish eight steps for AVM resection that comprise the phases of battle, as follows: step 1, exposure; step 2, subarachnoid dissection; step 3, defining the draining vein; step 4, defining the feeding arteries; step 5, pial dissection; step 6, parenchymal dissection;, step 7, ependymal or deep dissection; and step 8, finally resection. Critical concepts for dissection and resection are covered in the tenets section. In the section on the seven arteriovenous malformations, the anatomical battlefields for the lobes and deep regions are reviewed, 32 subtypes are described, and a resection strategy is presented for each subtype, step by step. The selection section addresses the secret to successful AVM surgery, which has nothing to do with surgical strategy or technique; rather, it is choosing your battles wisely"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Exposure
    Subarachnoid dissection
    Draining veins
    Feeding arteries
    Pial dissection
    Parenchymal dissection
    Ependymal/deep dissection
    Arteriovenous malformation resection
    Intraoperative arteriovenous malformation rupture
    Surgeon factors
    Frontal arteriovenous malformations
    Temporal arteriovenous malformations
    Parieto-occipital arteriovenous malformations
    Ventricular and paraventricular arteriovenous malformations
    Deep arteriovenous malformations
    Brainstem arteriovenous malformations
    Cerebellar arteriovenous malformations
    Patient selection
    Multimodality management strategies and treatment selection.
  • Digital
    Michael T. Lawton ; illustrated by Kenneth Xavier Probst.
    Contents:
    End-to-side anastomosis
    Side-to-side anastomosis
    End-to-end anastomosis
    Dexterity
    Donors and recipients
    In the zone
    Clamp time
    Arteriotomy
    Suturing technique
    Tissue handling
    Tightening and tying
    Bypass patency
    Aneurysm occlusion
    Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass
    Extracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
    Reimplantation
    In situ bypass
    Reanastomosis
    Intracranial-to-intracranial bypass with interposition graft
    Combination bypass
    Middle cerebral artery bypass strategy
    Anterior cerebral artery bypass strategy
    Posterior inferior cerebellar artery bypass strategy
    Basilar artery bypass strategy.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Thieme-Connect
    Thieme MedOne Neurosurgery
  • Print
    Marc Lesser ; Foreword by Daniel J. Siegel, MD.
    Summary: "The former director of the Tassajara Zen Center and a cofounder of Google's Search Inside Yourself program shows how modern workplaces can become more productive, compassionate, and harmonious by applying the practice of mindfulness"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword / by Daniel J. Siegel, MD
    Introduction
    Investigate. Love the work ; Do the work ; Don't be an expert ; Connect to the pain
    Connect. Connect to the pain of others ; Depend on others
    Integrate. Keep making it simpler
    Epilogue.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BioSciences Career Center Collection (Duck Room)
    Prof Dev 126
    1
  • Digital
    Erick Forno, Sejal Saglani, editors.
    Summary: This book provides readers with a comprehensive review of severe asthma in children and adolescents, covering epidemiology, genetics, risk factors, co-morbidities, clinical presentation, diagnosis and treatment. Written by leaders in the field, chapter discussions draw on the mechanisms driving the disease, genetics, multidisciplinary approaches, and immunomodulators, and other important aspects in the management of the disease. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents: Mechanisms and Management is designed to be a practical guide, opening with an introduction on the epidemiology of severe childhood asthma, as well as a discussion of special considerations of the disease unique to the preschool-aged patient. The distinctions between the diagnosis and management of asthma in young children of various ages, and specific approaches for the adolescent with severe asthma, including the transition into adult care are then addressed. Finally, the book closes with a discussion on the current state and future avenues for severe asthma research. Severe Asthma in Children and Adolescents is an indispensable reference for the healthcare professional, for basic and translational researchers, as well as for students, residents and fellows.

    Contents:

    Section 1: GENERAL OVERVIEW 1. Epidemiology of severe asthma: This chapter will include a discussion of the prevalence of 'severe asthma', how it differs in children from adults, natural history from birth cohorts into adolescence and adult life, impact of childhood disease on adult function and COPD; etc. 2. Special considerations in preschool age: Highlight the importance of the problem, how preschool differs from school-age presentation and natural history, pathophysiology, viral induced wheezing, the impact of atopy and prematurity; etc.
    Section 2: DIAGNOSIS OF SEVERE ASTHMA 3. Confirming the diagnosis of 'severe asthma': Evaluation for 'difficult to treat' vs. severe asthma, evaluation of steroid response, discussion of ERS/ATS, GINA, and NAEPP definitions. 4. Comorbidities or 'asthma plus': Review of how comorbidities may worsen asthma, with emphasis on chronic rhinosinusitis, obesity, obstructive sleep apnea, gastroesophageal reflux disease, etc.
    Section 3: MANAGEMENT OF SEVERE ASTHMA 5. Multidisciplinary management: The importance of non-pharmacological management including lifestyle modification, smoking, pollution, trigger avoidance, adherence to medication, need for social support, etc. 6. Stepwise pharmacological approach: Review of ATS/ERS, GINA, NAEPP stepwise approach, inhaled steroids, LABA, LAMA, theophylline, systemic steroids, LTRA, etc. 7. Immunotherapy and immunomodulators: SCIT, SLIT, omalizumab, mepolizumab, and other immunomodulators or 'biologicals'. 8. Special considerations for the management of preschool wheeze: Discuss the acute episodes and maintenance therapy, assessments of etiology inflammation and infection to direct management, asthma predictive index, early interventions and disease modification. 9. Management of side effects and complications: Importance of preventing and managing side effects from medications, such as adrenal suppression, bone health, growth issues, etc. Working with other subspecialists. The need for an annual review. 10. Management of acute, severe, life-threatening exacerbations: Acute treatment options including non-invasive and invasive ventilation. Discussion of those patients who may do not have severe chronic impairment but that mostly do well and then have very acute and life-threatening exacerbations. 11. Adolescence and transition to adulthood: Impact of puberty, males vs females, issues in adolescence such as adherence, medical beliefs, importance of a formal approach in the transition to adult care, assessment of readiness; etc.
    Section 4: CURRENT AND FUTURE RESEARCH 12. Basic mechanisms mediating severe pediatric asthma: Basic science research, animal models, molecular studies, potential therapeutic agents. 13. Clinical studies and clinical trials: Physiological assessments, bronchoscopic studies, phenotyping/endotyping studies, cluster analyses, biomarkers, etc. 14. Genomics and pharmacogenomics: Studies involving genetic risk/predisposition, biomarkers, pharmacogenetics, transcriptomics. 15. Future directions: Metabolomics, proteomics, microbiome; need for a unified approach to definition, management, and outcomes to allow for international clinical trials. 16. Potential therapeutic agents from adult trials: Emerging options in adults that can be extrapolated to pediatrics, LAMA, immunosuppressants, bronchial thermoplasty, immunomodulators including dupilumab, benralizumab, lebrikizumab. bronchoscopic-tailored treatment, antimicrobials, etc.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Masayuki Saijo, editor.
    Summary: This book presents the latest knowledge on all aspects of severe fever with thrombocytopenia syndrome (SFTS), an emerging infectious disease endemic to China, South Korea, and Japan that is caused by a bunyavirus first discovered in 2011, widely referred to as SFTS virus (SFTSV) though recently renamed Huaiyangshan banyangvirus. The contents will be of interest for the light that they cast on not only this viral infection but viral hemorrhagic fevers in general. The opening chapters summarize general considerations and perspectives regarding SFTS and describe the discovery process in each of the affected countries. The basic mechanism of SFTSV infection is then examined from the perspectives of epidemiology, pathology, and virology. The book goes on to examine in detail the mode of spread and transmission of SFTSV, means of infection control, and diagnosis and therapy. The final two chapters explore Heartland virus infections and Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever with the aim of highlighting similarities and differences compared with SFTS. This book will be of interest to all researchers who study emerging viruses and infections, whether in Asia or elsewhere, as well as to clinicians who may encounter SFTS.

    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents;
    Chapter 1: Introduction; 1.1 Introduction; 1.2 Discovery of a Novel Viral Hemorrhagic Fever-like Infection, SFTS, in Peoples' Republic of China; 1.3 Discovery of SFTS Epidemics in Japan and South Korea; 1.4 Causative Virus, SFTSV; 1.5 Similarity and Difference in the Characteristics Between Two Bunyavirus Infections SFTS and CCHF; 1.6 Life Cycle of SFTSV and the Transmission Route of SFTSV to Humans; 1.7 Epidemiology; 1.8 Clinical Manifestations; 1.9 Laboratory Diagnosis; 1.10 Pathology and Pathophysiology; 1.11 Necessity to Develop Specific Treatment for SFTS 1.12 Necessity to Develop Specific Preventive Measures against SFTS1.13 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 2: The Discovery Process of SFTS in China; 2.1 Introduction; 2.2 Case Surveillance; 2.3 Identification of the Viral Gene and Genetic Analysis; 2.4 Isolation of the Novel Virus; 2.5 Detection of the Virus in the Patients with SFTS; 2.6 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 3: The Discovery Process of SFTS in Japan; 3.1 Introduction; 3.2 The First Patient Diagnosed with SFTS in Japan; 3.2.1 Case Presentation (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.2.2 Definitively Diagnosing the Patient (Takahashi et al. 2014) 3.2.3 Public Announcement of the First Patient with SFTS in Japan (Saito et al. 2015)3.2.4 The First Retrospective Study for SFTS in Japan (Takahashi et al. 2014); 3.3 Intuitional Cooperation; 3.4 Conclusion; References;
    Chapter 4: Severe Fever with Thrombocytopenia Syndrome in the Republic of Korea; 4.1 Detection of the First SFTS Case in the Republic of Korea; 4.1.1 Case Description; 4.1.2 Isolation of SFTS Virus from the First Case (Kim et al. 2013); 4.1.3 Characterization of the Isolate of SFTS Virus; 4.2 Epidemiology of SFTS in Human 4.3 Phylogenetic Analysis of SFTS Virus Isolated from the Republic of Korea4.4 Future Direction; References;
    Chapter 5: Virology of SFTSV; 5.1 Genomic Structure of SFTSV; 5.2 Structural Proteins; 5.2.1 N protein; 5.2.2 GP Precursor, Gn, and Gc; 5.2.3 L Protein; 5.3 Nonstructural Protein; 5.4 Assembly of Virus Particles; 5.5 Plaque Formation and Cytopathic Effect in SFTSV-Infected Cells; 5.6 Syncytium Formation of SFTSV-Infected Cells Induced by pH-Dependent Membrane Fusion; 5.7 Transportation of Viral Proteins in Cells; References;
    Chapter 6: Molecular Epidemiology of SFTSV; 6.1 Introduction 6.2 The Impact of in vitro Passaging on the Nucleotide Sequences of SFTSV Genomes6.3 Phylogenetic Analysis; 6.4 The Nucleotide and Amino Acid Sequence Homology Between SFTSV Strains; 6.5 The Geographical Distribution of SFTSV Strains; 6.6 The Migration of the SFTSV Strains Beyond the Geographical Separation; References;
    Chapter 7: Epidemiology of SFTS in China; 7.1 Introduction; 7.2 Surveillance System in China; 7.3 Case Definition of SFTS; 7.4 Disease and Geographical Distribution; 7.5 Geographical Distribution; 7.5.1 Henan Province; 7.5.2 Shandong Province; 7.5.3 Hubei Province
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Wynnis Tom.
    Summary: Children are no less spared from severe skin diseases. This textbook is designed as a practical clinical reference that will guide practitioners in treating difficult dermatoses in children in whom topical therapy has been unsuccessful. Individual sections are devoted to inflammatory diseases, immune-mediated/autoimmune diseases, tumors and proliferative disorders, and genodermatoses. Each chapter addresses which patients represent suitable candidates for systemic or other non-topical therapy and considerations and caveats in the use of such approaches. Potential treatments are then appraised from a current evidence-based perspective, with provision of detailed but relevant information and reference tables that summarize recommendations in use and monitoring. Future directions in management are also presented.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Xiaobing Fu and Liangming Liu.
    Summary: This book discusses recent progress in organ damage and tissue repair following severe trauma and sepsis. In part 1, it introduces the theory and clinical practice in organ damage. In part 2, it covers all the subjects of sepsis, ranging from mechanism, inflammation, and infection to the lung injury and neonatal sepsis. In part 3, it discusses 4 new advances techniques in tissue repair. There are 20 chapters contributed by experts in each area. This book is a valuable reference for scientists and clinicians to know the new knowledge and technology in severe trauma and sepsis, which will benefit their work in research and clinic through multidisciplinary collaboration.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Sarah A. Tilstra, Deborah Kwolek, Julie L. Mitchell, Brigid M. Dolan, Michael P. Carson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides primary care clinicians, researchers, and educators with a guide that helps facilitate comprehensive, evidenced-based healthcare of women and gender diverse populations. Many primary care training programs in the United States lack formalized training in women's health, or if they do, the allotted time for teaching is sparse. This book addresses this learning gap with a solid framework for any program or individual interested in learning about or teaching women's health. It can serve as a quick in-the-clinic reference between patients, or be used to steer curricular efforts in medical training programs, particularly tailored to internal medicine, family medicine, gynecology, nursing, and advanced practice provider programs. Organized to cover essential topics in women's health and gender based care, this text is divided into eight sections: Foundations of Women's Health and Gender Based Medicine, Gynecologic Health and Disease, Breast Health and Disease, Common Medical Conditions, Chronic Pain Disorders, Mental Health and Trauma, Care of Selected Populations (care of female veterans and gender diverse patients), and Obstetric Medicine. Using the Maintenance of Certification (MOC) and American Board of Internal Medicine blueprints for examination development, authors provide evidence-based reviews with several challenge questions and annotated answers at the end of each chapter. The epidemiology, pathophysiology, evaluation, diagnosis, treatment, and prognosis of all disease processes are detailed in each chapter. Learning objectives, summary points, certain exam techniques, clinical pearls, diagrams, and images are added to enhance reader's engagement and understanding of the material. Written by experts in the field, Sex and Gender-Based Women's Health is designed to guide all providers, regardless of training discipline or seniority, through comprehensive outpatient women's health and gender diverse care.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Common Topics for Reproductive Age Women
    Abnormal Uterine Bleeding
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Polycystic Ovarian Syndrome
    Amenorrhea and the Female Athlete Triad
    Irritable Bowel Disease
    Migraine Headaches
    SECTION II: Mental Health
    Mood Disorders in Women
    Intimate Partner Violence and Sexual Trauma
    Eating Disorders
    SECTION III: Special Populations
    LGBT Care
    Gender Dysphoria and Care of the Transgender Patient
    SECTION IV: Gynecologic Issues
    Vaginitis and Cervicitis
    Benign Gynecologic Disease: Fibroids, Endometriosis, Ovarian Cysts
    Chronic Pelvic Pain (pelvic floor dysfunction, interstitial cystitis, sexual trauma, psychologic)
    Gynecologic Emergencies: Ectopic Pregnancy, Ovarian Torsion, and Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
    Cervical Cancer Screening and Management of the Abnormal Pap
    Cancers of the Urogenital Tract (Ovarian/Uterine/Fallopian/Vulvar/Vaginal/Bladder)
    SECTION V: Breast Health
    Breast Cancer Screening
    Care of the Breast Cancer Survivor and Chemoprophylaxis
    Benign Breast Disease
    SECTION VI: Cardiovascular Health
    Risk Factors for Heart Disease in Women
    Guidelines for Prevention and Treatment of Cardiovascular Disease in Women
    SECTION VII: Pregnancy
    Preconception Counseling
    Care of the Pregnant Patient
    Post-Partum Care
    SECTION VIII: Common Topics for Menopause Age Women
    Diagnosis and Management of Menopause
    Atrophic Vaginitis
    Urinary Incontinence
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Bone Health.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Franck Mauvais-Jarvis, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I. Sex differences in diabetes and obesity
    Part II. Role of estrogens in metabolic homeostasis
    Part III. Impact of androgens in metabolic homeostasis and disease
    Part IV. Transgender biology and metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Patricia Silveyra, Xenia T. Tigno, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an overview of the latest experimental work on sex-based differences in lung function and inflammation. Readers will learn how these differences relate to individual predispositions for the development of lung disease in men and women, and in different stages of their reproductive lives. Further, the book focuses on diseases that predominantly affect women or men, with an emphasis on the physiological mechanisms underlying their pathobiology. In turn, these findings are complemented by chapters on recent studies, which investigate how circulating sex hormone levels impact the lungs innate immune response to environmental agents and air pollution. The pathogeneses of asthma and viral respiratory infection are also major focus areas. As an outlook, the book also discusses current and future research directions aimed at developing sex-specific therapies for lung disease. To examine these anatomical and physiological differences in the male and female respiratory systems, the authors employ a broad range of methods from molecular and clinical biology. Accordingly, the book will be a fascinating read for physiologists and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    References
    Preface
    Acknowledgments
    About This Book
    Contents
    About the Editors
    Chapter 1: Sex Differences in Respiratory Physiology
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Historical Studies of Sex Differences
    1.3 Definitions and Methods to Assess Respiratory Structure/Function
    1.4 Sex Differences in the Developing Lung
    1.5 Peri-Pubertal Sex Differences and Adulthood
    1.6 Importance of Sex Differences in the Lung
    References
    Chapter 2: Sex Differences in the Anatomy of the Airways and the Lungs: Impact on Dysanapsis across the Lifespan 2.1 Introduction
    2.1.1 Anatomical Overview of Airways and Lungs
    2.1.1.1 Airways
    2.1.1.2 Lung
    2.2 Determinants of Sex Differences in the Airways, the Lungs, and dysanapsis
    2.2.1 Dimensional Determinants
    2.2.1.1 Nasopharynx
    2.2.1.2 Pharynx
    2.2.1.3 Glottis
    2.2.1.4 Vocal Cords
    2.2.1.5 Larynx
    2.2.1.6 Trachea and Main Bronchi
    2.2.2 Lung
    2.3 Dysanapsis
    2.4 Immunological Determinants
    2.5 Hormonal Determinants
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Sex Steroids and Their Influence in Lung Diseases Across the Lifespan
    3.1 Introduction 3.2 Biology of Sex Steroids
    3.2.1 Estrogen
    3.2.2 Progesterone
    3.2.3 Testosterone
    3.2.4 Other Regulators of Sex Steroids
    3.3 Functions of Sex Steroids Across the Lifespan: An Emphasis on Lung Diseases
    3.3.1 Effects of Sex Steroids in Prenatal Lungs
    3.3.2 Effects of Sex Steroids in Early Childhood
    3.3.3 Effects of Sex Steroids in Late Childhood/Puberty
    3.3.4 Effects of Sex Steroids in Adult Lungs
    3.3.5 Effects of Sex Steroids in Aging Lungs
    3.4 Conclusion and Future Scope
    References
    Chapter 4: Sex Differences in the Developing Lung: Implications for Disease 4.1 Introduction
    4.2 Neonatal Lung
    4.2.1 Lung Development During Gestation and Infancy
    4.2.2 Gender Disparities in Preterm Neonatal Outcomes
    4.2.3 Gender and Respiratory Outcomes in Preterm Infants
    4.2.3.1 Respiratory Distress Syndrome (RDS)
    4.2.3.2 Bronchopulmonary Dysplasia (BPD)
    4.2.3.3 Sex-specific Response to Environmental Smoking Exposures
    4.2.3.4 Chronic Cough
    4.2.3.5 Protracted (or Persistent) Bacterial Bronchitis (PBB)
    4.2.3.6 Primary Ciliary Dyskinesia (PCD)
    4.2.3.7 Non-cystic Fibrosis (Non-CF) Bronchiectasis
    4.2.3.8 Cystic Fibrosis (CF) 4.3 Prepubertal Development of the Lung
    4.3.1 Lung Development During Early Childhood
    4.3.2 Pulmonary Function Testing in Infants and Preschool Children
    4.3.2.1 Forced Deflation and the Rapid Thoracoabdominal Compression
    4.3.2.2 Measures of Compliance and Resistance
    4.3.2.3 Forced Oscillation Technique (FOT)
    4.3.2.4 Inert Gas Washout (IGW)
    4.3.2.5 Electrical Impedance Tomography (EIT)
    4.3.2.6 Ventilator Graphics
    4.3.3 Pulmonary Function Testing in Older Children
    4.3.3.1 Spirometry
    4.3.4 Sex Differences in Airway Obstruction and Lung Diseases
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Rupert Lanzenberger, Georg S. Kranz, Ivanka Savic.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Sex Differences in Neurology and Psychiatry
    Copyright
    Available titles
    Foreword
    Preface
    Contributors
    Contents
    Section I: Sex differences in neuroanatomy and neurophysiology
    Chapter 1: Structural differences between male and female brains
    Why Sex Matters: Searching for Differences Between Male and Female Brains
    A Short Detour Into the World (of Human Brain Mapping): Global, Regional, and Local
    A Mixed Bag: A Multitude of (Conflicting) Findings Based on Structural MRI
    Global measures
    Regional measures
    Some general observations A specific consideration: The corpus callosum
    Local measures
    Voxel-wise gray matter volume
    Vertex-wise cortical thickness
    Point-wise cortical gyrification
    Why Size Matters: The Possible Confounding Impact of Total Brain Volume
    Conclusions
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter 2: Beyond sex differences and a male-female continuum: Mosaic brains in a multidimensional space
    The Basis of the Mosaic Hypothesis: Studies in Laboratory Animals
    Testing the Mosaic Hypothesis
    Mosaic in human brain structure and connectivity as revealed by magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) Mosaic in brain connectivity
    Mosaic in neuronal numbers in the post-mortem human hypothalamus
    Mosaic in structural changes following exposure to severe real-life stress
    A Comment on the Source of Differences Between Women and Men
    Typical and Rare Brain ``Types ́́
    Criticism of the Mosaic Hypothesis
    Questioning the analytical method used to test the mosaic hypothesis
    The question of prediction
    The straw-man criticism of the mosaic hypothesis
    Moving from a Male-Female Continuum to a Multidimension Space
    Conclusions
    References Chapter 3: Sex differences and brain development during puberty and adolescence
    Introduction
    Sex Effects on Anatomical Brain Changes Across Childhood and Adolescence
    Anatomical brain changes
    Cerebral cortex
    Subcortical structures
    White matter
    Sex effects on anatomical brain development
    Cerebral cortex
    Subcortical structures
    White matter
    Greater male variability in brain structure and development
    Behavioral and Functional Brain Changes and Sex Effects
    Behavioral changes and brain functioning
    Social and affective functioning
    Social relationships Emotion processing and amygdala responsiveness
    Behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive development
    Sex effects in adolescent functional brain changes and behavior
    Sex effects in affective brain functioning
    Sex effects in behavioral control, risk-taking, and cognitive functioning
    Sex steroid hormones at puberty and adolescence
    Gender Identity Development
    Gender incongruence
    Sexual orientation
    Effects of puberty suppression and gender-affirming hormones on brain and cognition
    Concluding Remarks
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Nayoung Kim, editor.
    Summary: Sex/gender - specific medicine (SGM) is defined as the practice of medicine based on the understanding that biology and social roles are important in men and women for disease prevention, screening, diagnosis, and treatment. Current research demonstrates differences in disease incidence, symptomatology, morbidity, and mortality based on sex and gender. Sex/gender-specific medicine is a fundamental aspect of tailored therapy and precision medicine. Therefore, the variables must be considered in medical education and practice as well as in research models ranging from human participants, animals and cells. Gastroenterology is very big and important division of Internal Medicine, which include esophagus, stomach, small and large intestine, pancreatobiliary tract and liver. Nowadays estrogen is known to play a key role in the prevention of colon cancer and progression of liver cirrhosis and hepatocellular carcinoma, especially in women. This book covers the sex/gender-specific medicine in the area of gastrointestinal (GI) tract in the adults as well as in the pediatrics and in the gut microbiota.

    Contents:
    1. Sex/gender-specific medicine
    2. The difference of sex and gender in the gastrointestinal diseases
    3. The metabolism of estrogen and testosteron
    4. Esophagus
    5. Stomach
    6. Pancreas and biliary diseases
    7. Liver
    8. Colon
    9. Brain-Gut-Microbiome axis
    10. Sex difference of gut microbiota
    11. Overlap syndrome of FGIDs (functional gastrointestinal disorders)
    12. Sex difference of gastrointestinal diseases in the pediatrics
    13. Pharmacodynamics and Pharmacokinetics of gastrointestinal drugs
    14. Sex/gender-specific medicine education and work-l ife conflict and its health effects on Korean gastroenterologists according to age and sex.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Anthony C. Hackney, editor.
    Summary: It is well-established, through extensive peer-reviewed published research, that physical activity and exercise training can impact the reproductive endocrine system of women. This ground-breaking, comprehensive title presents a range of unique insights into the opposite question: how the reproductive endocrine system of women affects their exercise ability. More precisely, the thematic question explored in this work is: if exercise affects reproductive hormones, conversely then could the reproductive hormones have physiological effects unrelated to reproduction that influence the capacity of women to exercise? In exploring this question, the goal is to better understand the unique physiology of women and whether female sex hormones might account for some of the variance in physiological performance between amenorrheic and eumenorrheic women, and within women across the age span as they experience menarche to menopause. Sex Hormones, Exercise and Women: Scientific and Clinical Aspects synthesizes the research by exploring the physiology and psychology behind these occurrences. This novel title will not only be of interest to researchers, exercise scientists, graduate students, and clinicians; it will also serve as a source of valuable information for female athletes and their trainers in the context of preparing for competitions.

    Contents:
    Ch1: The Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Ovarian Axis and Oral Contraceptives: Regulation and Function
    Ch2: Sex Hormones and Their Impact on the Ventilatory Responses to Exercise and the Environment
    Ch3: Sex Hormones and Substrate Metabolism During Endurance Exercise
    Ch4: Sex Hormone Effects on the Nervous System and their Impact on Muscle Strength and Motor Performance in Women
    Ch5: Estrogen and Menopause: Muscle Damage, Repair and Function in Females
    Ch6: Nutritional Strategies and Sex Hormone Interactions Within Women
    Ch7: The Effect of Sex Hormones on Ligament Structure, Joint Stability and ACL Injury Risk
    Ch8: Sex Hormones and Physical Activity in Women: An Evolutionary Framework
    Ch9: Sex Hormones and Environmental Factors Affecting Exercise
    Ch10: Exercise, Depression? Anxiety Disorders and Sex Hormones
    Ch11: Stress Reactivity and Exercise in Women
    Ch12: Sex Hormones, Cancer & Exercise Training in Women
    Ch13: The Effects of Acute Exercise on Physiological Sexual Arousal in Women
    Ch14: Sex Hormones, Menstrual Cycle, and Resistance Exercise
    Ch15: Effects of Sex Hormones and Exercise on Adipose Tissue
    Ch16: Exercise in Menopausal Women.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Peter L.M. Kerkhof, Virginia M. Miller, editors.
    Summary: This book gathers together contributions from internationally renowned authors in the field of cardiovascular systems and provides crucial insight into the importance of sex- and gender-concepts during the analysis of patient data. This innovative title is the first to offer the elements necessary to consider sex-related properties in both clinical and basic studies regarding the heart and circulation on multiscale levels (i.e. molecular, cellular, electrophysiologically, neuroendocrine, immunoregulatory, organ, allometric, and modeling). Observed differences at (ultra)cellular and organ level are quantified, with focus on clinical relevance and implications for diagnosis and patient management. Since the cardiovascular system is of vital importance for all tissues, Sex-Specific Analysis of Cardiovascular Function  is an essential source of information for clinicians, biologists, and biomedical investigators. The wide spectrum of differences described in this book will also act as an eye-opener and serve as a handbook for students, teachers, scientists and practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Shira M. Goldenberg, Ruth Morgan Thomas, Anna Forbes, Stefan Baral, editors.
    Summary: This open access book provides a comprehensive overview of the health inequities and human rights issues faced by sex workers globally across diverse contexts, and outlines evidence-based strategies and best practices. Sex workers face severe health and social inequities, largely as the result of structural factors including punitive and criminalized legal environments, stigma, and social and economic exclusion and marginalization. Although previous work has largely emphasized an elevated burden and gaps in HIV and sexually transmitted infection (STI) services in sex work, less attention has been paid to the broader health and human rights concerns faced by sex workers. This contributed volume addresses this gap. The chapters feature a variety of perspectives including academic, community, implementing partners, and government to synthesize research evidence as well as lessons learned from local-level experiences across different regions, and are organized under three parts: Burden of health and human rights inequities faced by sex workers globally, including infectious diseases (e.g., HIV, STIs), violence, sexual and reproductive health, and drug use Structural determinants of health and human rights, including legislation, law enforcement, community engagement, intersectoral collaboration, stigma, barriers to health access, im/migration issues, and occupational safety and health Evidence-based services and best practices at various levels ranging from individual and community to policy-level interventions to identify best practices and avenues for future research and interventions Sex Work, Health, and Human Rights is an essential resource for researchers, policy-makers, governments, implementing partners, international organizations and community-based organizations involved in research, policies, or programs related to sex work, public health, social justice, gender-based violence, women's health and harm reduction. .

    Contents:
    Overview and Evidence-Based Recommendations to Address Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers
    Part I. Burden of Health and Human Rights Inequities Faced by Sex Workers Globally. The Epidemiology of HIV Among Sex Workers Around the World: Implications for Research, Programs, and Policy ; Global Burden of Violence and Other Human Rights Violations Against Sex Workers ; Sexual and Reproductive Health and Rights Inequities Among Sex Workers Across the Life Course ; Exploring the Protective Role of Sex Work Social Cohesion in Contexts of Violence and Criminalisation: A Case Study with Gender-Diverse Sex Workers in Jamaica ; Patterns and Epidemiology of Illicit Drug Use Among Sex Workers Globally: A Systematic Review
    Part II. Structural Determinants of Health and Human Rights Inequities in Sex Work. Criminalised Interactions with Law Enforcement and Impacts on Health and Safety in the Context of Different Legislative Frameworks Governing Sex Work Globally ; Stigma, Denial of Health Services, and Other Human Rights Violations Faced by Sex Workers in Africa: "My eyes were full of tears throughout walking towards the clinic that I was referred to" ; Criminalisation, Health, and Labour Rights Among Im/migrant Sex Workers Globally
    Part III. Evidence-Based Services and Best Practices: Opportunities for Action. Sex Worker-led Provision of Services in New Zealand: Optimising Health and Safety in a Decriminalised Context ; Best Practices and Challenges to Sex Worker Community Empowerment and Mobilization Strategies to Promote Health and Human Rights ; Reimagining Sex Work Venues: Occupational Health, Safety, and Rights in Indoor Workplaces ; Integrated Interventions to Address Sex Workers' Needs and Realities: Academic and Community Insights on Incorporating Structural, Behavioural, and Biomedical Approaches.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Veronica Ades, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Why This Book Is Needed
    A Word About Terminology
    Women and LGBTQ
    FGM/FGC
    Trauma-Informed Care
    Summary
    References
    Acknowledgments
    Contents
    Contributors
    Assistant Editors
    Authors
    Part I: Defining Trauma
    1: What Is Psychological Trauma?
    Introduction
    What Is Psychological Trauma?
    Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Characteristics of Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Reactions to Sexual and Gender-Based Violence
    Mental Health Reactions to Trauma
    Cognitive Reactions to Trauma
    Social Reactions to Trauma Physical Health Reactions to Trauma
    The Trauma Survivor as a Patient
    Conclusion
    References
    2: Psychoeducation: Discussing Trauma with Patients
    Introduction
    Basic Trauma Themes
    Theme 1: Fight, Flight, and *Freeze* (Table 2.1)
    Theme 2: The Response to Trauma is Automatic
    Theme 3: Body Responses Connect to Survival, Both During and After
    Theme 4: Trauma is About the Experience, not the Exposure
    Theme 5: Symptoms of Hyper- and Hypo-arousal are Normal
    Themes on the Patient-Provider Interaction
    Theme 6: Messages of Guilt, Shame, and Fault are Common Theme 7: Messages of Self-blame and Shame Can and Should Be Addressed Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
    Stance and Approach
    Basic Principles of Psychoeducation
    Reduction of Shame
    Titration of Information
    Use the Language of the Patient, Not of Pathology or Disorder
    Think About Diagnoses Within a Frame of Helpfulness (or not) with the Patient
    If You Make a Mistake, Apologize and Mindfully Move Along
    If the Patient Closes off (Shift in Body Language, Affect, Speech, or Contact), Notice and Discuss
    Embolden Curiosity Minimize Surprise Within the Provider/Patient Relationship
    Consider the Patient as a Whole Person, Not Only a Survivor
    Working with Patient Reactions in the Moment
    Ways to Explain Trauma Therapy and Provide a Referral
    References
    Part II: Context-Specific Trauma
    3: Intimate Partner Violence and the Training of Healthcare Providers
    Background
    SAIF Curriculum Content
    Screen
    Framing Statements
    Limits of Confidentiality
    Screening Questions
    How Often, When, Where
    Assess
    Negative Response (Does Not Endorse IPV Situation)
    Unclear Response Positive Response
    Intervene
    Safety Planning
    Follow-Up
    Documentation
    SAIF Curriculum Design and Implementation
    Evaluation of the Workshop
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Reducing Barriers to Medical Care for Survivors of Commercial Sexual Exploitation
    Introduction
    Definitions
    How Trafficking Works
    Working with Survivors
    Epidemiology of Sex Trafficking
    Identifying Survivors
    Physical Needs of Survivors
    Trauma-Informed Intake and Pace
    Building Healing Patient-Provider Relationships
    Nonjudgmental and Strength-Based Language
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Joseph Truglio, Rita S. Lee, Barbara E. Warren, Rainier Patrick Soriano, editors.
    Summary: This book is a point-of-care resource for effective sexual and reproductive healthcare for patients of all ages, sexual orientations, gender identities and medical backgrounds in the primary care setting. This useful guide is divided into three parts, and other than part three, which deals exclusively with transgender and gender diverse patients, all content will relate to patients of all gender identities. Part one presents sexual and reproductive health (SRH) using a lifespan approach, including chapters on pediatrics, adolescents and young adults, adults, and older adult patients. Part two presents an approach to common SRH issues that span multiple age groups, including contraception and family planning, sexually transmitted infections and cancer screenings as well as sexual and reproductive health in the setting of common medical conditions. Part three is dedicated to sexual and reproductive health for transgender and gender non-binary patients, including psychosocial, medical, surgical and legal aspects of health. This book provides primary care clinicians with a framework for providing effective sexual and reproductive healthcare to patients of all ages, sexual orientations and gender identities in a way that is inclusive, focuses on health, and addresses the needs unique to specific populations.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Section I: Sexual and Reproductive Health: A Lifespan Approach
    Pediatrics
    Young Adults
    Adults
    Geriatric
    Section II: Essential Topics in Sexual and Reproductive Health
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Sexual Dysfunction
    Cancer Screening
    Intimate Partner Violence
    Spirituality and SRH
    Section III: Special Populations
    Congenital Heart Disease
    Developmental Delay
    Orthopedic Issues
    Cardiopulmonary Issues
    Long-Term Cancer Survivors
    Solid Organ Transplant Recipients
    Section IV: Healthcare for Transgender and Gender Non-Conforming Individuals
    Mental Health and Psychosocial Support
    Medical Management
    Surgical Options
    Fertility and Reproductive Choices
    Legal Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Lindsay M. Orchowski, Christine A. Gidycz.
    Summary: Sexual Assault Risk Reduction and Resistance explores the theory, research, and practice of sexual assault risk reduction, resistance education, and self-defense programs for women and other vulnerable groups, including sexual minorities, individuals with disabilities, and those with histories of victimization. Following an ecosystemic perspective, the book examines individual risk and protective factors for sexual victimization, as well as peer-, family-, community- and societal-level factors that influence risk for sexual violence and inform the content of programs. This volume brings together leading researchers and practitioners to operationalize sexual assault risk reduction approaches and highlights the rationale and need for risk reduction in the context of other sexual assault prevention efforts. The volume provides an overview of the history of this sexual assault prevention approach and addresses current controversies and questions in the field. The authors outline risk and protective factors for victimization and discuss how these factors guide risk reduction efforts. The volume also outlines the theory and effectiveness of current sexual assault risk reduction and resistance practices and addresses special populations and future directions.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Matthew Bennett, Emma Goodall.
    Summary: This SpringerBrief provides readers with a comprehensive snapshot of contemporary research about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual behaviours and interests. The authors use a scoping review approach to canvass the diverse literature on this topic. This approach shows many gaps in scholarly understanding about autistics and their experiences and insights of sexual interests and behaviours. Some of the gaps relate to sex education, gender dysphoria and gender reassignment surgery, pregnancy and childbirth, and domestic violence experiences of autistics. The book addresses these gaps and provides explanations and recommendations for further research.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Methodology
    Results
    Recommendations for Research in the Future, and Final Comments.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Emmanuele A. Jannini, Alberto Siracusano, editors.
    Summary: This book addresses the fundamental importance of the proper assessment and treatment of sexual disorders in patients with mental disorders with regard to their treatment outcomes and adherence to therapies. In fact, patients with mental disorders often suffer from sexual dysfunctions and in many cases, pharmacological treatment causes sexual-dysfunction side-effects. However, anxiety disorders, personality disorders, eating disorders and psychotic disorders are often also characterized by sexual symptoms that have a profound impact on sexual function. The psychopathology of sexual behavior investigates deficits in the mind-body relationship that are expressed through sexual symptoms such as erectile dysfunction, premature ejaculation, vaginismus, orgasmic disorders, or lack of sexual desire. These symptoms can be considered both prodromal and as a consequence of psychological or psychiatric suffering. Written by a multidisciplinary team of experts, this book offers a valuable guide for psychiatrists, andrologists, gynecologists and psychologists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Angie Rantell, editor.
    Summary: This book provides to nurses an understanding of female sexual function and dysfunction specifically in relation to common gynecological conditions. It offers evidence based overview of assessment of sexual function, including available questionnaires and provides a multidisciplinary approach to managing sexual dysfunction, from incontinence to pelvic organ prolapse and recurrent urinary tract infections. It also covers a holistic approach including over the counter and home treatments, psychological therapies, physical therapies, pharmacological options and if necessary more invasive interventions. Sexual function and pelvic floor dysfunction is often a neglected area due to the taboo nature of discussions. This book aims to educate nurses, to help them understand the types of treatment options available, and encourage them to engage in conversations about sexual function with women, so that they can be referred to appropriate health professionals and access the right care.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Models of female sexual function
    Chapter 3. What is sexual dysfunction?
    Chapter 4. Impact of Incontinence on female sexual function
    Chapter 5. Impact of Pelvic organ prolapse
    Chapter 6. Impact of recurrent urinary tract infections
    Chapter 7. Impact of Genitourinary Syndrome of the Menopause
    Chapter 8. Introducing the subject to women
    Chapter 9. History taking and physical examination
    Chapter 10. Subjective and objective outcome measures
    Chapter 11. Over the counter and home remedies /devices
    Chapter 12. Psychological therapies
    Chapter 13. Physical therapies
    Chapter 14. Pharmacological and surgical management
    Chapter 15. Partners / impact of male issues
    Chapter 16. Access to services and help seeking behaviour.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Christopher Sonnex.
    Summary: This fully revised and updated second edition covers the range of conditions seen in genitourinary medicine, sexual health and sexually transmitted infection clinics, making it a useful and practical guide for all health practitioners in this area. Aimed at medical practitioners, this book provides a quick reference guide to help with diagnosis and management of genital problems. In addition, it provides essential guidance on what to do next when faced with a patient presenting with a genital complaint, whether the patient can be successfully treated with a drug regimen or needs to be referred up to the sexual health and genital medicine specialist. Sexual Health and Genital Medicine in Clinical Practice, Second Edition is of particular interest to residents on their rotations through this field of medicine, doctors in training, specialist nurses, and primary care practitioners.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    edited by Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn.
    Summary: There has been dramatic social change with respect to lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender (LGBT) rights around the world in the last decade. Yet legal protection and inclusion remain limited for LGBT youth. The context of schooling is especially important-schools remain the primary societal institution to which most youth have access and in which nearly all youth spend some significant portion of their lives. LGBT youth are at risk for some of the greatest difficulties experienced by adolescents, and many of those problems have been traced directly to negative school experiences. Research shows that anti-LGBT school victimization results in poor academic performance and negative school attitudes, mental health, and risk behaviors. New studies have identified characteristics of schools that are associated with inclusion and safety for LGBT students, including practices and policies that are associated with positive school climate and student wellbeing. Sexual Orientation, Gender Identity, and Schooling brings together contributions from a diverse group of researchers, policy analysts, and education advocates from around the world to synthesize the practice and policy implications of research on sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling. The book is interdisciplinary, as studies of LGBT students and schooling have emerged across disciplines including education, clinical, school, and developmental psychology; sociology; and public health. Included are syntheses of key areas of research; examples of new international models for educational practice; case studies of transformational policy and practice; and specific examples of the nexus of research, practice, and policy. The fundamental goal of this book is to advance social justice related to sexual orientation and gender identity through strengthening the relationship between research, practice, and policy to support LGBT students and schools. It will be of interest to school, developmental, and clinical psychologists, educators and school administrators, and LGBT scholars. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction : Sexual orientation, gender identity, and schooling / Stephen T. Russell and Stacey S. Horn
    Understanding and reducing homophobic harassment and victimization in schools / V. Paul Poteat
    School safety and connectedness matter for more than educational outcomes : the link between school connectedness and adolescent health / Elizabeth Saewyc and Yuko Homma
    Disrupting hetero-gender-normativity : the complex role of LGBT affirmative supports at school / Neal A. Palmer, Joseph G. Kosciw, Emily A. Greytak, and Madeline J. Boesen
    Supporting LGB/T youth : comprehensive school transformation as effective bullying prevention / Sarah Schriber, Stacey S. Horn, Christina Peter, L. Boyd Bellinger, and David Fischer
    LGB-parent families and the school context / Abbie E. Goldberg
    Transsexuality and school education in Brazil / Maria Rita de Assis Cesar and Josafá Moreira da Cunha
    The school-to-prison pipeline and the pipeline population : the patterns and practices of its production and dismantling possibilities / Shannon Snapp and Adela C. Licona
    Inextricably linked : the shared story of ethnic studies and LGBTQ-inclusive curriculum / Shannon Snapp and Stephen T. Russell
    Teaching about sexual and gender diversity and challenging homophobia/transphobia in the South African school system / Finn Reygan
    Sexual and gender minorities and bullying in Japan / Makiko Kasai
    Changing the school climate : a critical examination of the policies and strategies against homophobia adopted in the Province of Quebec, Canada / Line Chamberland and Gabrielle Richard
    Advocacy to support gender identity development in schools in the face of organized backlash / David Fischer, L. Boyd Bellinger, Stacey S. Horn, and Shannon L. Sullivan
    The shifting political winds : LGBT students, educational policy and politics, and the dilemmas confronting street-level bureaucrats / Catherine A. Lugg and Jason P. Murphy
    Enumerated U.S. state laws : evidence from policy advocacy / Stephen T. Russell, Stacey S. Horn, Raymond L. Moody, Amanda Fields, and Elizabeth Tilley
    From "dignity" to "success" : using strategic communications to change policies and perspectives / Ryan Schwartz and Carolyn Laub
    The Australian context : turning research into policies, policies into research / Tiffany Jones and Lynne Hillier
    The use of research in policy and advocacy for creating safe schools for LGBTQ students / Carolyn Laub and Hilary Burdge
    Sexual diversity in Spanish schools / José Ignacio Pichardo Galán
    Homophobia, schooling, and the Italian context / Salvatore Ioverno, Nicola Nardelli, Roberto Baiocco, Isabella Orfano, and Vittorio Lingiardi
    Sexual orientation, gender identity, and school : learning from the past, envisioning the future / Stacey S. Horn and Stephen T. Russell.
    Digital Access Oxford 2017
  • Print
    edited by Earl E. Shelp.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Conceptual roots.--v.2 Ethical viewpoints in transition.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    BF692 .S4347
    2
  • Digital
    Antonio Cristaudo, Massimo Giuliani, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive, well-illustrated, and easily accessible book documents the latest research outcomes concerning sexually transmitted infections (STIs) and describes important advances in their prevention, diagnosis and treatment. The changes in the epidemiology and clinical aspects of STIs that have occurred over the past decade are fully explored, with special attention to core groups and patients with immunological disorders. The emerging challenges associated with particular sexually transmitted pathogens, including C. trachomatis, N. gonorrhoeae, HPV, and HIV, are identified and discussed. Readers will find detailed information on modern preventive strategies, new laboratory and diagnostic techniques, and a range of innovative treatments, including vaccines, continuous antiretroviral therapy, and new drugs against hepatitis viruses. Attention is also drawn to new directions in biomedical research that promise clinical benefits for the patients and communities. The combination of a detailed clinical and research approach, with emphasis on new knowledge and innovative aspects, ensures that the book will be of value to a wide readership comprising both clinicians and researchers.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Section 1 Global Epidemiology
    Global epidemiology of Sexually Transmitted Infections in the 21st century: beyond the numbers
    The new epidemiology of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
    Social and Behavioral determinats of STI in the 21st century. An overview
    Section 2 Prevention and control of STI
    Behavioral Prevention Strategies for STI
    Vaccines for STIs: present and future directions
    Section 3 Laboratory and diagnostic techniques
    New diagnostic approaches to viral Sexually Transmitted infections
    New tools for the diagnosis of bacterial STIs
    Section 4 The clinical spectrum of STI
    The syphilis after the year 2000
    Neisseria gonorrhoeae infections
    Novel approach to Chlamydia trachomatis Infections in female and male
    Genital Herpes: clinical and scientific novelties
    Clinical Management of anogenital warts and Intraephitelial neoplasia
    Sexually Transmitted Hepatitis
    Bacterial Vaginitis and Vaginosis
    The clinical spectrum of Human Immunodeficiency Virus infection
    Donovanosis, chancroid and endemic treponematoses. Clinical features and control
    The Lymphogranuloma venereum as re-emerged sexually transmitted infection
    HHV-8 Infection and Kaposi Sarcoma
    Section 5 Modern challenges in STI area
    Biological pathways of HPV-induced carcinogenesis
    Antimicrobial resistance of Neisseria Gonorrhoeae: a new challenge
    The men who have sex with men (MSM) as core group for STI
    The vaccines against HPV: a new direction for STI prevention
    Immunological strategies against T. Pallidum infections
    Natural history of anal HPV Infection.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Sophia A. Hussen, editor.
    Summary: This book is designed to present a comprehensive and state-of the-art update that covers the pathophysiology, epidemiology, and clinical presentation of the most frequently encountered STIs in adolescence and young adulthood. The introductory sections discuss more general themes including approaches to obtaining a sexual history and exam, concerns of sexual minority youth, ethical and legal considerations, and health disparities in STIs in this population. Subsequent chapters are organized by pathogen such as herpes simplex virus, and human immunodeficiency virus, or clinical syndrome including pelvic inflammatory disease, and vaginitis. Each chapter begins with a case study to illustrate key characteristics of the disease process in question and includes rich illustrations, resources, and guidelines. Written by experts in the field, the text includes a review of epidemiology, pathophysiology, treatment, prevention, and adolescent-specific considerations that is vital to working with this important population. With its transdisciplinary perspective, Sexually Transmitted Infections in Adolescence and Young Adulthood is a unique text that is valuable to infectious disease specialists, adolescent medicine specialists, gynecologists, primary care physicians, advanced practice providers, medical administrative staff, school nurses, sexual health educators, social workers, and public health officials.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Acknowledgements
    Contents
    Contributors
    Part I: Considerations in the Care of Sexually Active Adolescents
    Chapter 1: Approach to the Sexual History and Physical Exam
    Sexual History
    General Approach
    Parental Involvement in the Visit
    Critical Questions to Ask
    Physical Exam
    References
    Chapter 2: Care of Sexual and Gender Minority Adolescents
    Definitions and Epidemiology
    Approach to Sexual Healthcare with Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
    Creating a Welcoming Environment
    Setting the Stage for Confidentiality, Nonjudgment, and Honesty Taking a Sexual History
    Physical Examination
    Sexual Health Considerations in Sexual and Gender Minority Youth
    Human Immunodeficiency Virus
    Chlamydial and Gonococcal Infections
    Syphilis
    Hepatitis
    HPV
    Bacterial Vaginosis
    Use of Toys
    Contraception and Family Planning
    Case Discussion
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 3: Racial Disparities in STIs Among Adolescents in the USA
    Differences in Sexual Risk Behaviors
    Differences in STI Risk Among Sexual Networks
    SES-Related Inequities Disproportionately Experienced by Minorities That Reduce Access/Care SES/Racial Inequities Indirectly Increase STIs Through Psychosocial/Behavioral Mechanisms
    SES/Racial Inequities That Directly Increase STI Susceptibility Through Biological Stress Regulatory Systems
    Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 4: Ethical and Legal Considerations in STI Treatment for Adolescents
    Minor Status
    Emancipation
    Mature Minors
    Exceptions for Sexually Transmitted Infections
    Confidentiality
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Common Clinical Syndromes
    Chapter 5: Vaginitis and Cervicitis
    Introduction
    Normal and Abnormal Physical Exam Bacterial Vaginosis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Vulvovaginal Candidiasis
    Epidemiology
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Trichomoniasis
    Non-infectious Causes of Vaginitis
    Foreign Body
    Vulvar Vestibulitis
    Allergic Vaginitis
    Cervicitis
    Epidemiology
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Pregnancy Considerations
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 6: Pelvic Inflammatory Disease
    Syndrome Description
    Risk Factors
    Immune System and PID
    IUD and PID
    PID Symptomatology Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Prevention
    Screening Programs
    Education
    Other Prevention Strategies
    Other Considerations
    HIV and PID
    Incarceration
    Lesbian, Bisexual, and Transgender Youth
    Sexual Violence
    Other PID Correlations
    Case Conclusion
    References
    Chapter 7: Urethritis
    Syndrome Description
    Normal and Abnormal Physical Examination
    Differential Diagnosis
    Diagnosis
    Treatment
    Nongonococcal Urethritis (NGU)
    Gonococcal Urethritis
    General Instructions to Patient
    Follow-Up
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Laura Hinkle Bachmann, editor.
    Summary: Though recent breakthroughs in research advance care with each day, the population of HIV-infected individuals continues to grow globally, leaving them particularly susceptible to additional STDs that are complicated by their immunocompromised state. This text is the only book to provide a comprehensive and state-of-the-art review of issues relevant to STI care in the HIV-infected adult, adolescent, and transgendered populations. Written by experts in the field, HIV in HIV-Infected Adults and Adolescents approaches these unique needs through its review of sexual history, synergies between STIs and HIV, epidemiology, issues specific for HIV-infected individuals, clinical presentation, diagnosis and management considerations for ten common STIs, and prevention strategies. Each topic includes a case-based presentation and the most current CDC-recommended STI treatment regimens. Sexually Transmitted Infections in HIV-Infected Adults and Special Populations is the ultimate resource for any physician treating adults and special populations with HIV, including HIV clinicians, sexual health specialists, general internists, family medicine practitioners, infectious diseases specialists, advanced practice clinicians, and physicians.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Sexual history - this is where it begins
    STDs and HIV - Syndemics and Synergy
    Bacterial STDs
    Viral STDs
    Parasitic STDs
    Other
    Prevention
    Special populations.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    von Sanitätsrat Dr. Magnus Hirschfeld.
    Contents:
    pt. 1. Geschlechtliche Entwicklungsstörungen mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Onanie
    pt. 2. Sexuelle Zwischenstufen das männliche Weib und der weibliche Mann
    pt. 3. Störungen im Sexualstoffwechsel mit besonderer Berücksichtigung der Impotenz.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    O671 .H66
    2
  • Digital
    [edited by] Charles J. Yeo.
    Contents:
    Volume 1. Section I: Esophagus and Hernia. Part one: Anatomy and physiology of the esophagus
    Part two: Diagnostic evaluation of the esophagus
    Part three: Esophageal motility disorders and diverticula
    Part four: Gastroesophageal reflux disease
    Part five: Paraesophageal hernia
    Part six: Barrett esophagus
    Part seven: Esophageal cancer
    Part eight: Miscellaneous esophageal conditions
    Part nine: Hernia
    Section II: Stomach and small intestine
    Volume 2. Section III: Pancreas, biliary tract, liver, and spleen. Part one: Pancreas
    Part two: Biliary Tract
    Part three: Liver
    Part four: Spleen
    Section IV: Colon, rectum, and anus. Part one: Anatomy, physiology, and diagnosis of colorectal and anal diseases
    Part two: Benign colon, rectal, and anal conditions
    Part three: Inflammatory diseases
    Part four: Neoplastic disease
    Part five: Techniques and pearls
    Digital Access ClinicalKey v. 1-2, 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Saskia K. Nagel.
    Summary: The volume offers a unique collection of articles on pediatric neuroenhancement from an international and multidisciplinary perspective. In recent years, the topic of "neuroenhancement" has become increasingly relevant in academia and practice, as well as among the public. While autonomous adults are free to choose neuroenhancement, in children it presents its own ethical, social, legal, and developmental issues. A plethora of potential (neurotechnological) enhancement agents are on the market. While the manifold issues surrounding the topic have been extensively discussed, there is little work on the specific questions that arise in children and adolescents. This book addresses this gap in the literature: Next to conceptual and normative work on autonomy and self-control, the collection explores the implications for parenting and schooling, and provides input for a discussion of public attitudes. It is a valuable resource for the different academic communities confronted with questions of how to evaluate and approach enhancement in children and is of interest to neuroethicists, scholars in applied ethics and neurology, psychiatrists and psychologists as well as scientists developing enhancement interventions for children.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gustavo De Deus, Emmanuel J.N.L. Silva, Erick Souza, Marco A. Versiani, Mario Zuolo, editors.
    Summary: This book provides clinicians with up-to-date, scientifically based guidance on the most important stages of endodontic treatment, i.e., cleaning and shaping of the root canal space, including mechanical preparation and chemical disinfection. Five internationally recognized experts present and discuss recent developments and new perspectives in the field. Important advances in root canal preparation and irrigation procedures are described with the aid of numerous high-quality illustrations. A key feature of the book is the detailed attention devoted to the latest research findings and to their impact on contemporary evidence-based clinical guidelines and modern clinical practice. On this basis, simple treatment protocols are proposed that take the anatomy of the root canals fully into account. In addition, emerging problems and trends are considered. The book will be an excellent resource for clinicians and advanced practitioners who are seeking to update their practice.

    Contents:
    The Classical Schilder's Principles of Cleaning and Shaping
    Shaping for Cleaning: an Updated Approach for Canal Debridement
    The Complexity of the Root Canal Anatomy and its Influence on Canal Preparation and Irrigation
    Modern Strategies for Root Canal Shaping
    Manual and Mechanical Glide Path
    Mechanical Preparation: The Status of the Rotary Systems
    Mechanical Preparation: The Current Role of the Reciprocating Systems
    Cleaning and Shaping in Retreatment Cases
    Chemical Disinfection: Root Canal Irrigants, Devices and Techniques
    Root Canal Preparation and Irrigation in a World of Surrogates
    Evidence-based: Root Canal Enlargement and Apical Limits
    Managing Complex Canal Anatomies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kiya Movassaghi, editor.
    Summary: This book fills the gap for lack of a precise roadmap to approach the fundamentals of implant-based breast surgery to achieve optimal results. Despite the vast number of publications on breast surgery, there is a deficit in easy to process yet detailed source of information which brings all of the concepts together. With observation, surgical experience, and better devices the approach to implant-based breast surgery must evolve from "volumizing" the breast to "shaping" the breast. In a concise and accessible fashion, Shaping the Breast covers the best practices in breast surgery covering topics of primary augmentation, augmentation mastopexy, composite augmentation, revision breast surgery and breast reconstruction. In a methodical and logical approach, it provides the successful pillars for reproducible outcomes which includes patient assessment, biodimensional planning, surgical techniques and patient care along with pearls and pitfalls. It includes dozens of before and after images alongside case studies to illustrate the management of variety of complex issues

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Shaping the Breast: Optimizing Outcomes in Breast Augmentation
    Chapter 2. Shaping the Breast in Augmentation Mastopexy
    Chapter 3. Composite Breast Augmentation.-Chapter 4. Optimizing Aesthetics with Reconstructive Breast Surgery
    Chapter 5. Shaping the Breast: Managing Complex Breast Issues.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited by] Ann F. Schrooten, Barry P. Markovitz.
    Summary: This book tells true and poignant stories from both sides of the physician-patient/parent relationship and provides a unique glimpse into how parents and physicians think, feel, and interact. The stories are grouped under four sections: Hope, Compassion, Communication, and Trust. Each section includes stories contributed by parents from all across the United States and by pediatricians practicing at many of the best children's hospitals throughout the country. The parents tell of interactions with physicians that had a significant impact on them and their child and offer context and insight that promote empathy and reflection. The physicians tell of interactions with patients and families that served as learning moments in their career and promote the humanization of medicine and show there is more to a physician beyond their scientific knowledge and white coat. The stories are edited by Barry P. Markovitz - a pediatrician specializing in critical care medicine who has been in practice for more than 20 years and by Ann F. Schrooten - the parent of a child born with a chronic complex condition who has more than 15 years of experience interacting with pediatric subspecialists and other healthcare professionals who cared for her son. The editors have written commentaries to the stories to provide an independent perspective on the events and messages conveyed and to encourage reflection, inquiry, and discussion. In addition to being a valuable resource for pediatricians, pediatric subspecialists, nurses and other healthcare professionals, the book will also appeal to families of children living with complex medical conditions because it shares physician encounters and behaviors many have experienced in the care of their own children. By giving a voice to both parents and physicians, the goal is to create a bridge to better understanding that can improve communication, minimize conflicts, and foster trust and compassion among physicians, patients, and families. .

    Contents:
    I. Compassion
    What Matters At The End
    I Didn't Have To Fix It
    No Wrong Decisions
    Reuniting Families
    Leading With Compassion
    Minute By Minute, Step By Step
    Seek Permission First
    A Sacred Relationship
    Kids Like These
    A Smile Worth Saving
    II. Trust
    Team Harlie
    Best Laid Plans
    If We Are Paying Attention
    Full Disclosure
    The Photograph
    Learning Together
    Altered Path
    The Befores And The Afters
    Not Everyone Is Born A Superhero
    Beyond The Numbers
    Shared Experience
    Tying The Threads Into A Bond
    III. Communication
    A Voice That Doesn't Use Words
    Brave The Difficult Conversation
    A Roadmap
    Teamwork
    Re-Learning To Listen
    Words Matter
    Trust Their Voice
    Knowing Your Family
    Advocacy Is Not Anger
    Where Is The Doctor?
    Failure to Communicate
    When A Patient and Family Forever Change Your World
    Respect: A Two-Way Street
    IV. Hope
    Persistence Of Hope: A Story In Two Acts
    Can I Offer You Advice?
    The Life Of The Party
    Every Single Second Worth It
    Partners In Hope
    Answers For Rosie
    We Treat Souls, Not Just Bodies
    Never Give Up
    The Sliver Of Sky
    The Many Voices of Hope
    Mothers Club
    Glossary.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Myung Hi Yoo, Hye Jeong Kim, In Ho Choi, Sumi Yun.
    Summary: This book is a superbly illustrated, comprehensive guide to the differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules by means of shear wave elastography. A wealth of representative clinical cases are used to demonstrate the value of the stiffness map in identifying the degree and pattern of fibrosis. The goal is to enable readers to identify the characteristic differential diagnostic features of nodular hyperplasia, thyroiditis, follicular adenoma, and the various types of thyroid cancer and to predict the final histopathology on the basis of the imaging findings. With this in mind, correlations between the appearances on shear wave elastography and conventional ultrasonography and the findings of fine-needle aspiration cytology, core needle biopsy, and surgical biopsy are highlighted. In addition, the fundamental principles of shear wave elastography are clearly explained and related to clinical practice in the field of thyroid disease. Both radiologists and clinicians will find the book to be an excellent asset that aids in correct preoperative diagnosis.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Shear wave elastography physics
    SWE of the thyroid nodules
    Differential diagnosis of thyroid nodules
    Summary.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Anjali Prashar.
    Summary: This book covers a wide range of topics concerning human tear based science, starting from basics such as the normal composition of tears and moving up to novel disease detection platforms. The entire approach is pioneering, as tears are beginning to be recognized as the most invaluable non-invasive tool in diagnostics. Interestingly, the concept is not restricted to ocular diseases: In recent years, tear diagnostics is increasingly being tapped even for cancer detection. Hopefully, non-invasive tear diagnostics will eventually replace todays invasive disease detection and monitoring techniques. Previous literature on tear diagnostics has been restricted to scientific journal articles, most of which dealt with a single tear constituent, such as a protein. This book offers a far more comprehensive and handy 'reference guide, presenting both basic and advanced information and data. Accordingly, it will be useful for researchers in academia and the pharmaceutical industry, as well as healthcare professionals and diagnostic kit developers.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Collection methods
    Chapter 3. Composition of tears
    Chapter 4. Tear profile of contact lens users
    Chapter 5. Cry baby: Tear profile of infants
    Chapter 6. Tear off the disease
    Chapter 7. Factors affecting tear health
    Chapter 8. Artificial tears
    Chapter 9. Proposed diagnostic comprehensive tear panels
    Chapter 10. Microfluidics in tear analysis
    Chapter 11. News bulletins
    Chapter 12. Bibliograpy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Emergency Nurses Association ; edited by Vicki Sweet, Andi Foley.
    Summary: "Written by emergency nurses for emergency nurses, this comprehensive "Bible" presents both basic information for students and detailed information for practicing emergency nurses. New developments and changes in clinical practice have been incorporated throughout, including updated information on cardiac drugs, tissue adhesives, epidemiological statistics, and application of stents. A new chapter on Weapons of Mass Destruction helps prepare nurses for any possible acts of terrorism. Coverage has been expanded on EMTALA regulations and the HCFA, triage, wound cleaning, and wound management of pediatric patients."-- From the Publisher.

    Contents:
    Unit 1 Foundations of Emergency Nursing
    Unit 2 Professional Practice
    Unit III Clinical Foundations of Emergency Nursing
    Unit IV Medical and Surgical Emergencies
    Unit V Trama Emergencies
    Unit VI Special Populations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2020
  • Digital
    Gongshe Liu, Xiaoxia Li, Qingfen Zhang, editors.
    Summary: This book summarizes the latest research on sheepgrass, both in China and around the globe, as well as fundamental information on the topic. Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis (Trin.) Tzvel) is a key species in the eastern part of the Eurasian steppe and widely distributed in northern China. It is highly adaptable and holds considerable value in terms of animal husbandry and ecology / the environment. Over the past thirty years, Chinese scientists have collected and evaluated a wealth of wild sheepgrass germplasm data, and extensive basic research has been conducted on the plants sexual reproduction, yield, quality, and resistance. In addition, methods for utilizing new varieties in different regions have been developed. This book describes the distribution and origin, breeding, cultivation, and sexual reproduction of sheepgrass. It also discusses recent advances concerning its nutrient and water absorption and applications, grazing resistance mechanism, and gene resources mining.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Acknowledgment; Abstract; Contents; About the Author;
    Chapter 1: Basic Knowledge of Sheepgrass (Leymus chinensis); 1.1 Value and Distribution of Sheepgrass; 1.1.1 Derivation of the Name Sheepgrass; 1.1.2 Relatives of Sheepgrass; 1.1.3 Distribution of Wild Sheepgrass; 1.1.4 Cultivation Areas of Sheepgrass in China; 1.1.5 Animals Preferring to Eat Sheepgrass; 1.1.6 Advantages of Sheepgrass; 1.1.7 Nutrient Components of Sheepgrass; 1.1.8 Nutritional Changes of Sheepgrass at Different Stages of Growth; 1.1.9 Value of Sheepgrass in Grazing and Feeding 1.1.10 Domestic and Foreign Demands for Sheepgrass1.1.11 Purpose of Fresh and Dried Sheepgrass; 1.1.12 Other Value of Sheepgrass; 1.1.13 Usage of Sheepgrass to Prevent Water Loss and Soil Erosion; 1.1.14 Usage of Sheepgrass for Wind Prevention, Sand Fixation, and Dust Suppression; 1.1.15 Benefits of Sheepgrass Feeding Animals; 1.2 Morphology and Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.1 Plant Height of Sheepgrass; 1.2.2 Root System of Sheepgrass; 1.2.3 Sheepgrass Stem; 1.2.4 Sheepgrass Leaves; 1.2.5 Rhizome of Sheepgrass; 1.2.6 Seed of Sheepgrass; 1.2.7 Spike and Flower of Sheepgrass 1.2.21 Light and Heat Conditions for the Growth of Sheepgrass1.2.22 Resistance of Sheepgrass to Grazing and Trampling; 1.2.23 Freezing Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.24 Drought Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.25 Saline-Alkali Resistance of Sheepgrass; 1.2.26 Common Diseases of Sheepgrass; 1.2.27 Pests of Sheepgrass; 1.2.28 Competitions Between Sheepgrass and Weeds; 1.3 New Varieties and Seed Production of Sheepgrass; 1.3.1 Certified Varieties of Sheepgrass; 1.3.2 Basic Requirements in Sheepgrass Seed Production; 1.3.3 Requirements for New Forage Variety Approval 1.2.8 Leaf Thorn of Sheepgrass1.2.9 Life Cycle of Sheepgrass; 1.2.10 Seed Germination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.11 Seed Dormancy of Sheepgrass; 1.2.12 Development of Sheepgrass; 1.2.13 Definitions of Different Developmental Stages of Sheepgrass in Agricultural Production; 1.2.14 Two Ecotypes of Sheepgrass; 1.2.15 Self-Pollination and Open Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.16 Vegetative Propagation of Sheepgrass; 1.2.17 Rhizome and Tillering of Sheepgrass; 1.2.18 Seed Holding of Sheepgrass; 1.2.19 Pollination of Sheepgrass; 1.2.20 Degradation of Sheepgrass Land by Overgrazing 1.3.4 Seed Quality Standards and Ratings of Sheepgrass1.3.5 Breeder's Stock, Foundation Seed, and Commercial Seed; 1.3.6 Major Factors Influencing Sheepgrass Seed Yield; 1.3.7 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Nitrogen (N), Phosphate (P), and Potassium (K) Fertilizers in Spring; 1.3.8 Seed Yield Improvement by Applying Microelement Fertilizers and Microbial Manures in Spring; 1.3.9 Ripeness and Harvesting Stages of Sheepgrass Seed; 1.3.10 Seed Harvesting Methods; 1.3.11 Seed Drying and Storage; 1.3.12 Seed Quality Testing Indicators; 1.3.13 DNA Can Be Used for Seed Identification
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    editors Elizabeth Buys, MD, Kristina Tocce, MD, MPH, Michele A. Manting, MD, MEd.
    Contents:
    Preventive care
    Ethics
    Genetics
    Obstetrics
    Obstetrics screening and surveillance
    Obstetrics high risk
    Obstetrics postpartum
    Breast and lactation
    Gynecology
    Contraception
    Family planning
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Neoplasia
    Menopause
    Sexuality
    Reproductive issues.
  • Digital
    editors, Sonali Mehta Patel, MD, FAAP, Kent Nelson, MD, FAAP, Stephanie R. Jennings, MD, FAAP.
  • Digital
    editor, Stanley Zaslau, Professor and Chief, Urology Residency Program Director, Associate Chair, Education and Research, Department of Surgery, Department of Surgery/Division of Urology, West Virginia University, Morgantown, West University.
    Contents:
    Surgical physiology
    Trauma and burns
    Acute abdomen
    Hernias
    Esophagus and stomach
    Small bowel
    Colon, rectum, and anus
    Hepatobiliary
    Breast
    Gynecological disorders
    Endocrine surgery
    Pancreas and spleen
    Skin and soft tissue
    Vascular surgery
    Cardiothoracic surgery
    Otolaryngology
    Pediatric surgery
    Transplant surgery
    Orthopedic surgery
    Neurology
    Urology.
  • Digital
    Nalan Gökoğlu.
    Summary: Shellfish is a broad term that covers various aquatic mollusks, crustaceans and echinoderms that are used as food. They have economic and ecological importance and have been consumed as food for centuries. Shellfish provide high quality protein with all the dietary amino acids essential for maintenance and growth of the human body. Shellfish are a major component of global seafood production, with shellfish aquaculture rapidly growing in recent years. There are many different processing methods used across the world. Shellfish are very perishable foods and must be preserved just after catching or harvesting. This makes the preservation of seafood a critical issue in terms of quality and human health. To date there have been a number of books on seafood processing and preservation, but all of them have been mostly focused on fish. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is the first reference work to focus specifically on shellfish, providing comprehensive coverage of the production methods, biological makeups and preservation methods of all major shellfish species. Individual sections focus on crustaceans such as shrimps and prawns, crabs and lobsters plus molluscans including mussels, scallops and oysters. Cephalopods such as squid and octopus are also covered in depth. For each species processing and preservation methods such as chilling, freezing, canning and curing are examined, plus the important safety aspects specific to each shellfish type. Shellfish Processing and Preservation is an essential publication for any researchers or industry professionals in search of a singular and up-to-date source for the processing and preservation of shellfish. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 01- Introduction
    Chapter 02- Crustacean Shellfish
    Chapter 03- Molluscan Shellfish
    Chapter 04- Echinoderms
    Chapter 05- shellfish Safety.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Print
    J. Michael Scott, John A. Wiens, Beatrice Van Horne, Dale D. Goble.
    Summary: "This is a book about conservation reliance-the need of many declining and imperiled species for ongoing, long-term conservation and management. It is also about shepherding nature-the need for a broad acceptance of the responsibility of humans to act as good shepherds. These are things that the four of us have spent much of our careers thinking about"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Extinction and the challenge of conservation reliance
    The conservation spectrum
    The genesis of conservation reliance and the language of conservation
    What are the threats?
    Emerging threats in a rapidly changing world
    The role of policy and law
    What's in the conservationist's toolbox : species-centered approaches
    Expanding the conservationist's toolbox : going beyond species
    Conservation reliance is a human issue
    Making tough decisions : prioritizing species for conservation
    Being a good shepherd.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2020
  • Digital
    editor, Kenneth J Ryan.
    Summary: "In Sherris & Ryan's Medical Microbiology, the emphasis is on the text narrative, which is designed to be read comprehensively, not as a reference work. Considerable effort has been made to supplement this text with other learning aids such as the above-mentioned cases and questions as well as tables, photographs, and illustrations. This book is intended to be the primary text for students of medicine and medical science who are encountering microbiology and infectious diseases for the first time. Part I opens with a chapter that explains the nature of infection and the infectious agents at the level of a general reader. The following four chapters give more detail on the immunologic, diagnostic, and epidemiologic nature of infection with minimal detail about the agents themselves. Parts II through V form the core of the text with chapters on the major viral, bacterial, fungal, and parasitic diseases, and each begins with its own chapters on basic biology, pathogenesis, and antimicrobial agents"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Kenneth J. Ryan, C. George Ray.
    Contents:
    Infection
    Infection: basic concepts
    Immune response to infection
    Sterilization, disinfection, and infection control
    Principles of laboratory diagnosis of infectious diseases
    Emergence and global spread of infection
    Pathogenic viruses
    Viruses: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis of viral infection
    Antiviral agents and resistance
    Influenza, parainfluenza, respiratory syncytial virus, adenovirus, and other respiratory viruses
    Viruses of mumps, measles, rubella, and other childhood exanthems
    Poxviruses
    Enteroviruses
    Hepatitis viruses
    Herpesviruses
    Viruses of diarrhea
    Arthropod-borne and other zoonotic viruses
    Rabies
    Retroviruses: human T-lymphotropic virus, human immunodeficiency virus, and acquired immunodeficiency syndrome
    Papilloma and polyoma viruses
    Persistent viral infections of the central nervous system
    Pathogenic bacteria
    Bacteria: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis of bacterial infections
    Antibacterial agents and resistance
    Staphylococci
    Streptococci and enterococci
    Corynebacterium, Listeria, and Bacillus
    Mycobacteria
    Actinomyces and Nocardia
    Clostridium, Peptostreptococcus, Bacteroides, and other anaerobes
    Neisseria
    Haemophilus and Bordetella
    Vibrio, Campylobacter, and Helicobacter
    Enterobacteriaceae
    Legionella and Coxiella
    Pseudomonas and other opportunistic gram-negative bacilli
    Plague and other bacterial zoonotic diseases
    Spirochetes
    Mycoplasma
    Chlamydia
    Rickettsia, Ehrlichia, Anaplasma, and Bartonella
    Dental and periodontal infections
    Pathogenic Fungi
    Fungi: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis and diagnosis of fungal infection
    Antifungal agents and resistance
    Dermatophytes, Sporothrix, and other superficial and subcutaneous fungi
    Candida, Aspergillus, Pneumocystis, and other opportunistic fungi
    Cryptococcus, Histoplasma, Coccidioides, and other systemic fungal pathogens
    Pathogenic parasites
    Parasites: basic concepts
    Pathogenesis and diagnosis of parasitic infection
    Antiparasitic agents and resistance
    Apicomplexa and microsporidia
    Sarcomastigophora: the amebas
    Sarcomastigophora: the flagellates
    Intestinal nematodes
    Tissue nematodes
    Cestodes
    Trematodes
    Glossary
    Infectious diseases: syndromes and etiologies.
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2014
  • Digital
    editor, Kenneth J. Ryan.
    Summary: "With this seventh edition, Sherris Medical Microbiology will complete its fourth decade. We are pleased to welcome new authors, Andy Alspaugh (mycology) and Megan Reller (epidemiology) from Duke and Scott Weissman (bacteriology) from the University of Washington. Sadly, George Ray a founding author and coeditor of the last three editions is no longer with us (see Dedication). John Sherris, the founding editor, continues to act as an inspiration to all of us."-- Preface
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Joseph LoCicero III, Richard H. Feins, Yolonda L. Colson, Gaetano Rocco.
    Contents:
    Pt. A: Evolution of general thoracic surgery
    Sect. I: History and pioneers in thoracic surgery
    Pt. B: The lung, pleura, diaphragm and chest wall
    Sect. II: Structure and function of the chest wall and lungs
    Sect. III: Thoracic imaing
    Sect. IV: Diagnostic procedures
    Sect. V: Diagnostic procedures in pulmonary diseases
    Sect. VI: Preoperative assessment of the thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. VII: Preoperative and anesthetic management of the general thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. VIII: Pulmonary resections
    Sect. IX: Postoperative management of the general thoracic surgical patient
    Sect. X: The chest cage
    Sect. Xi: The diaphragm
    Sect. XII: The pleura
    Sect. XIII: The trachea and bronchi
    Sect. XIV: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the lung
    Sect. XV: Carcinoma of the lung
    Sect. XVI: Other tumors of the lung
    Sect. XVII: Thoracic trauma
    Sect. XVIII: Understanding statistical analysis and medical decision making
    Pt. C: The esophagus
    Sect. XIX: Structure of the esophagus
    Sect. XX: Physiology of the esophagus
    Sect. XXI: Diagnostic studies of the esophagus
    Sect. XXII: Operative procedures in the management of esophageal disease
    Sect. XXIII: Congenital, structural, and inflammatory diseases of the esophagus
    Sect. XXIV: Malignant lesions of the esophagus
    Pt. D: The mediastinum
    Sect. XXV: Structure and function of the mediastinal contents
    Sect. XXVI: Noninvasive investigations
    Sect. XXVII: Invasive diagnostic investigations and surgical approaches
    Sect. XXVIII: Mediastinal infections, mass lesions in the mediastinum, and control of vascular obstructing symptomatology
    Sect. XXIX: Primary mediastinal tumors and syndromes associated with mediastinal lesions
    Sect. XXX: Mediastinal cysts.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital
    managing author, R. Rand Allingham ; senior authors, Karim F. Damji [and five others].
    Summary: "Known for its consistent, authoritative content and presentation, Shields Textbook of Glaucoma is the premier succinct and clinically focused text on the medical and surgical management of glaucoma. This full-color, easy-to-use reference offers a rational approach to every aspect of the field, including rare glaucomas, and presents a total care plan for the patient. The seventh edition brings you fully up to date with all that's new in this rapidly changing field with new chapters, newly colorized line drawings, and an updated design for faster reference. Presents clear, concise, highly illustrated information ideal for general ophthalmologists, residents, and other non-specialists who treat patients with glaucoma. Includes new chapters on imaging; surgical management, including minimally invasive procedures such as micro-invasive glaucoma surgery (MIGS); sustained drug delivery; and malignant glaucoma/aqueous misdirection. Contains new images, newly colorized line drawings, and new icons that highlight and differentiate procedures for quick reference. Covers advances in genetics, technology, and surgical treatment that impact your management and treatment decisions.Offers expert information that is easy to find, clearly explained, and helpfully illustrated-all from an experienced team of authors who present a balanced, consistent approach throughout"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    Ovid
    LWW Health Library
  • Digital/Print
    Digital Access WHO 2018
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR201.E82 S55 2018
    1
  • Digital
    Hiroshi Shimizu.
    Contents:
    Structure and function of the skin
    Histopathology of the skin
    Dermoscopy
    Description of skin lesions
    Diagnosis of skin diseases
    Treatment of skin diseases
    Eczema and dermatitis
    Urticaria, prurigo and pruritus
    Erythema and erythroderma
    Drug-induced skin reactions (DISRs) and graft-versus-host disease (GVHD)
    Vasculitis, purpura and other vascular diseases
    Collagen diseases
    Physicochemical injury and photosensitive diseases
    Blistering and pustular diseases
    Disorders of keratinization
    Disorders of skin color
    Metabolic disorders
    Disorders of the dermis and subcutaneous fat
    Disorders of the skin appendages
    Nevi and neurocutaneous syndromes.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Thomas M. Scalea, editor.
    Contents:
    Neck
    The Chest
    Emergency Department Thoracotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
    Indication and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
    Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
    Ultrasound Physics for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
    Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus
    The Lungs
    Cardiac Injury
    Liver Injuries
    The Spleen
    Pancreas and Duodenum
    Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon
    Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, Bladder
    Traumatic Injuries and Common Surgical Emergencies of the External Genitalia and Urethra.- Cervical Vascular Injuries
    Thoracic Vascular Injuries
    Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
    Timing of Fracture Fixation
    Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Thomas M. Scalea, editor.
    Summary: This book acts as a portable and easy-to-understand reference for surgical trainees or young faculty members that are interested in reviewing procedures on the way to the operating room. This second edition aims to provide a practical hands-on approach to operative trauma management. Following the success of the first edition, chapters were revised, updated, and added due to substantial changes in trauma care over the past few years. Several new experts contributed their knowledge and techniques inside this new edition. For example, chapters on fasciotomy and resuscitative endovascular balloon occlusion of the aorta (REBOA) have been added. The second edition of The Shock Trauma Manual of Operative Techniques is a valuable reference for practicing surgeons in the community and serves to aid trauma practitioners as they attempt to deal with operative challenges.

    Contents:
    Neck: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
    The Chest: Indication and Techniques for Trauma Exploration
    Emergency Department Thoracotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Trauma Laparotomy
    Indications and Techniques for Vascular Exploration
    Intubation, Cricothyrotomy, Tube Thoracostomy, Diagnostic Peritoneal Lavage, and Local Wound Exploration
    Ultrasound for Point-of-Care Imaging: Performing the Various Exams with Technical Tips
    Trachea, Bronchus, and Esophagus Injuries: Techniques
    Lung Injury: Techniques
    Cardiac Injury: Techniques
    Liver Injuries: Techniques
    Spleen Injuries: Techniques
    Pancreas and Duodenum Injuries: Techniques
    Stomach, Small Bowel, and Colon Injuries: Techniques
    Trauma of the Kidney, Ureter, and Bladder: Techniques
    Cervical Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Thoracic Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Abdominal Vascular Injuries: Techniques
    Endovascular Therapy in Trauma
    Resuscitative Endovascular Balloon Occlusion of the Aorta (REBOA)
    Extremity Fasciotomies
    Treatment of Pelvic Fractures.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    volume editors, Ching-Jen Wang, Wolfgang Schaden, Jih-Yang Ko.
    Contents:
    History of shockwave treatment and its basic principles / Vincent, K.C.S., d'Agostino, M.C
    Development of extracorporeal shockwave therapy for treatment of osteonecrosis of the femoral head / Cheng, J.-H., Hsu, S.-L., Wang, C.-J.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy for tendinopathy / Ko, J.-Y., Wang, F.-S.
    Significance of extracorporeal shockwave therapy in fracture treatment / Haffner, N., Smolen, D., Dahm, F., Schaden, W., Mittermayr, R.
    Local and systemic effects of extracorporeal shock wave therapy on bone / Russo, S., Servodidio, V., Mosillo, G., Sadile, F.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy and sports-related injuries / Leal, C.A., Berumen, E., Fernandez, A., Bucci, S., Castillo, A.F.
    Preclinical and clinical application of extracorporeal shockwave for ischemic cardiovascular disease / Yip, H.-K., Lee, F.-Y., Chen, K.-H., Sung, P.-H., Sun, C.-K.
    Mechanisms underlying extracorporeal shock wave treatment for ischemic cardiovascular disease
    Sun, C.-K., Yip, Y.-K.
    Effect of extracorporeal shockwave on angiogenesis and anti-inflammation : molecular-cellular signaling pathways / Leu, S., Huang, T.-H., Chen, Y.-L., Yip, H.-K.
    Extracorporeal shockwave therapy assisted intravesical drug delivery / Tyagi, P., Chuang, Y.-C.
    Application of extracorporeal shockwave therapy on erectile dysfunction and lower urinary tract inflammatory diseases / Wang, H.J.
    Current applications and future prospects of extracorporeal shockwave therapy / Sansone, V., Frairia, R., Brañes, M., Romero, P., Catalano, M.G., Applefield, R.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2018
  • Digital
    Douglas W Arthur, Frank A. Vicini, David E. Wazer, Atif J. Khan, editors.
    Contents:
    PART I: Accelerated Breast Irradiation: History, Rationale, and Controversies
    Pathologic Anatomy of Early-Stage Breast Cancer: Defining the Target
    The Radiobiology of Accelerated Breast Irradiation
    Quality Assurance and Radiation Safety/Medical Events
    Surgical Considerations in Partial Breast Irradiation
    Impact of Oncoplastic Surgery on adjuvant XRT
    Comparison of true cost between modalities in a changing health care system
    PART II: Hypofractionated WBI: Patient Selection
    Physics of HWBI
    Treatment History
    PART III: Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation: Patient Selection
    Physics of Accelerated Partial Breast Irradiation
    Interstitial brachytherapy
    Intracavitary brachytherapy
    3D-Conformal external beam radiotherapy
    PART IV: Intra-operative Radiation Therapy: Patient Selection
    Physics of IORT
    50 kV Photons: Targeted Intraoperative Radiotherapy (TARGIT)
    Intraoperative Technique with Electrons
    PART V: Emerging treatment approaches: Extreme hypofractionation (brachytherapy, Gammapod, UK FAST WBI)
    APBI for breast augmentations
    Accuboost
    APBI for in-breast recurrence following WBI
    Preoperative partial breast
    Locoregional Hypofractionation
    PART VI: Hypofractionation for metastatic disease: Stereotactic treatment for Oligometastatic disease
    Hypofractionaton for palliation.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Boyd J. Tomasetti, Rolf Ewers, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive guide to short implants will take the reader through their research and development, explain the clinical indications, evaluate the outcomes achieved with various implants, and explore restorative and laboratory considerations. Short implants have steadily gained greater market share in the last decade as practitioners sought alternatives to traditional length implants in order to avoid grafting procedures. Current manufacturers offer a variety of implant lengths and widths, allowing surgeons and restorative dentists the ability to select the best implant for each clinical circumstance. Cutting edge information is provided on the research and clinical results achieved utilizing a range of implants, specifically those developed by Nobel Biocare, Straumann, Jack Hahn, and Bicon. Readers will also find an extensive description of the role of ultra-short implants involving reconstruction in both cleft patients and cancer patients who have lost portions of their mandible and/or maxilla. This book is a must-have for those interested in learning how the use of short and ultra-short implants offers both surgeons and restorative dentists an opportunity to stand out from those that use only the traditional length implants.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: A Short History of Dental Implants
    References
    2: Short Implants: Indications and Contraindications
    References
    3: Short Implants and Early Brånemark Team Developments: Heritage Established at the Outset
    References
    4: The Short Implant Heritage Continues: The Possibility of Reduced Grafting Without Restorative Compromise
    4.1 Approaching the Site with Minimal Bone Volume
    4.2 The Most Important Part of the Implant
    References
    5: The Straumann Short Implants
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 The Straumann 6 mm Implant 5.3 The Straumann 4 mm Implant
    5.4 Conclusions
    References
    6: Short Implants: Historical Perspectives
    6.1 What Is a Short Implant?
    6.2 Implant Design
    6.3 Rational for Short Implants, Why Do They Work?
    6.4 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    7: Significance of Bone-Implant Contact in Short Implants and Clinical Impact
    7.1 Bone Biology, Osseointegration, Bone-Implant Contact, and Physics
    7.2 Assessment of Osseointegration
    7.3 Clinical Osseointegration and Short Implants
    7.4 Conclusion Statements
    References 8: The Survival of Short and Ultrashort Plateau Root Form Implants
    8.1 Introduction
    8.2 Survival Studies on Plateau Root Form Implants
    8.2.1 Definition
    8.3 Statistical Models
    8.4 Data Sample
    8.5 Factors Associated with Failures of Osseointegration
    8.6 Smoking Impairs Osseointegration in the Maxilla
    8.6.1 Clinical Recommendations Regarding Patients Who Smoke Tobacco
    8.7 One-Stage Surgical Protocol and Osseointegration
    8.8 Immediate Implant Placement and Higher Failures in the Mandible
    8.8.1 Clinical Recommendations 8.9 Implant Size and Osseointegration
    8.10 Failure to Survive after Loading
    8.11 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Maxilla
    8.12 Long-Term Performance of Ultrashort Implants in Posterior Mandible
    References
    9: Short Implant in Cleft Cases
    9.1 Dental Implants Overview
    9.2 Summary
    9.2.1 Short and Ultrashort Implants
    References
    10: Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients with Ultra-Short Implants and TRINIA Bridges
    10.1 Epidemiology and Aetiology of Oral Squamous Cell Carcinomas
    10.2 Multimodal Therapy of the OSCC 10.3 Implant Rehabilitation of Tumour Patients
    10.4 Discussion
    References
    11: Minimally Invasive Sinus Lift Using Short Implants
    References
    12: The Use of Short and Ultrashort Implants in Atrophic Jaws
    12.1 Atrophic Maxilla
    12.2 Conclusions
    12.3 Atrophic Mandible
    12.3.1 Trio-TRINIA®
    12.4 Summary and Conclusion
    References
    13: Restorative Techniques for Bicon Short® Implants
    13.1 Crown-to-Implant Ratio
    13.2 Factors of Bone Gain Versus Bone Loss
    13.3 Bicon Restorations: Design and Technique
    13.4 Single-Unit Restorations
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    W. Frank Peacock, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I: Administrative and Regulatory Issues
    Society of Cardiovascular Patient Care's Acute Heart Failure Accreditation
    The Economics and Reimbursement of Acute Heart Failure
    Regulatory Requirements in Acute Heart Failure
    Quality and Operational Metrics in Heart Failure
    Staffing and Facilities Requirements for Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Management
    Part II: Pathophysiology and Demographics
    Pathophysiology of Acute Decompensated Heart Failure
    Acute Heart Failure: Epidemiology and Demographics
    Part III: EMS/Emergency Department Assessment and Treatment
    Pre-hospital Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Dyspnea Assessment and Airway Management in Acute Heart Failure Patients
    Volume Assessment in the Emergency Department
    Diagnostic and Prognostic Biomarkers in Emergency Department Acute Heart Failure
    Bedside Ultrasound in the Evaluation and Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Emergency Department Therapy of Acute Heart Failure
    Part IV: Short Stay Unit: Admission, Treatment, and Disposition
    Short Stay Unit Admission Inclusion and Exclusion Criteria
    Essentials of Patient Education in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
    Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit Acute Heart Failure Discharge Criteria
    Effective Discharge Planning For Acute Heart Failure in the Short Stay Unit
    Drugs that Should Not be Used in the Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Errors to Avoid in Acute Heart Failure Care
    Chronic Heart Failure Management: Drugs Recommended for Routine Use
    Implantable Cardiac Devices in the Short Stay Management of Acute Heart Failure
    Implications of Atrial Fibrillation in Acute Heart Failure Management
    Controversies in Acute Heart Failure Management
    Acute Heart Failure Research in the Emergency Department and Short Stay Unit
    Part V: Resources
    Clinical Pathways/Algorithms
    Patient Education Tools
    Discharge Instructions.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Margarita Pena, Anwar Osborne, William Franklin Peacock, editors.
    Summary: The second edition of this book provides scientific and clinical insights on the management of patients who arrive at the hospital with a presentation consistent with a potential acute coronary syndrome. Focusing on the cardiology aspects of chest pain, it presents the science and methodology that has allowed the remarkable improvements in diagnostic accuracy and improved patient outcomes for the evaluation of patients presenting with suspected acute coronary syndromes. Chapters address key issues of the implementation of high sensitivity troponin and the use of contemporary non-invasive myocardial perfusion evaluation technologies (e.g., coronary artery computed tomography). It also addresses the cutting edge application of new technologies that promise to effect the early identification of coronary vascular disease. This new edition offers updated chapters as well as brand new chapters. Short Stay Management of Chest Pain is a valuable tool for acute care physicians, nurses, and hospital administrators devoted to caring for this population.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology and Demographics of Coronary Artery Disease
    Chapter 2. Financial Impact of Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 3. Billing for Short Stay Chest Pain Services
    Chapter 4. Why have Chest Pain Patients in a Short Stay Unit?
    Chapter 5. What is the Value of Accreditation in Cardiology?
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology and Definition of Acute Coronary Syndromes
    Chapter 7. Emergency Department Presentation of Chest Pain
    Chapter 8. Chest Pain Risk Stratification by History, Physical, and EKG
    Chapter 9. The Role of Biomarkers Chest Pain Evaluation
    Chapter 10. Are Risk Scoring Systems Necessary?
    Chapter 11. Emergency Department Disposition of Patients Presenting with Chest Pain
    Chapter 12. Short Stay Unit Requirements
    Chapter 13. Medical Therapy of Chest Pain Patients Managed in a Short Stay Unit
    Chapter 14. Provocative Testing for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 15. Use of Multi-slice CT for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 16. Use of MRI for the Evaluation of Patients with Chest Pain
    Chapter 17. New Technologies for the Evaluation of Acute Coronary Syndromes: Magnetocardiography
    Chapter 18. Disposition from the Short Stay Unit
    19. Examples of Short Stay Chest Pain Protocols, Order Sheets and Discharge Instructions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Alan Eppel.
    Springer eBooks.
    Summary: This book is an easy-to-use guide to short-term psychodynamic psychotherapy for early career practitioners and students of mental health. Written by an expert psychiatric educator, this book is meticulously designed to emphasize clarity and succinctness to facilitate quality training and practice. Developed in a reader-friendly voice, the text begins by introducing the theoretical underpinnings of psychodynamic psychotherapy. Topics include the principles of attachment theory, the dual system theory of emotion processing, decision theory, choice point analysis and a critical review of the research literature. The book then shifts its focus to a description in a manualized format of the objectives and tasks of each phase of therapy within the framework of the engagement, emotion-processing and termination phases. The book concludes with a chapter on psychodynamically informed clinical practice for non-psychotherapists. Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy is the ultimate tool for the education of students, residents, trainees, and fellows in psychiatry, psychology, counseling, social work, and all other clinical mental health professions.

    Contents:
    The Emergence of Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    The Application of Attachment Theory to Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Understanding and Recognizing Emotion
    A Critical Review of Psychotherapy Research
    Updating the Language of Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Choice Point Analysis
    A Manual for Short-Term Psychodynamic Psychotherapy
    Supervision: Applying Action Alternatives
    Psychodynamically Informed Clinical Practice For Non-Psychotherapists.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel Martins-de-Souza, Laboratory of Neuroprotemics, Department of Biochemistry, Institute of Biology, State University of the Campinas (UNICAMP), Campinas, Brazil, Max Planck Institute of Psychiatry, Munich, Germany, Research Group of Proteomics, Department of Psychiatry and Psychotherapy, Ludwig-Maximilians-University of Munich, Munich, Germany, Laboratory of Neurosciences (LIM-27), Institute of Psychiatry, University of Sao Paulo, Sao Paulo, Brazil.
    Contents:
    Survey of shotgun proteomics / Fabio Cesar Sousa Nogueira and Gilberto B. Domont
    LC-MALDI-TOF/TOF for shotgun proteomics / Patricia Fernández-Puente ... [et al.]
    Fully automatable multidimensional reversed-phase liquid chromatography with online tandem mass spectrometry / Maggie P.Y. Lam ... [et al.]
    GeLC-MS/MS analysis of complex protein mixtures / Monika Dzieciatkowska, Ryan Hill, and Kirk C. Hansen
    IPG strip-based peptide fractionation for shotgun proteomics / Murat Eravci, Christian Sommer, and Matthias Selbach
    SILAC yeast : from labeling to comprehensive Proteome Quantification / Lyris M. F. de Godoy
    Analysis of proteome dynamics in mice by isotopic labeling / John C. Price and Sina Ghaemmaghami
    Stable isotope labeling in mammals (SILAM) / Daniel B. McClatchy and John R. Yates III
    Analysis of individual protein turnover in live animals on a proteome-wide scale / Stefan Reckow and Christian Webhofer
    Determining protein subcellular localization in mammalian cell culture with biochemical fractionation and iTRAQ 8-plex quantification / Andy Christoforou, Alfonso Martinez Arias, and Kathryn S. Lilley
    Brain quantitative proteomics combining GeLC-MS and isotope-coded protein labeling (ICPL) / Giuseppina Maccarrone, Maria Lebar, and Daniel Martins-de-Souza
    Employing TMT quantification in a shotgun-MS platform / Darragh P. O'Brien and John F. Timms
    Employing TMT quantification in shotgun-MS proteomic analysis : a focus on skeletal muscle / Bruno Menezes de Oliveira
    Spectral counting label-free proteomics / Liisa Arike and Lauri Peil
    Quantification of proteins by label-free LC-MSE / Alon Savidor and Yishai Levin
    Bioinformatics for proteomics : opportunities at the interface between the scientists, their experiments, and the community / Marc Vaudel ... [et al.]
    Identification of DNA damage checkpoint-dependent protein interactions in Saccharomyces cerevisiae using quantitative mass spectrometry / Francisco M. Bastos de Oliveira and Marcus B. Smolka
    Application of shotgun proteomics for discovery-driven protein-protein interaction / Livia Goto-Silva ... [et al.]
    Mapping protein complexes using covalently linked antibodies and isobaric mass tags / Antje Dittmann ... [et al.]
    Biomarker verification using selected reaction monitoring and shotgun proteomics / Angel Mauricio Castro-Gamero, Clarice Izumi, and José César Rosa
    Use of universal stable isotope labeling by amino acids in cell culture (SILAC)-based selected reaction monitoring (SRM) approach for verification of breast cancer-related protein markers / Ning Qing Liu ... [et al.]
    Secretome analysis by high-throughput proteomics and multiple reaction monitoring (MRM) / Vitor M. Faça ... [et al.]
    Preparation of heteroelement-incorporated and stable isotope-labeled protein standards for quantitative proteomics / Anna Konopka ... [et al.]
    One-source peptide/phosphopeptide ratio standards for accurate and site-specific determination of the degree of phosphorylation / Martin E. Boehm, Bettina Hahn, and Wolf D. Lehmann
    Quantitative glycoproteomics for N-glycoproteome profiling / Sheng Pan
    Practical recipe to survey phosphoproteomes / William C. Edelman ... [et al.]
    Quantitation of the phosphoproteome using the library-assisted eXtracted ion chromatogram (LAXIC) strategy / Justine V. Arrington, Liang Xue, and W. Andy Tao
    Fast, efficient, and quality-controlled phosphopeptide enrichment from minute sample amounts using titanium dioxide / Clarissa Dickhut, Sonja Radau, and René P. Zahedi
    Quantifying small molecule-induced changes in cellular protein expression and posttranslational modifications using isobaric mass tags / Isabelle Becher, Maria Fälth Savitski, and Marcus Bantscheff
    Analysis of protein structure by cross-linking combined with mass spectrometry / Evgeniy V. Petrotchenko ... [et al.]
    Top-down proteomics by means of orbitrap mass spectrometry / Kai Scheffler.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Gazi Huri, Nikolaos K. Paschos, editors.
    Contents:
    [Contents] Shoulder Anatomy.
    Surgical Approaches to the Shoulder.
    Shoulder Biomechanics.
    History.
    Physical Evaluation.
    Assessing Outcomes.
    Three-Dimensional Visualization in Clinical Shoulder Practice.
    Clavicle Fractures.
    Proximal Humerus Fractures.
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty for 3-Part and 4-Part Proximal Humerus Fractures.
    Dislocations and Fracture Dislocations of the Shoulder Girdle.
    Scapula and Glenoid Fractures.
    Inflammatory Arthropathy of the Shoulder.
    Joint Sepsis.
    Avascular Necrosis.
    Soft Tissue Disorders.
    Splints and Orthoses.
    Shoulder Rehabilitation.
    Injections.
    Arthroscopic Positioning: Beach Chair Versus Lateral.
    Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Resection Arthroplasty.
    Revısıon Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Shoulder Arthrodesis.
    Anatomy, Assesment, and Surgery of the Biceps Tendon.
    Rotator Cuff Surgery.
    Surgical Management of Stiff Shoulder.
    Surgical Management of Shoulder Instabilities
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    editor, Jenny T. Bencardino.
    Summary: This book covers all aspects of imaging diagnosis of shoulder disorders from a clinical perspective. After discussion of relevant imaging techniques, a wide spectrum of disorders is addressed in a series of dedicated chapters on rotator cuff injuries and impingement syndromes, biceps tendon and rotator interval pathology, glenohumeral instability, SLAP tears and microinstability, shoulder girdle fractures, shoulder arthropathies, tumors and tumor-like conditions, and entrapment neuropathies. Separate consideration is also given to the pediatric shoulder and to preoperative planning, postoperative imaging, and surgical techniques in patients undergoing shoulder arthroplasty. The unique anatomy and range of motion of the shoulder joint can present a diagnostic challenge. Characterization of soft tissue injuries and radiographically occult osseous pathology is often facilitated by the use of advanced imaging techniques, including MRI, CT, and ultrasound. Readers will find this excellently illustrated book to be an invaluable aid to diagnostic interpretation when employing these techniques.

    Contents:
    Part I Imaging Techniques
    Chapter 1 Current Protocols for Radiographic and CT Evaluation of the Shoulder
    Chapter 2 Technical Update in Conventional and Arthrographic MRI of the Shoulder
    Chapter 3 Sonographic Evaluation of the Shoulder
    Chapter 4 Image-Guided Procedures of the Shoulder
    Part II Rotator Cuff, Bicepts and Rotator Interval
    Chapter 5 Imaging Diagnosis of Rotator Cuff Pathology and Impingement Syndromes
    Chapter 6 Imaging Diagnosis of Biceps Tendon and Rotator Interval Pathology
    Part III The Labrum
    Chapter 7 Imaging Diagnosis of Glenohumeral Instability with Clinical Implications
    Chapter 8 Imaging Diagnosis of SLAP Tears and Microinstability
    Part IV Trauma and Arthropathies
    Chapter 9 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Girdle Fractures
    Chapter 10 Imaging Diagnosis of Shoulder Arthropathy
    Chapter 11 Preoperative Planning and Postoperative Imaging of Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Part V Miscellaneous
    Chapter 12 Imaging Diagnosis of Tumors and Tumor-like Conditions of the Shoulder
    Chapter 13 Imaging of Pediatric Disorders of the Shoulder
    Chapter 14 Imaging Diagnosis of Nerve Entrapments in the Shoulder.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Steven D. Waldman.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ClinicalKey
  • Digital
    [edited by] Robert A. Arciero, Frank A. Cordasco, Matthew T. Provencher.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    [edited by] Donald H. Lee, Robert J. Neviaser.
    Contents:
    Part I: Shoulder. A: Rotator cuff. Acromioplasty
    Rotator cuff repair: open technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Rotator cuff repair: arthroscopic technique for partial-thickness or small or medium full-thickness tears
    Open repair of rotator cuff tears
    Arthroscopic repair of massive rotator cuff tears
    Operative fixation of symptomatic os acromiale
    B: Arthritic shoulder. Humeral head resurfacing arthroplasty
    Humeral hemiarthroplasty with biologic glenoid resurfacing
    Total shoulder arthroplasty
    Rotator cuff tear arthroplasty: open surgical treatment
    Open unconstrained revision shoulder arthroplasty
    C: Instability. Closed treatment of shoulder dislocations
    Arthroscopic treatment of traumatic anterior instability of the shoulder
    Open treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Arthroscopic treatment of anterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Anterior glenohumeral instability associated with glenoid or humeral bone deficiency: the Latarjet procedure
    Open treatment of posterior-inferior shoulder instability
    Arthroscopic treatment of posterior-inferior multidirectional instability of the shoulder
    Open Bankart procedure for recurrent anterior shoulder dislocation
    D: Biceps tendon. Mini-open biceps tenodesis
    Arthroscopic biceps tenodesis
    SLAP lesion: arthroscopic reconstruction of the labrum and biceps anchor
    Treatment of the unstable shoulder with humeral head bone loss
    E: Clavicle. Open distal clavicle excision
    Arthroscopic distal clavicle resection
    Open treatment of acute and chronic acromioclavicular dislocations
    Sternoclavicular joint reconstruction using semitendinosus graft
    F: Trauma. Open reduction and internal fixation of acute midshaft clavicular fractures
    Intramedullary fixation of clavicle fractures
    Operative treatment of two-part proximal humerus fractures
    Open reduction and internal fixation of three- and four-part proximal humerus fractures
    Percutaneous fixation of proximal humerus fractures
    Proximal humerus fractures: hemiarthroplasty
    Operative management of scapular fractures
    G: Miscellaneous. Surgical approaches to the shoulder
    Arthrodesis of the shoulder
    Open and arthroscopic suprascapular nerve decompression
    Scapular surgery
    Adhesive capsulitis
    Arthroscopic treatment of calcific tendinitis in the shoulder
    Nerve transfers for shoulder and elbow restoration after upper trunk brachial plexus injuries
    Thoracic outlet syndrome
    Suprascapular nerve neuropathy
    Part II: Elbow. A: Introduction. Surgical approaches for open treatment of the elbow
    B: Elbow Arthroscopy. Arthroscopy of the elbow: setup and portals
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: open treatment
    Elbow arthritis and stiffness: arthroscopic treatment
    C: Arthroplasty. Radial head fractures: radial head replacement
    Total elbow arthroplasty
    Total elbow arthroplasty for the treatment of complex distal humerus fractures
    Radiocapitellar replacement
    Revision total elbow arthroplasty
    D: Soft tissue pathology. Medial epicondylitis: open treatment
    Lateral epicondylitis: arthroscopic and open treatment
    Repair of distal biceps tendon ruptures
    Repair and reconstruction of the ruptured triceps
    E: Nerves. Endoscopic cubital tunnel release
    Submuscular ulnar nerve transposition
    Surgical decompression for radial tunnel syndrome
    F: Trauma. Distal humerus fractures, including isolated distal lateral column and capitellar fractures
    Radial head fractures: open reduction and internal fixation
    Open treatment of complex traumatic elbow instability
    Surgical reconstruction of longitudinal radioulnar dissociation (Essex-Lopresti injury)
    Ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction using the modified Jobe technique
    Lateral ulnar collateral ligament reconstruction
    G: Miscellaneous. Soft tissue coverage
    Operative management of olecranon bursitis
    Elbow arthroscopic débridement for osteochondritis dissecans.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    T. Bradley Edwards, Brent J. Morris.
    Summary: "Focusing on all key aspects of shoulder replacement surgery and emphasizing on the latest techniques and tools, Shoulder Arthroplasty, 2nd Edition, brings you expert procedural approaches from two master surgeons in the field: Drs. T. Bradley Edwards and Brent J. Morris. Extensively illustrated, this technique-intensive reference provides step-by-step guidance on the most effective approaches to patients in everyday practice, including the variations and complications that surgeons invariably encounter. Focused, concise coverage includes indications and contraindications, preoperative planning and imaging, results and complications, and more"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section one: The basics. Evolution of shoulder arthroplasty
    Becoming a shoulder arthroplasty surgeon
    Operating room setup
    Anesthesia, patient positioning, and patient preparation
    Long head of the biceps tendon
    Section two: Unconstrained shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach
    Subscapularis
    Glenoid exposure
    Humeral component
    Glenoid component
    Soft tissue balancing
    Subscapularis and rotator interval repair
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section three: Reverse shoulder arthroplasty for chronic conditions. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach
    Glenoid exposure
    Humeral component
    Glenoid component
    Reduction and deltoid tensioning
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section four: Arthroplasty for fracture. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning and imaging
    Surgical approach (handling of the tuberosities)
    Humeral prosthetic positioning
    Tuberosity reduction and fixation
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section five: Alternatives to conventional shoulder arthroplasty. Stemless shoulder arthroplasty
    Biological alternatives to shoulder arthroplasty
    Section six: Revision shoulder arthroplasty. Indications and contraindications
    Preoperative planning, imaging, and special tests
    Surgical approach
    Humeral stem removal and glenoid exposure
    Humerus
    Glenoid component
    Wound closure and postoperative orthosis
    Results and complications
    Section seven: Postoperative rehabilitation. Rehabilitation following shoulder arthroplasty
    Section eight: The future. Future directions in shoulder arthroplasty.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2019
  • Digital
    editor, Joseph D. Zuckerman ; illustrations by Bernie Kida.
    Summary: "Covering every aspect of shoulder arthroplasty from initial assessment to comprehensive postoperative rehabilitation, Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Practice, provides highly illustrated, authoritative guidance on the fastest growing arthroplasty procedure. Dr. Joseph Zuckerman, former president of the American Shoulder and Elbow Surgeons and the American Academy of Orthopaedic Surgeons, has assembled a team of world-renowned contributing authors who clearly explain and demonstrate-in print and in video-the techniques they utilize to achieve successful outcomes. This one-stop reference is an ideal resource for surgeons at all levels of experience who wish to further enhance their ability to perform shoulder replacement. Covers the essentials of glenohumeral anatomy and the surgical approaches used for shoulder arthroplasty along with in-depth descriptions of preoperative evaluation and patient selection. Comprehensive sections on all aspects of primary anatomic shoulder arthroplasty, reverse total shoulder arthroplasty, and shoulder arthroplasty for fractures. Detailed techniques for revision shoulder arthroplasty that covers the full spectrum of clinical scenarios encountered including comprehensive sections on complications following surgery. Discusses special situations such as nerve injury after arthroplasty, arthroplasty for chronic dislocations, arthroplasty in the Parkinson's patient, arthroplasty for shoulder tumors, prevention of infection, outpatient total shoulder arthroplasty, and much more. Provides superb visual guidance through full-color illustrations and procedural videos for techniques covered in the book"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Ovid 2022
  • Digital
    Gazi Huri, Filippo Familiari, Young Lae Moon, Mahmut Nedim Doral, Giulio Maria Marcheggiani Muccioli, editors.
    Summary: This book describes and evaluates techniques and devices used in shoulder arthroplasty with a view to enabling readers to improve their surgical practice. After an opening section on basic knowledge, including surgical anatomy, key issues in total shoulder arthroplasty and reverse total shoulder arthroplasty (RTSA) are considered in detail. Among the topics covered are biomechanics, cemented versus cementless humeral fixation, the comparative merits of humeral components featuring short stem and stemless designs and of pegged and keeled glenoid components, the influence of humeral inclination in RTSA, and the avoidance and management of unstable RTSA. An entire section is then devoted to the description and illustration of valuable surgical tips and tricks. Arthroplasty for acute proximal humerus fractures is considered separately, again addressing important aspects of technique and current controversies. The book is an outcome of a workshop held by the international Shoulder Club, formed at Hacettepe University in Ankara in 2015 with the aim of bringing together leading authorities in the field and young orthopedic surgeons and students from across the world in order to disseminate expertise and exchange ideas.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Shoulder anatomy
    Chapter 2. Axillary Nerve Palsy
    Chapter 3. Deltopectoral approach
    Chapter 4. Biomechanics of RTSA
    Chapter 5. Anatomic Shoulder Arthroplasty: Causes and Indications to Surgery
    Chapter 6. Total Shoulder Arthroplasty: Principles and Biomechanics
    Chapter 7. Unstable Reverse Total Shoulder Arthoplasty How to Avoid and Manage
    Chapter 8. Keeled or Pegged Polyethylene Glenoid Componenets
    Chapter 9. Genral Principals of Rehabilitation Following Shoulder Surgery
    Chapter 10. Rehabilitation after Shoulder Arthroplasty. Chapter 11. Indications for Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty
    Chapter 12. Stemless RTSA
    Chapter 13. Massive, irreparable rotator cuff tears treated with an arthroscopic-assisted latissimus dorsi tendon transfer: Indications, surgical technique, and outcomes
    Chapter 14. Fundamentals in Shoulder Radiology
    Chapter 15. Shoulder Arthroplasty: Pain Management
    Chapter 16. Shoulder Arthroplasty in the Treatment of Proximal Humeral Fractures
    Chapter 17. Operative technique of angular stable plate fixation
    Chapter 18. Complications of ORIF in proximal humeral fractures
    Chapter 19. Acromioclavicular Joint Injuries
    Chapter 20. Complications of Reverse Total Shoulder Arthroplasty.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Olivier Courage ; with Forewords by Stephen S. Burkhart, Philippe Hardy.
    Contents:
    Prefaces
    Introduction
    Chapter 1 Being in the right conditions
    1.1 Avoiding steam
    1.2 Properly entering the shoulder
    1.3 Avoiding blood
    Chapter 2 Being properly installed
    2.1 Installing the patient
    2.2 The surgeon's ergonomy
    Chapter 3 Basic essentials
    3.1 Stable image
    3.2 Straight image
    3.3 Finding your instruments
    Chapter 4 Exploring the shoulder
    4.1 The glenohumeral
    4.2 The subacromial space
    Chapter 5 Tips for the key surgeries
    5.1 Before the surgical arthroscopy
    5.2 The rotator cuff
    5.3 The subscapularis
    5.4 The biceps
    5.5 Instability and the arthroscopic Bankart
    Chapter 6 Less frequent surgeries
    6.1 The acromioclavicular
    6.2 The subscapularis nerve
    Chapter 7 How to evolve your techniques
    7.1 Analyze your mistakes, travel and create
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Milano, Andrea Grasso, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive and stunningly illustrated textbook covers the entire spectrum of shoulder disease and arthroscopic techniques. It reviews the anatomy and the biomechanics of the shoulder, basic arthroscopic procedures, advanced reconstructive surgeries, and an overview on shoulder pathologies with a special focus on surgical approach. Shoulder Arthroscopy: Principles and Practice is a highly organized reference with all chapters following a standardized format: from detailed descriptions regarding epidemiology, pathophysiology, clinical findings, imaging, indication for treatment up to a step-by-step description of current surgical techniques, including tips and tricks on how to avoid the most common mistakes and complications. There is also an entire section dedicated to the evaluation of outcome measurements. The tips and techniques presented in this book are based on the Editor and his Contributors' individual experience. The book guides the orthopaedic resident and fellow who wants to focus on shoulder diseases, but it also represents a landmark reference for expert surgeons already involved in shoulder surgery.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the Shoulder
    Biomechanics of the Shoulder
    Shoulder Examination
    Imaging of the Shoulder
    Biology of Injury and Repair of Soft Tissues of the Shoulder
    Principles of Shoulder Rehabilitation
    Instrumentation in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Operating Room Set-up and Patient Positioning
    Anaesthesia in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Portal Placement and Related Anatomy
    Diagnostic Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Anchors and Sutures
    Arthroscopic Suture Management
    Arthroscopic Knot Tying
    Acute Traumatic Anterior Shoulder Instability
    Recurrent Anterior Shoulder Instability
    Posterior Shoulder Instability
    Multidirectional Instability of the Shoulder
    The Overhead Athlete
    SLAP Lesions
    Subacromial Impingement
    Partial-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Full-Thickness Rotator Cuff Tears
    Large to Massive Rotator Cuff Tears
    Disorders of the Rotator Interval: Coracohumeral Ligament and Biceps Tendon
    Subscapularis Tears
    Treatment Options for Irreparable Rotator Cuff Tears
    Calcific Tendonitis
    The Stiff Shoulder
    Degenerative Acromioclavicular Joint Disease
    Arthritis and Synovitis of the Shoulder
    Failed Instability Surgery
    HAGL and Reverse HAGL Lesions
    Arthroscopic Treatment of Bony Bankart Lesions
    Management of Hill-Sachs Lesions
    Glenoid Bone Loss: Arthroscopic Bone Grafting
    Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure
    Failed Rotator Cuff Surgery
    Arthroscopic Suprascapular Nerve Release
    Biologic Augmentation in Rotator Cuff Repair
    The Role of Platelet Rich Plasma in Rotator Cuff Repair
    Arthroscopically-Assisted Latissimus Dorsi Transfer
    Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis
    Arthroscopic Management of Fractures of the Greater Tuberosity
    Acromioclavicular Joint Instability
    Scapulothoracic Disorders
    Complications in Shoulder Arthroscopy
    Outcome Research in Shoulder Arthroscopy: An Overview
    Experimental Models in Shoulder Research
    Outcome Measurements Tools for Functional Assessment of the Shoulder
    Self- Assessment of Treatment Outcomes in Shoulder Arthroscopy.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Andreas B. Imhoff, Felix H. Savoie III, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Charalambos Panayiotou Charalambous.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date resource on common shoulder disorders. The reader will learn about various shoulder conditions, their presentation, evaluation and management. Anatomy, biomechanics, function, clinical history taking and examination, radiological imaging and other investigations, as well as principles of non-surgical and surgical management of the troublesome shoulder are presented first. The Shoulder Made Easy conveys clear, easily understood information to help practitioners in day-to-day clinical practice as well as in preparation for undergraduate or postgraduate exams. The book focuses on: Commonly encountered clinical symptoms of the shoulder: patients don't present with a clinical diagnosis but with symptoms such as pain, stiffness, weakness or instability and a thorough consideration of what could be accounting for such symptoms and how such symptoms may be dealt with is presented. Commonly encountered clinical disorders of the shoulder: each clinical disorder is concisely presented with the background, clinical symptoms, investigations, differential diagnosis, treatment and a further reading section. This book attempts to present information in an easily read, succinct way. In particular, this book tries to unpick and explain those concepts of shoulder disorders that may be difficult to understand. An attempt is made to pass on knowledge but more importantly also stimulate lateral thinking. Key diagrams, clinical photographs and radiographs are used as necessary to highlight important points; references to relevant landmark articles are also provided in each chapter. The book will be of great interest to medical students, junior orthopaedic doctors, GPs and physiotherapists.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and function of the shoulder
    Clinical examination of the shoulder
    Radiological imaging of the shoulder
    Sub-acromial impingement
    Rotator cuff tears subscapularis
    Calcific tendinitis
    Superior labrum tears
    Para-labral cysts
    Os-acromiale
    Frozen shoulder
    Anterior shoulder instability
    Posterior shoulder instability
    Multidirectional instability
    Glenohumeral osteoarthritis
    Acromioclavicular joint osteoarhtitis
    Inflammatory arthritis
    Winging scapula.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Eiji Itoi, Guillermo Arce, Gregory I. Bain, Ronald L. Diercks, Dan Guttmann, Andreas B. Imhoff, Augustus D. Mazzocca, Hiroyuki Sugaya, Yon-Sik Yoo, editors.
    Contents:
    Classification and Epidemiology: Classification of Stiff Shoulder
    Epidemiology. Etiology: Idiopathic
    Post-Traumatic
    Post Cuff Repair
    Post Instability Repair
    Other Post Surgical
    Other Causes (Cuff Disease, Impingement, Osteoarthritis, heterotopic ossification, etc). Anatomy and Biomechanics: Anatomy Related to the Range of Motion
    Biomechanics Related to the Range of Motion
    Rotator Interval and Stiffness. Examinations: Pathophysiology: Histology and Laboratory Tests
    Clinical Symptoms
    Physical Examinations
    Imaging. Conservative Treatment: Natural Course
    Conservative Treatment. Surgical Treatment: MUA
    Arthroscopic Release
    Postop. Rehabilitation Program
    Reported Outcomes and Results: What should we and the patient expect?.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Joshua S. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, David M. Dines, MD, Orthopaedic Surgeon Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Professor, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA, Lawrence V. Gulotta, MD, Associate Attending Orthopedic Surgeon, Hospital for Special Surgery, Uniondale, New York, Associate Professor, Orthopaedic Surgery, Weill Cornell Medical College, New York, New York, USA
    Summary: The ultimate how-to resource on shoulder surgery from internationally renowned experts Shoulder problems related to degenerative conditions, sports injuries, or trauma comprise a significant percentage of orthopaedic surgery practice. Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade reflects collective expertise from Joshua Dines, David Dines and Lawrence Gulotta, renowned orthopaedic surgeons at the prestigious Hospital for Special Surgery in New York, and an impressive cadre of contributors. The unique resource features practical advice from recognized experts, presenting surgical essentials in an easy.

    Contents:
    Shoulder Surgery: Tricks of the Trade; MedOne Information; Title Page; Copyright; Dedication; Contents; Video Legends; Foreword; Preface; Contributors; I Rotator Cuff/Biceps; 1 Subacromial Decompression and Acromioplasty; 2 Arthroscopic Acromioclavicular Joint Resection; 3 Arthroscopic Capsular Release; 4 Arthroscopic Treatment of Calcific Tendinitis; 5 Arthroscopic Rotator Cuff Repair; 6 Partial Articular-Sided Supraspinatus Tear Repair; 7 Arthroscopic Subscapularis Repair; 8 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair (Mobilization Techniques, Slides); 9 Massive Rotator Cuff Repair: Margin Convergence 10 Revision Rotator Cuff Repair: Patch Augmentation11 Superior Capsule Reconstruction with Fascia Lata Autograft; 12 Superior Capsular Reconstruction; 13 Arthroscopic Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 14 Open Suprapectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 15 Open Subpectoral Biceps Tenodesis; 16 Arthroscopic Biceps Transfer; 17 SLAP Repair; 18 Internal Impingement; II Instability; 19 Arthroscopic Treatment of Multidirectional Instability; 20 Arthroscopic Anterior Stabilization; 21 Open Anterior Stabilization (Bankart/Capsular Shift); 22 Role of Remplissage in Anterior Shoulder Instability 23 Double-Row Labral Repair24 Anterior Humeral Avulsion of the Glenohumeral Ligament Repair; 25 Modified Open Latarjet: The "One-Screw" Technique; 26 The Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure; 27 The Guided All-Arthroscopic Latarjet Procedure Using Cortical Button Fixation; 28 Eden-Hybinette for Failed Latarjet Procedure; 29 Distal Tibia Allograft for Failed Latarjet; 30 Partial Humeral Head Replacement: Allograft and Prosthetic; 31 Arthroscopic Posterior Stabilization; 32 Open Posterior Stabilization; 33 Arthroscopic Posterior HAGL Repair; 34 Modified McLaughlin for Posterior Dislocation 35 Latissimus Dorsi Tendon Transfer36 Lower Trapezius Transfer; 37 Pectoralis Major Transfer for Irreparable Subscapularis Tears; III Arthritis/Arthroplasty; 38 Comprehensive Arthroscopic Management Procedure for the Treatment of Glenohumeral Osteoarthritis; 39 Deltopectoral Approach for Shoulder Arthroplasty; 40 Humeral Resurfacing Arthroplasty; 41 Subscapularis Management in Shoulder Arthroplasty: Tenotomy, Peel, and Osteotomy; 42 Total Shoulder Arthroplasty; 43 Stemless Anatomic Shoulder Replacement 44 Patient-Specific Instrumentation Facilitates Glenoid Replacement in Shoulder Arthroplasty45 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Total Shoulder Replacement: Eccentric Reaming; 46 Posterior Glenoid Wear in Anatomic Total Shoulder Replacement: Augmented Polyethylene Glenoid Component; 47 Bone Grafting for B2/B3 Glenoid; 48 Convertible Components in Shoulder Arthroplasty; 49 Superior Approach to the Shoulder; 50 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty; 51 Reverse Shoulder Arthroplasty with a Shaped Humeral Head Autograft for B2/B3 and C Glenoids.
    Digital Access Thieme-Connect 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jeremy B. Searle (Cornell University), P. David Polly (Indiana University), Jan Zima (Academy of Sciences of the Czech Republic).
    Summary: Presents new insights into speciation through an in-depth analysis of extraordinary chromosomal variation in one species written by leading experts.

    Contents:
    Milestones in common shrew chromosomal research / Jan Zima and Jeremy B. Searle
    Introducing the common shrew / Nikolay A. Shchipanov, Jan Zima and Sara Churchfield
    Morphology and genetics of the common shrew : general features
    Alina Mishta and Jeremy B. Searle
    Phylogeography / Fríða Jóhannesdóttir, Andrew J. Thompson, Rodrigo Vega, Jeremy S. Herman, Thomas A. White, Marja Heikkinen, Anna A. Bannikova and Jeremy B. Searle
    Chromosomal differentiation in the common shrew and related species / Nina S. Bulatova, Larisa S. Biltueva, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Natalia S. Zhdanova and Jan Zima
    Phylogenetic relationships of chromosomal races / Thomas A. White, Jan M. Wojcik and Jeremy B. Searle
    Meiosis and fertility associated with chromosomal heterozygosity / Pavel M. Borodin, Stanisław Fedyk, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki, Anna A. Torgasheva, Svetlana V. Pavlova and Jeremy B. Searle
    Chromosomal hybrid zones / Stanisław Fedyk, Svetlana V. Pavlova, Włodzimierz Che̜tnicki and Jeremy B. Searle
    Gene flow between chromosomal races and species / GlennYannic, Patrick Basset, Agnès Horn and Jacques Hausser
    Geometric morphometric tests for phenotypic divergence between chromosomal races / P. David Polly and Jan M. Wojcik
    Is it really the chromosomes? / Patrick Basset, Glenn Yannic and Jacques Hausser
    Further divergence : the role of ecology and behaviour / Boris I. Sheftel, Natalia V. Moraleva and Jacques Hausser
    Climate, diversification and refugia in the common shrew : evidence from the fossil record / P. David Polly
    Shrews, chromosomes and speciation / Jeremy B. Searle, Jan Zima and P. David Polly.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Patrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Denise Vizziano-Cantonnet, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.
    Summary: The biology of the Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869, has become a very attractive subject of investigation for biologists since the 1980s. This volume 1 is part of a two-volume set devoted to the species, the second of which focuses on farming. The present volume is divided into three parts: Biology and ecology, Biology and physiology of reproduction, and Ecophysiology, i.e. adaptation to the environment. The first part addresses a broad range of topics, such as: the ecology, including a new approach to species-specificity, a new insight on the mineralization of vertebral elements, two approaches to sex determination, transposable elements in the gonads, early ontogeny, olfaction and gustation, nutrition and swimming. The second part includes neurochemical and anatomical descriptions of the central nervous system and an updated version of the oogenesis, the characteristics of both sperm and spermatozoa, and a synthesis on gonadal steroids (synthesis, plasmatic levels and biological activities). In turn, the third part reveals how the physiology of the species changes depending on environmental factors such as oxygen, ammonia, and nitrite. Some fundamental consequences of ammonia are developed (sublethal and lethal levels, effects on gill epithelium and haematology, acid-base balance, on AA and adenyl nucleotides levels in plasma, brain and muscle tissue). In addition, the book includes two methodological chapters dealing with fish dorsal aortic cannulation and respiration physiology.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; About the Editors; General Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 1 Dedicated to the Biology of the Species; References; Part I: Biology and Ecology;
    1: Geographical Distribution, Ecological and Biological Characteristics of the Siberian Sturgeon Species; 1.1 Geographical Distribution; 1.2 Species Structure; 1.3 Phylogenetic Relations of the Siberian Sturgeon; 1.4 Diet Composition; 1.5 Growth of the Sturgeon in Different Populations; 1.6 Spawning Habitat, Reproductive Parameters, and Peculiarities of Gameto- and Gonadogenesis. 3.1.3 The Duodenum3.1.4 The Spiral Gut; 3.1.5 The Hindgut; 3.1.6 The Pyloric Gland; 3.1.7 The Liver; 3.1.8 The Pancreas; 3.1.9 The Swim Bladder; 3.2 Blood Circulation and Blood-Making (Hemopoietic) Organs; 3.2.1 The Heart; 3.2.1.1 The Arterial Cone; 3.2.1.2 The Ventricle; 3.2.1.3 The Atrium; 3.2.2 The Spleen; 3.3 The Excretory System; 3.3.1 The Kidneys; 3.3.2 The Ureters; 3.4 Reproductive System; 3.4.1 The Ovaries; 3.4.2 The Oviducts; 3.4.3 The Testes; 3.4.4 The Spermaducts; References. 4.4.3 Seasonal Variations of Mineralization Rate in the Notochord4.5 Mechanical Constraints on the Axial Skeleton During Swimming; 4.6 Concluding Remarks; References;
    5: Evolution of Molecular Investigations on Sturgeon Sex Determination and Most Recent Developments in DNA Methylation with a Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 5.1 Material and Methods; 5.1.1 Study Fish and Sampling Procedures; 5.1.2 ISSR Analysis; 5.1.3 Measurement of Gene Expression; 5.1.4 MS-HRM Determination; 5.1.5 Statistics; 5.2 Results; 5.2.1 ISSR; 5.2.2 Gene Expression; 5.2.3 DNA Methylation.
    4: The Axial Skeleton of the Siberian Sturgeon. Development, Organization, Structure and New Insights on Mineralization and Ossification of Vertebral Elements4.1 Axial Anomalies in Sturgeons; 4.2 Development and Growth of the Vertebral Axis; 4.3 Organization and Structural Composition of the Axial Skeleton; 4.3.1 Organization of Vertebral Elements; 4.3.2 Structure of the Vertebral Elements; 4.3.3 Development and Structure of the Notochord; 4.4 Mineralization of the Axial Skeleton; 4.4.1 Mineralization Process of the Vertebral Elements; 4.4.2 Mineralization in the Notochord Funiculus.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Patrick Williot, Guy Nonnotte, Mikhail Chebanov, editors.
    Summary: The Siberian sturgeon, Acipenser baerii Brandt 1869 is the most widely farmed sturgeon species. Continuing from Volume 1, which focuses on the biology of the species, the present Volume 2 in turn examines farming aspects. It is divided into six parts, the first of which deals with reproduction and early ontogenesis, i.e. reproductive cycles, controlled reproduction, sperm cryoconservation, and weaning of larvae. The second covers the growing phase with a focus on food and feeding (management, fish meal replacement, potential endocrine disruptions, usefulness of prebiotics and immunostimulants, and nitrogen excretion). Production-related data are the focus of the third part and include: characteristics (countries, structures of production, evolution in production, economic features) of the gross production of the species (meat and caviar) worldwide, a method for assessing the quality of caviars, off-flavors management, and an example of production of fingerlings for restocking. Part four addresses selected long-term management issues: genetic variability of brood stocks, genome manipulation and sex control, and the advantages of hybrids. The next three chapters constitute the fifth part, which is devoted to health status (immunology and welfare). In closing, the absence of ecological risks of introducing the species in non-native waters is shown using two long-term documented examples (Russia and France). Three methodological chapters round out the volume, covering: in vitro incubation of ovarian follicles, a richly illustrated library of echographies and photos, and a detailed presentation of oxygen demand studies.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents; Introduction to the Siberian Sturgeon Books with a Focus on Volume 2 Dedicated to the Farming of the Species; Acknowledgments; References; About the Editors; Part I: Reproduction and Early Ontogenesis;
    26: Reproductive Cycles in Sturgeons with a Special Focus on the Farmed Siberian Sturgeon; Introduction; 26.1 The Means to Determining the Biological Cycles and Puberty; 26.2 Biological Cycles and Puberty in Sturgeons; 26.3 Some Conclusions; References;
    27: Controlled Reproduction of Farmed Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Brandt; Introduction. 27.1 Some Reproduction-Related Sturgeon Biological Characteristics27.2 Preselection of Potential Brood Fish; 27.3 Management of Potential Future Brood Fish; 27.4 Definite Selection; 27.4.1 Males; 27.4.2 Females; 27.4.2.1 Plasmatic Indicators; 27.4.2.2 Observations of the Ovarian Follicles; 27.5 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.5.1 Possible Pre-spawning Corrections of Reproductive Status of Brood Fish; 27.5.2 Hormonal Stimulation; 27.6 Collection of Gametes; 27.7 Management of Gametes and Mating; 27.8 Treatment of Fertilized Eggs and Incubation; 27.9 Trends in the Yield of Ova. 27.10 PerspectivesReferences;
    28: Siberian Sturgeon Sperm Cryoconservation; Introduction; 28.1 Cryopreservation and Cryodamage; 28.2 Procedures Developed for Teleosts Are Not Efficient for Sturgeon; 28.3 High Quality of Semen Is Prerequisite for Successful Cryopreservation; 28.4 Methanol Is Well Suited as Cryoprotectant for Sturgeon Cryopreservation; 28.4.1 Basic Protocol Developed by Horváth and Urbányi (2000); 28.4.2 Simplified Protocol Developed by Judycka et al. (2015b); 28.5 Effects of Cryopreservation on Semen Characteristics of Siberian Sturgeon. 28.6 The Use of Cryopreserved SemenReferences;
    29: Weaning in Siberian Sturgeon Larvae; 29.1 The Onset of Exogenous Feeding; References; Part II: Ongrowing;
    30: Food Characteristics and Feeding Management on Sturgeon with a Special Focus on the Siberian Sturgeon; 30.1 Sturgeon Feeding Under Aquaculture Conditions; 30.1.1 Feeding of Larvae; 30.1.2 Feeding of Juveniles; 30.1.3 Feeding Sturgeon for Meat and Caviar; References;
    31: Reasons and Possibilities of Fish Meal Replacement in the Siberian Sturgeon; 31.1 Alternative Proteins Currently Used in Siberian Sturgeon Nutrition. 31.2 PerspectivesReferences;
    32: Endocrine Disruption in the Siberian Sturgeon Acipenser baerii Fed with a Soy-Containing Diet; 32.1 Blood Biomarkers of Fish Reproductive Endocrine Physiology; 32.2 Estrogen Contamination in the French Fish-Farm Conditions; 32.3 The Differences Between Sturgeon and Trout on Their Sensitivity to Phytoestrogens; 32.4 Bioavailability of Phytoestrogens Is the Clue; 32.5 Sex Steroids in the Siberian Sturgeon; 32.5.1 Estradiol; 32.5.2 11-Ketotestosterone; 32.6 Soy Phytoestrogens and Teleost Fish Reproduction.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Print
    Porochista Khakpour.
    Summary: "In the tradition of Brain on Fire and Darkness Visible, an honest, beautifully rendered memoir of chronic illness, misdiagnosis, addiction, and the myth of full recovery that details author Porochista Khakpour's struggles with late-stage Lyme disease. For as long as writer Porochista Khakpour can remember, she has been sick. For most of that time, she didn't know why. All of her trips to the ER and her daily anguish, pain, and lethargy only ever resulted in one question: How could any one person be this sick? Several drug addictions, three major hospitalizations, and over $100,000 later, she finally had a diagnosis: late-stage Lyme disease. Sick is Khakpour's arduous, emotional journey--as a woman, a writer, and a lifelong sufferer of undiagnosed health problems--through the chronic illness that perpetually left her a victim of anxiety, living a life stymied by an unknown condition. Divided by settings, Khakpour guides the reader through her illness by way of the locations that changed her course--New York, LA, New Mexico, and Germany--as she meditates on both the physical and psychological impacts of uncertainty, and the eventual challenge of accepting the diagnosis she had searched for over the course of her adult life. With candor and grace, she examines her subsequent struggles with mental illness, her addiction to the benzodiazepines prescribed by her psychiatrists, and her ever-deteriorating physical health. A story about survival, pain, and transformation, Sick is a candid, illuminating narrative of hope and uncertainty, boldly examining the deep impact of illness on one woman's life."-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC155.5 .K43 2018
    1
  • Print
    by Lenwood G. Davis.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Retired Reference (Downstairs)
    Z6664.S53 D38
    1
  • Digital
    Fernando Ferreira Costa, Nicola Conran, editors.
    Summary: Although sickle cell anemia was the first molecular disease to be identified, its complex and fascinating pathophysiology is still not fully understood. A single mutation in the beta-globin gene incurs numerous molecular and cellular mechanisms that contribute to the plethora of symptoms associated with the disease. Our knowledge regarding sickle cell disease mechanisms, while still not complete, has broadened considerably over the last decades. Sickle Cell Anemia: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice aims to provide an update on our current understanding of the disease's pathophysiology and use this information as a basis to discuss its manifestations in childhood and adulthood. Current therapies and prospects for the development of new approaches for the management of the disease are also covered.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Mark T. Gladwin, Gregory J. Kato, Enrico Novelli.
    Summary: "This book will provide students and practitioners with the most recent guidelines for patient care. Chapters include guidelines of care, diagnosis, unique cases, and cutting-edge therapies that will appeal to hematology fellows, trainees, and practicing hematologists"-- Provided by publisher

    Contents:
    Genetic Basis of Sickle Cell Disease / Martin H Steinberg, Swee Lay Thein
    Sickle Hemoglobin Polymerization / Daniel B. Kim-Shapiro, Constance Tom Noguchi, Alan N. Schechter
    Vaso-Occlusion in Sickle Cell Disease / Huihui Li, Paul Frenette
    Hemolysis and Endothelial Dysfunction / Gregory J. Kato, Mark T. Gladwin
    Sterile Inflammation in Sickle Cell Disease / Prithu Sundd, Solomon F. Ofori-Acquah
    Ischemia-Reperfusion Pathobiology in Sickle Cell Anemia / Robert P. Hebbel, John D. Belcher, Gregory M. Vercellotti
    Mechanistic Insights on Sickle Cell Pathophysiology Learned From Transgenic Mouse Models / Kalpna Gupta, Lewis L. Hsu
    Pharmacologic Induction of Fetal Hemoglobin / Abdullah Kutlar, Vivien Sheehan
    Stroke and Cognitive Dysfunction / Hanne Stotesbury, Robert J. Adams, Fenella J. Kirkham
    Management of Pregnant Women and Newborns With Sickle Cell Disease / Samuel A. Oppong, Jodi-Anne Stewart, Michael R. DeBaun
    The Asthma Conundrum in Sickle Cell Disease / Natalie R. Shilo, Elizabeth S. Klings, Claudia R. Morris
    Acute Chest Syndrome / Armand Mekontso Dessap, Elliott Vichinsky
    Pediatric Sickle Cell Disease / John J. Strouse, Nancy Green
    Pulmonary Hypertension and Heart Disease in Patients with Sickle Cell Disease / Mark T. Gladwin, Kenneth I. Ataga, Roberto Machado
    Cardiac Complications / Vandana Sachdev, Punam Malik, John Wood
    Sickle Nephropathy / Santosh L. Saraf, Vimal K. Derebail, Victor R. Gordeuk, Jane A. Little
    Sickle Cell Trait / Philippe Connes, Hyacinth I. Hyacinth, Rakhi P. Naik
    Acute and Chronic Pain / Samir K. Ballas, Wally R. Smith
    Priapism in Sickle Cell Disease / Susan M. MacDonald, Arthur L. Burnett
    Ocular Complications in Sickle Cell Disease / Adrienne W. Scott, Morton F. Goldberg Rare Presentations and Emerging Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Oswaldo Castro, Kathryn L. Hassell
    Thrombophilia in Sickle Cell Disease / Enrico Novelli, Rafal Pawlinski, Sruti Shiva, Nigel Key
    Transfusion Therapy in Sickle Cell Disease / Sally A. Campbell-Lee, Anoosha Habibi, Darrell J. Triulzi
    Clinical Trials : State of the Art and Lesson Learned / Laura M. De Castro, Ramasubramanian Kalpatthi, Marilyn J. Telen
    Hematopoietic Stem Cell Transplantation in Sickle Cell Disease / Alexis Leonard, John F. Tisdale, Lakshmanan Krishnamurti, Mark C. Walters
    Emergent Clinical Complications of Sickle Cell Disease / Marcus Carden, Jeffrey Glassberg, Claudia R. Morris
    Psychosocial Burden in Sickle Cell Disease / Allison A. King, Sherif M. Badawy, Julie Panepinto, Kofi Anie, Charles Jonassaint, Marsha Treadwell
    Therapeutic Options and Combination Therapy / Caterina P. Minniti, Jane S. Hankins
    Gene Therapy for Sickle Cell Disease / Tim M. Townes, Marina Cavazzana
    Hydroxyurea and Sickle Cell Disease / Winfred C. Wang, Russell E. Ware
    The Burden of Sickle Cell Gene in India / Yazdi Italia, Dipty Jain, Roshan Colah, Khushnooma Italia
    Sickle Cell Disease in Jamaica : Observations from a Small Island / Graham Serjeant, Beryl Serjeant
    Sickle Cell Disease in Brazil / Fernando Ferreira Costa
    Sickle Cell Disease in Africa / Amma Twumwa Owusu-Ansah, Julie Makani, Kwaku Ohene-Frempong.
    Digital Access AccessHemOnc 2021
  • Digital
    Jo Howard, Paul Telfer.
    Summary: This practical clinical handbook reveals that sickle cell disease (SCD) is an increasingly common condition to manage in Europe and North America. SCD demands clinical expertise and experience as well as sensitivity to its social and cultural context. This book is designed to broaden readersℓ́ℓ knowledge in this challenging condition by describing the acute and long-term complications unique to SCD and that affect nearly every system of the body. Critically, it also details the significant recent advances in understanding the pathophysiology of SCD that are leading to novel treatment modalities. ℗ℓ Sickle Cell Disease in Clinical Practice promotes higher quality care by outlining the clinical problems as they arise, and covering essential background information, including up-to-date research, and useful points to guide management. As such, the intended target audience is broad and includes general physicians, general practitioners, hematologists, pediatricians, emergency medicine physicians, surgeons, medical students, nurse specialists and commissioners.

    Contents:
    Overview of Sickle Cell Disease
    Laboratory Tests Used in Diagnosis and Monitoring of Sickle Cell Disease
    Organization of Care for Sickle Cell Disease
    Overview and general principles
    Pain in Sickle Cell Disease
    Respiratory and Cardiac Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Neurological Complications of Sickle Cell Disease
    Renal and Urological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Bone and Joint Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Ophthalmological complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    The Spleen in Sickle Cell Disease
    Infection and Infection Prophylaxis in Sickle Cell Disease
    Gastroenterological Complications in Sickle Cell Disease
    Anemia and Sickle Cell Disease
    Leg Ulceration in Sickle Cell Disease
    Management of Pregnancy in Sickle Cell Disease
    Surgical Management of Patients with Sickle Cell Disease
    Sickle Cell Disease Treatment Modalities
    Out-Patient Management of Sickle Cell Disease Patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Sylvia B. Smith, Tsung-Ping Su, editors.
    Summary: "Originally confused with opioid receptors and then orphan receptors with no biological function, Sigma Receptors are now recognized as relevant to many degenerative diseases with remarkable potential as therapeutic targets. In this text, new information about the structure of sigma 1 receptor, its binding sites are provided as well as its expression in many cell types. It's putative role in degenerative neuronal diseases including amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, Alzheimer's disease, Parkinson's disease, Huntington's disease, pain, drug addiction and locomotor activity. Their roles in possible treatments for blinding retinal diseases emphasize the tremendous far-reaching potential for ligands for these receptors. Exciting breakthroughs in this dynamic field in the last decade are reported herein, which will guide future investigators in determining the full potential of this unique, yet abundantly expressed protein"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Introduction to sigma receptors: their role in disease and as therapeutic targets / Sylvia B. Smith
    Structural perspectives on sigma-1 receptor function / Assaf Alon, Hayden Schmidt, Sanduo Zheng, Andrew C. Kruse
    A review of the human sigma-1 receptor structure / Felipe Ossa, Jason R. Schnell, José Luis Ortega-Roldan
    Fluorinated pet tracers for molecular imaging of [sigma]1 receptors in the central nervous system / Frauke Weber, Peter Brust, Erik Laurini, Sabrina Pricl, Bernhard Wünsch
    The evolution of the sigma-2 ([sigma2) receptor from obscure binding site to bona fide therapeutic target / Chenbo Zeng, Robert H. Mach
    Sigma 1 receptor and ion channel dynamics in cancer / Olivier Soriani, Rapha︠l Rapetti-Mauss
    Sigma-1 receptors fine-tune the neuronal networks / Shang-Yi Anne Tsai, Tsung-Ping Su
    Pharmacological modulation of the sigma 1 receptor and the treatment of pain / Manuel Merlos, Javier Burgueño, Enrique Portillo-Salido, Carlos Ramón Plata-Salamán [and others]
    Sigma-1 receptor antagonists: a new class of neuromodulatory analgesics / Cristina Sánchez-Fernández, José Manuel Entrena, José Manuel Baeyens [and others]
    Sigma-1 receptors and neurodegenerative diseases: towards a hypothesis of sigma-1 receptors as amplifiers of neurodegeneration and neuroprotection / Linda Nguyen, Brandon P. Lucke-Wold, Shona Mookerjee, Nidhi Kaushal, Rae R. Matsumoto
    Sigma-1 receptor agonists and their clinical implications in neuropsychiatric disorders / Yakup Albayrak, Kenji Hashimoto
    Role of sigma-1 receptor in cocaine abuse and neurodegenerative disease / Yu Cai, Lu Yang, Fang Niu, Ke Liao, Shilpa Buch
    Sigma receptors and substance use disorders / Valentina Sabino, Callum Hicks, Pietro Cottone
    Stimulation of the sigma-1 receptor and the effects on neurogenesis and depressive behaviors in mice / Kohji Fukunaga, Shigeki Moriguchi
    Role of [sigma]1 receptors in learning and memory and Alzheimer's disease-type dementia / Tangui Maurice, Nino Goguadze
    Sigma-1 receptor in motoneuron disease / Renzo Mancuso, Xavier Navarro
    The sigma-1 receptor-A therapeutic target for the treatment of ALS? / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Erin M. Baker, Tasher M. Losenegger, Jaimie R. Kim, Brian Torres [and others]
    The role of sigma1R in mammalian retina / Jing Wang, Xuezhi Cui, Penny Roon, Alan Saul, Sylvia B. Smith
    Peeking into sigma-1 receptor functions through the retina / Timur A. Mavlyutov, Lian-Wang Guo
    The role of sigma 1 receptor as a neuroprotective target in glaucoma / Barbara Mysona, Neil Kansara, Jing Zhao, Kathryn Bollinger.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital/Print
    Changming Sun, Tomasz Bednarz, Tuan D. Pham, Pascal Vallotton, Dadong Wang, editors.
    Summary: Signal and image analysis techniques are becoming more widely used in biomedical and life science applications. With an emphasis on applications of computational models for solving modern challenging problems in biomedical and life sciences, this book aims to bring collections of articles from biologists, medical/biomedical and health science researchers together with computational scientists to focus on problems at the frontier of biomedical and life sciences. The goals of this book are to build interactions of scientists across several disciplines and to help industrial users apply advanced computational techniques for solving practical biomedical and life science problems. This book is for users in the fields of biomedical and life sciences who wish to keep abreast with the latest techniques in signal and image analysis. The book presents a detailed description to some of the applications. It can be used by those both at graduate and specialist levels.

    Contents:
    Visual Analytics of Signalling Pathways Using Time Profiles
    Modeling of Testosterone Regulation by Pulse-modulated Feedback
    Hybrid Algorithms for Multiple Change-Point Detection in Biological Sequence
    Stochastic Anomaly Detection in Eye-Tracking Data for Quantification of Motor Symptoms in Parkinson?s Disease
    Identification of the Reichardt Elementary Motion Detector Model.- Multi-Complexity Ensemble Measures for Gait Time Series Analysis: Application to Diagnostics, Monitoring and Biometrics
    Development of a Motion Capturing and Load Analyzing System for Caregivers Aiding a Patient to Sit Up in Bed
    Classifying Epileptic EEG Signals with Delay Permutation Entropy and Multi-Scale K-means
    Tracking of EEG Activity Using Motion Estimation to Understand Brain Wiring
    Towards Automated Quantitative Vasculature Understanding via Ultra High-Resolution Imagery
    Cloud Based Toolbox for Image Analysis, Processing and Reconstruction Tasks
    Pollen Image Classification Using the Classifynder System: Algorithm Comparison and a Case Study on New Zealand Honey
    Digital Image Processing and Analysis for Activated Sludge Wastewater Treatment
    A Complete System for 3D Reconstruction of Roots for Phenotypic Analysis.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    E. Priya, V. Rajinikanth, editors.
    Summary: This book comprehensively reviews the various automated and semi-automated signal and image processing techniques, as well as deep-learning-based image analysis techniques, used in healthcare diagnostics. It highlights a range of data pre-processing methods used in signal processing for effective data mining in remote healthcare, and discusses pre-processing using filter techniques, noise removal, and contrast-enhanced methods for improving image quality. The book discusses the status quo of artificial intelligence in medical applications, as well as its future. Further, it offers a glimpse of feature extraction methods for reducing dimensionality and extracting discriminatory information hidden in biomedical signals. Given its scope, the book is intended for academics, researchers and practitioners interested in the latest real-world technological innovations.

    Contents:

    Chapter 1. An Integrated Design of Fuzzy C-Means and NCA based Multi-Properties Features Reduction for Brain Tumor Recognition.-
    Chapter 2. Hybrid Image Processing based Examination of 2D Brain MRI Slices to Detect Brain Tumour/Stroke Section - A Study.-
    Chapter 3. Edge Enhancing Coherence Diffusion Filter for Level Set Segmentation and Asymmetry Analysis using Curvelets in Breast Thermograms.-
    Chapter 4. Lung Cancer Diagnosis Based on Image Fusion and prediction using CT and PET image.-
    Chapter 5. Segmentation and Validation of Infrared Breast Images using Weighted Level Set and Phase Congruency Edge Map Framework.-
    Chapter 6. Analysis of Material Profile for Polymer Based Mechanical Microgripper for Thin Plate Holding.-
    Chapter 7. Design and Testing of Elbow Actuated Wearable Robotic Arm for Muscular Disorders.-
    Chapter 8. A Comprehensive Study of Image Fusion Techniques and Their Applications.-
    Chapter 9. Multilevel Mammogram Image Analysis for Identifying Outliers, Misclassification using Machine Learning.-
    Chapter 10. A Review on Automatic Detection of Retinal Lesions in Fundus Images for Diabetic Retinopathy.-
    Chapter 11. Medical Image Watermarking: A Review on Wavelet Based Methods.-
    Chapter 12. EEG Signal Extraction Analysis Techniques.-
    Chapter 13. Classification of sEMG Signal based Arm Action using Convolutional Neural Network.-
    Chapter 14. An Automated Approach for the Identification of TB Images Enhanced by Non-uniform Illumination Correction.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Wilm van Drongelen.
    Summary: Signal Processing for Neuroscientists, Second Edition provides an introduction to signal processing and modeling for those with a modest understanding of algebra, trigonometry and calculus. With a robust modeling component, this book describes modeling from the fundamental level of differential equations all the way up to practical applications in neuronal modeling. It features nine new chapters and an exercise section developed by the author. Since the modeling of systems and signal analysis are closely related, integrated presentation of these topics using identical or similar mathematics presents a didactic advantage and a significant resource for neuroscientists with quantitative interest. Although each of the topics introduced could fill several volumes, this book provides a fundamental and uncluttered background for the non-specialist scientist or engineer to not only get applications started, but also evaluate more advanced literature on signal processing and modeling.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Yoichi Ando.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Human hearing system
    3. Analysis of sound signals
    4. Formulation and simulation of sound fields in an enclosure
    5. Magnetoencephalographic evoked responses to factors extracted from the autocorrelation function (ARC)/ the inter-aural cross-correlation function (IACF) factors
    6. Neural evidences related to subjective preference
    7. Temporal and spatial primary percepts of sound and the sound field
    8. Subjective preference of the sound field
    9. Temporal and spatial features of speech signals
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    IJsbrand M. Kramer.
    Contents:
    Prologue : signal transduction from an historical perspective
    An introduction to signal transduction
    Regulation of muscle contraction by adrenoceptors
    Cholinergic signaling and muscle contraction
    Sensory signal processing; visual transduction and olfaction
    Intracellular calcium
    Bringing the signal into the nucleus : regulation of gene expression
    Nuclear receptors
    Protein kinase c in oncogenic transformation and cell polarity
    Regulation of cell proliferation by receptor tyrosine protein kinases
    Signal transduction to and from adhesion molecules
    WNT signaling and the regulation of cell adhesion and differentiation
    Activation of the innate immune system : the toll-like receptor-4 and signaling through ubiquitinylation
    Chemokines and traffic of white blood cells
    Activating the adaptive immune system : role of non-receptor tyrosine kinases
    Signaling through the insulin receptor : phosphoinositide 3-kinases and AKT
    TGF[beta] and signaling through receptor serine/threonine protein kinases
    Protein phosphatases
    Cell fate determination by notch.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2016
  • Digital
    Smain Femmam.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Control, servo-mechanisms and system regulation
    Chapter 2. System process control
    Chapter 3. Actuators: modeling and ana